Google Median Pay Rises to $331,894 in 2024 as CEO Sundar Pichai’s Compensation Tops $10.7 Million

A mid-level employee at Google earned a median annual compensation of $331,894 in 2024, according to a newly submitted filing by Alphabet, the parent company of Google, to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. This represents a 5% rise from the previous year’s median salary of $315,531 in 2023.

This level of compensation reflects a broader trend among top technology companies, where employee pay continues to remain high. For instance, at Meta, the parent company of Facebook and Instagram, the median employee salary in 2023 reached $379,000. These figures highlight the ongoing competition in Silicon Valley to attract and retain highly skilled workers.

The filing also revealed that Alphabet and Google CEO Sundar Pichai received a total compensation package worth $10,725,043 in 2024, placing his earnings at roughly 32 times that of the median Google employee. This marks a significant jump from the $8,802,824 he earned in 2023, giving him an almost $2 million raise within a year.

While Pichai’s base salary was reported at $2,015,385, and he received $405,630 in stock awards, most of his compensation fell under the “All Other Compensation” category, which accounted for the bulk of his earnings. Specifically, this category totaled $8,304,028 in 2024, with a substantial portion of that figure attributed to Pichai’s personal security.

In 2024, Alphabet allocated $8,267,123 to cover Pichai’s security-related expenses, a notable 22% increase from the $6,775,631 spent on his protection in 2023. These security costs included various components such as residential security, consultation fees, ongoing monitoring services, use of a car and driver, as well as personal protection during all types of travel.

“Due to Sundar’s significant public profile, Alphabet provides him with security protection,” the company explained in its 2025 proxy statement. The document elaborated on the nature of his security arrangements, noting that they encompassed a comprehensive suite of services to ensure his safety. “In 2024, Sundar’s security arrangements included residential security and consultation fees, security monitoring services, car and driver services, and personal security during all travel,” the proxy statement specified.

Alphabet described these expenses as justified and beneficial for both the company and its shareholders. “Alphabet called Pichai’s personal security expenses ‘reasonable, appropriate, necessary and in the best interests of Alphabet and its stockholders,’” the filing noted.

This high level of security spending is not exclusive to Pichai or Google. Other top executives in the tech sector also receive extensive personal security benefits, often amounting to seven or even eight figures annually. Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, for instance, received total compensation of $27.2 million in 2024, which included a $14 million pre-tax security allowance. Likewise, Nvidia, a leading graphics and AI chipmaker, spent close to $2.5 million on CEO Jensen Huang’s security costs in the same year.

These executive protection expenditures are reflective of the risks associated with leading some of the most powerful and visible technology companies in the world. With growing public scrutiny, political pressure, and corporate competition, companies argue that such protective measures are critical to safeguarding their top leaders.

Despite Pichai’s compensation being lower than Zuckerberg’s overall earnings, the increase in his security budget highlights the growing emphasis on executive protection in the tech industry. The over $1.4 million jump in security spending on Pichai from the previous year underscores the increasing perceived need for safety precautions.

In contrast to Zuckerberg’s $14 million security allowance, which formed over half of his total compensation package, Pichai’s security expenses made up about 77% of his total compensation, indicating that his base and stock awards are relatively modest compared to other tech CEOs. Nonetheless, the increase in both his base salary and security costs points to Alphabet’s recognition of his leadership value and the risks associated with his high-profile role.

The filing sheds light on broader industry compensation norms and the balancing act companies perform between rewarding their executives and addressing shareholder concerns over corporate spending. With public companies required to disclose the pay ratio between their CEOs and median workers, such filings often become a focal point of debate over corporate responsibility and income inequality.

In the case of Google, the 32:1 pay ratio between Pichai and the median employee is significantly lower than in many other industries, especially in sectors where CEO compensation can exceed hundreds of times that of a typical worker. Nevertheless, these numbers still draw attention from shareholders, media, and the public, especially amid discussions on cost-cutting measures and layoffs that some tech companies have pursued in recent years.

Alphabet’s emphasis on security and the reasoning behind such expenditures may also be an attempt to pre-empt criticism. The proxy statement seeks to assure investors that each dollar spent on security is “necessary and in the best interests” of the company and its stakeholders. In an era where high-profile tech leaders can face threats online and offline, companies argue that ensuring their safety is essential for the business’s continuity and success.

The revelation about Pichai’s compensation and the broader trends in executive pay at tech giants also arrive at a time when questions are being raised about the sustainability of ever-increasing salaries and perks in Silicon Valley. With fluctuating markets, investor demands for profitability, and increasing scrutiny over corporate governance, executive compensation packages are likely to remain a topic of public and investor interest.

In conclusion, Google’s new SEC filing reveals not just the substantial median salary of a typical employee, which continues to grow annually, but also the high value placed on executive leadership and protection. Sundar Pichai’s compensation in 2024, totaling over $10.7 million, reflects both a financial reward for performance and a recognition of the personal risks associated with his role as the face of one of the world’s most influential tech companies. The $8.3 million spent on his security underscores how companies like Alphabet are navigating the complex responsibilities of executive safety and shareholder transparency.

China Plans Ambitious Deep-Sea Research Station 2,000 Meters Below South China Sea by 2030

China is pushing the boundaries of marine technology with a massive underwater research project that is set to redefine deep-sea exploration. The country is currently developing a cutting-edge research station located 2,000 meters beneath the surface of the South China Sea, with the goal of making it operational by the year 2030. This ambitious venture, which has been dubbed a “deep-sea space station,” is expected to match the complexity of three International Space Stations combined. It reflects China’s growing ambition to become a global leader in marine science and underwater resource development.

The project, which has now received approval from the Chinese Academy of Sciences, will be constructed in a strategically chosen location within the South China Sea. This area is known for its rich presence of hydrothermal vents, which are natural underwater formations that release mineral-laden hot water. These vents create unique ecological environments where over 600 species thrive under extreme and high-pressure conditions.

“The engineering challenges of building at such depths require innovative solutions,” the report highlights. To overcome these hurdles, the facility will be equipped with an advanced life support system that will allow it to continuously monitor changes in the ecosystem, tectonic shifts, and the behavior of hydrothermal vents. The ability to sustain long-term human or robotic presence at such depths is seen as a major technological breakthrough in underwater research, akin to the recent achievements of engineers who have demonstrated new breathing methods allowing for prolonged stays underwater.

The underwater station will be integrated into a broader infrastructure framework. This includes an underwater fiber optic network that will enable real-time data transmission and remote communication. A fleet of autonomous submarines and surface vessels will support the station, and these will be complemented by the Mengxiang deep-sea drilling ship, which has the capability to reach the Earth’s mantle. Together, these components will form a multi-layered, “four-dimensional” observation system that could revolutionize the understanding of deep-sea geological and biological processes.

But the research station is not only about science. It also represents a critical effort to tap into underwater energy and mineral resources that could prove transformative for China’s economy. Experts estimate that the South China Sea holds nearly 70 billion tons of methane hydrates, a resource roughly equivalent to half of China’s current oil and gas reserves. If this energy source can be harvested efficiently, it could greatly enhance the country’s energy security and reshape its energy economy.

Besides methane, the ocean floor in the region is rich in other valuable resources. Cobalt and nickel—elements essential for advanced technologies such as electric vehicle batteries and military hardware—are found here in concentrations three times higher than in surface-level terrestrial mines. Extracting these resources could significantly boost China’s ability to independently manufacture high-tech products.

The project has also already yielded some exciting discoveries in marine biology. Scientists involved in the early stages have encountered rare species in the deep-sea region. These findings echo the excitement generated by the occasional discovery of mysterious white fish in other remote aquatic locations. Among the organisms living near hydrothermal vents, some produce enzymes with promising pharmaceutical properties. One area of interest includes the possibility that these enzymes could be used in the development of cancer treatments, offering added value to the research beyond its geological and ecological goals.

A key objective of the station is to explore and understand the distinctive life forms and ecosystems that exist around hydrothermal vents. These organisms have evolved to withstand high pressure, darkness, and temperatures, as well as to feed off minerals rather than sunlight. Researchers hope that continued study will yield both new species and potentially groundbreaking biotechnological innovations.

However, the prospect of resource extraction has raised environmental concerns. Removing methane and minerals from these fragile ecosystems could cause unforeseen damage. In response, the deep-sea station will rely on advanced technologies, particularly autonomous submersibles, to closely monitor the environmental impact of any such activities. Scientists aim to create a sustainable model for resource extraction that minimizes harm to deep-sea biodiversity.

The project also draws attention to the global race for deep-sea resources. “Recent discoveries of previously unknown creatures in these ocean depths highlight the importance of cautious exploration,” researchers emphasize. China’s strategy aims to balance the goals of exploration and preservation, acknowledging that protecting the deep-sea environment is a serious challenge even as economic incentives grow stronger.

This bold underwater station marks a significant moment in global marine exploration. As the facility progresses toward completion, it signals China’s intent to lead the next phase of underwater discovery and development. The construction effort underlines a broader desire to assert control over key maritime regions and to access valuable natural resources.

At a time when other nations are stepping up their investments in deep-sea exploration, China’s initiative could set a global precedent. With its mix of scientific ambition and economic motivation, this station might serve as a model for future underwater infrastructure around the world. How the project unfolds could shape international norms and expectations about marine resource development in the decades ahead.

The international implications of China’s project are profound. As the world’s last largely unexplored frontier, the ocean floor is attracting increased interest from nations eager to secure future energy sources and technological advantages. China’s new research station represents a strategic step not only in scientific progress but also in asserting geopolitical influence in the contested South China Sea region.

As construction moves forward, the tension between scientific exploration and environmental stewardship becomes more pressing. “Will China establish new standards for responsible deep-sea exploration, or will economic interests prevail?” the article asks. The answer to this question may help determine how humanity interacts with the deep ocean in the future and whether such efforts can be sustained without irreparably damaging the planet’s most mysterious ecosystems.

In the coming years, the world will closely watch how China manages this unprecedented project. Success could open new frontiers in science and technology, while failure or ecological damage could lead to increased scrutiny and regulation. Either way, this endeavor underscores the beginning of a new chapter in the exploration of Earth’s final frontier.

Economists Warn of Potential Summer Slowdown as Consumer Sentiment Sours

American consumers are growing increasingly pessimistic about the state of the economy, with surveys reflecting a notable dip in confidence. Although some Wall Street economists are forecasting a potential recession in the United States this year, most current economic indicators have not yet confirmed this trajectory, raising concerns about when this gloomy public sentiment might begin to impact actual economic growth.

Several economists believe the pivotal moment could occur during the summer months. According to Goldman Sachs US economist Emanuel Abecasis, “We will likely see continued softness in the survey data before the hard data start to weaken around mid-to-late summer, at which point higher prices, weaker spending, and slower hiring could start to emerge in the official statistics.”

Goldman Sachs analyzed 45 distinct economic metrics and concluded that, historically, it takes approximately four months for significant weakening in economic data to emerge following a key disruptive event. In the current case, that event is President Donald Trump raising the US’s effective tariff rate to levels not seen in a hundred years. Many analysts expect this move to spur inflation and dampen economic growth.

The Goldman Sachs team estimates there is a 45 percent chance of the US entering a recession within the next year—a much higher probability than the typical 15 percent seen during any given year. Abecasis noted, “It is still too early to draw strong conclusions from the limited data we have so far, and we will continue to watch for indications of slower growth in the coming months.”

So far, the economic trend seems to be mirroring past recessions triggered by specific events, such as the 1973 oil crisis and the interest rate-driven downturn of 1980. In such scenarios, declines in survey data typically precede drops in tangible economic activity. Presently, consumer sentiment as measured by the University of Michigan’s index is hovering near levels last seen in 1978.

Concrete economic indicators, often referred to as hard data, have not yet shown sustained weakness. In fact, March data suggested a strong showing, with retail sales posting their most significant monthly jump in nearly two years. Likewise, durable goods orders rose sharply by 9.2 percent, far surpassing the 2 percent increase that economists had anticipated. This surge was largely driven by a massive increase in aircraft orders, one of the largest on record.

Some economists argue that this data does not reflect robust economic strength but rather a preemptive move by consumers and businesses who are racing to buy products before Trump’s tariffs make them more expensive. “The thing with any pull forward of demand is that the drop thereafter can be extremely painful, because if you’ve ordered as a business, you know, half of your inventory in order to stock up, then you’re not going to be reordering the following month,” said EY chief economist Gregory Daco. “So you’ve pulled forward demand, but that leads to a significant drop off in the next time period.”

Daco cited vehicle sales as an example of this behavior. Auto sales surged by 5.3 percent ahead of the anticipated tariff hikes. But, as Daco noted, “people aren’t going to buy a car again” the following month. He expects the impact of this pull-forward effect to become more visible in June, once economic reports for May are released.

However, Daco and other experts say signs of a slowdown are already surfacing. According to RSM chief economist Joe Brusuelas, activity is declining as early as April. He highlighted a significant drop in shipment volumes at the Port of Los Angeles, where incoming traffic is forecast to fall by 44 percent through May 10.

“In June, what that means is there’ll be less goods on the shelves,” Brusuelas explained. “Less goods equals higher prices. At a time when inflation goes up, that means less disposable income, less demand.”

Brusuelas also noted that while some key indicators such as weekly unemployment claims haven’t risen yet, they could soon follow. As incoming orders decline, businesses may seek ways to cut costs, which often involves reducing their workforce.

“The economy is going to slow,” Brusuelas predicted. “At best, it’s going to grind to a halt. At worst, we’re going to be in a recession. I think we have a very mild garden-variety recession, something that goes on for six to nine months.”

Despite the concerns, some signs of strength still exist in the economy. But the current situation suggests that many businesses and consumers are reacting in anticipation of future economic challenges, rather than from actual deterioration in current conditions. This preemptive action—while logical in the face of expected tariffs—could lead to a sharp drop in demand once the initial burst of activity fades.

Economists argue that the current divergence between soft and hard data is typical of event-driven slowdowns. In past cases, the lead time between the onset of pessimistic sentiment and actual declines in economic output has varied, but the general pattern remains the same: a significant shock leads to immediate changes in expectations, followed by a gradual manifestation in measurable activity.

The uncertainty surrounding when and how this economic pessimism will impact real growth remains a key focus for economists. As Abecasis emphasized, more data is needed before drawing firm conclusions. But with inflation pressures looming and the effects of trade policy changes beginning to ripple through the economy, many believe the summer could mark a turning point.

In the meantime, analysts are keeping a close watch on various economic signals, including consumer behavior, business investment patterns, employment trends, and inflation metrics. The upcoming months will likely be critical in determining whether the US can navigate through this uncertain phase without slipping into a recession.

As survey data continues to indicate anxiety and forward-looking indicators point to caution among both consumers and businesses, the economy could be heading toward a significant inflection point. Whether that leads to a full-blown recession or a period of stagnation remains to be seen, but economists are increasingly sounding the alarm that the warning signs are aligning.

A Vintage Car, a Quiet Hero, and a Fight for Justice: Thudarum Delivers a Slow-Burn Tale of Dignity

Set in the serene hill town of Ranni in Pathanamthitta, Thudarum tells the deeply personal and moving story of Shanmugham, endearingly known as “Benz.” He is a humble taxi driver whose most treasured possession is his vintage Mark-I Ambassador car. His quiet and simple life takes a sharp turn when corrupt police officers unjustly seize his beloved car under fabricated drug charges. What follows is an emotional and determined battle by Shanmugham to reclaim his dignity and seek justice in a world that seems increasingly indifferent.

Director Tharun Moorthy brings this poignant story to life in Thudarum, skillfully weaving together elements of personal hardship with a broader social message. The film centers on the strength and resilience of an ordinary man who refuses to back down when wronged. Through Shanmugham’s struggle, Moorthy reflects on the larger flaws within the system while staying grounded in the emotional truth of one individual’s journey. His storytelling touches on themes that are both deeply personal and widely relatable.

The film begins on a gentle, even playful note, marked by a series of nostalgic references to Mohanlal’s earlier films and subtle nods to his iconic public image. These moments are never overwhelming and are handled with a light touch, ensuring that the integrity of Shanmugham’s character remains intact. This initial lightheartedness gives the audience space to connect with the protagonist, making his later challenges feel all the more real. The pacing is measured and, at times, slow — which allows the characters to breathe and the story to develop organically, though it occasionally tests the viewer’s patience.

For the attentive audience, early scenes plant clues that slowly unravel the larger mystery. However, due to the film’s understated approach, certain elements of the plot may appear less fleshed out than others. The story takes a sharper turn with the arrival of SI Benny, played by Binu Pappu, and CI George Mathan, portrayed by Prakash Varma. With their entry, the narrative shifts into thriller territory, as the tension starts to build steadily with each passing scene.

Mohanlal delivers a remarkable and heartfelt performance as Shanmugham. He embodies the character with genuine emotion and quiet strength, transforming him from a victim into a symbol of resistance. His talent is most visible in the subtleties — a quiet sigh, a hesitant glance, or a thoughtful pause speaks volumes. While some may be tempted to compare this role to his past performances in Bhramaram or Drishyam, Shanmugham stands apart. As a character, he brings something fresh and uniquely understated to Mohanlal’s filmography. The actor still delivers a few crowd-pleasing moments that feel entirely earned and never forced. As the review rightly notes, “Mohanlal’s mastery lies in his ability to convey entire emotional arcs through the simplest of gestures — a sigh, a glance, a pause.”

The return of Shobana to the big screen after over a decade is another high point. She plays Lalitha, Shanmugham’s wife, and her performance is both grounded and compelling. The chemistry between Mohanlal and Shobana brings warmth and authenticity to their relationship, making it easy for the audience to invest emotionally in their shared journey. Their scenes together have a lived-in feel, adding depth to the film’s emotional core.

The supporting cast also delivers consistently strong performances. Prakash Varma, in his debut as CI George Mathan, creates a striking antagonist — a mix of intimidation and manipulation. His portrayal anchors the film’s conflict with a sense of real danger. “Prakash Varma plays CI George Mathan with a compelling mix of menace and calculation,” notes the original review. Binu Pappu as SI Benny adds another layer of intensity, contributing significantly to the film’s suspenseful edge.

Younger actors such as Farhaan Faasil, Thomas Mathew, and Aarsha Baiju help round out the ensemble, each playing their part in the unfolding drama. Additionally, the film features a handful of clever cameos — some that advance the plot and at least one that acts as a playful misdirect for viewers.

Visually, Thudarum is a treat. Cinematographer Shaji Kumar captures the lush, natural beauty of Kerala with finesse, creating a visual contrast between the vast, open landscapes and the psychological confinement Shanmugham experiences. The imagery not only supports the story but deepens it. Water, and specifically rain, becomes a recurring visual theme. It serves a dual purpose, symbolizing both the washing away of injustice and the emotional release that follows hardship. As the review notes, “Water, especially rain, plays a poetic central motif at different stages of the film’s narrative where it stands for both retribution and relief.”

Jakes Bejoy’s music complements the film’s tone perfectly. His score is emotive without being overbearing, elevating key moments while respecting the quiet strength of the narrative. The music subtly underscores the film’s emotional peaks, enhancing its power without distracting from it.  Jakes Bejoy’s music score is both stirring and restrained, heightening the emotional pulse of the film without ever overpowering the narrative.

Despite its many strengths, Thudarum is not without its challenges. Its pacing and dedication to subtlety may not appeal to every viewer. The film takes its time unfolding, and those expecting more traditional dramatic climaxes might feel unsatisfied. Emotional payoffs are few, and the film’s deliberate pace may cause some to lose engagement. A slightly more urgent edit, particularly in the second half, could have made the narrative more gripping overall. As the review states, “A tighter edit and slightly more urgency in the second half could have strengthened the overall impact.”

Nevertheless, Thudarum is a powerful and rewarding cinematic experience for those who appreciate slow-burning dramas with emotional depth and thematic richness. It offers a thoughtful portrait of one man’s resilience against institutional injustice, driven by love, pride, and a longing for dignity. The film stands out not only for its performances but for the authenticity of its storytelling and the grace with which it handles its subject matter.

In the end, Thudarum leaves a lasting impression. It invites the audience to sit with the quiet moments, to feel the weight of injustice, and to witness the strength of a man who simply refuses to be broken. Ultimately, Thudarum is a well-made drama that rewards viewers who appreciate slow-burn storytelling.

Federal Government Expands Grounds for Deporting International Students, Sparking Legal Battles and Campus Confusion

The U.S. federal government has widened the list of reasons international students can lose their legal status, intensifying fears among thousands of foreign students already unsettled by a recent crackdown under the Trump administration. Immigration attorneys argue that these expanded justifications enable swifter deportations and serve to rationalize actions taken earlier this year to revoke many students’ permission to study in the U.S.

Many international students found themselves suddenly stripped of their legal standing, often without warning or explanation. This abrupt shift prompted a wave of legal challenges in federal courts, where several judges issued preliminary rulings asserting that the government had failed to provide due process in revoking the students’ status.

Following these legal challenges, federal officials announced they would draft new guidelines to govern the cancellation of student status. According to a document from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) submitted Monday in court, one of the new permissible reasons is the revocation of the visa students used to enter the United States. This marks a stark change in policy. Previously, students whose visas were revoked could typically remain in the country to complete their studies but would be barred from reentering if they left.

“This just gave them carte blanche to have the State Department revoke a visa and then deport those students, even if they’ve done nothing wrong,” said Brad Banias, an immigration lawyer representing a student affected by the crackdown. His client had a traffic offense on his record, which was included in a law enforcement database accessed by immigration officials.

Banias noted that this new rule significantly broadens ICE’s authority. Prior to this, visa revocation alone was not considered sufficient grounds for terminating a student’s legal presence in the U.S.

Over the past month, foreign students across the country have been shocked to find that their names were deleted from a student-tracking database managed by ICE. Some students went into hiding to avoid being deported, while others chose to return to their home countries, abandoning their academic pursuits.

As legal challenges continued to grow, the government announced on Friday that it would temporarily reinstate the legal status of international students while it worked on formalizing a new policy. That new guidance surfaced in court just days later.

Charles Kuck, an Atlanta-based immigration attorney representing 133 students who lost their status, said the updated policy permits revocations if a student’s name appears in criminal or fingerprint databases in ways previously not allowed. “Basically, they’re trying to cover what they already did bad by making the bad thing that they did now legal for them to do,” said Kuck.

Numerous students affected by these policy changes had only minor legal issues on their records, such as traffic infractions. Others were left completely in the dark about why they had been targeted.

In one legal case, attorneys for the government provided partial clarity during a hearing involving Akshar Patel, a student in Texas pursuing studies in information systems. His status was revoked and later reinstated, prompting him to ask the court to prevent his deportation.

During court proceedings and in official filings, Department of Homeland Security officials disclosed that they had cross-referenced the names of student visa holders with the National Crime Information Center (NCIC), a comprehensive FBI-run database. This system includes details about criminal suspects, missing persons, and individuals who have been arrested—even if charges were never filed or had been dropped.

U.S. District Judge Ana Reyes revealed during the hearing that about 6,400 students were flagged in the database sweep. Patel was one of them; he had been charged with reckless driving in 2018, a charge that was ultimately dismissed. That outcome, though, was still logged in the database.

Patel’s name appeared in a list of 734 students compiled in a spreadsheet that was forwarded to a Homeland Security official. Within just 24 hours of receiving it, the official instructed others to “Please terminate all in SEVIS,” referring to the system that tracks international students’ legal status.

Judge Reyes said the rapid response indicated that no individualized review of the records had taken place to determine why the students’ names were in the NCIC. “All of this could have been avoided if someone had taken a beat,” she remarked. Reyes, who was appointed by President Joe Biden, criticized the federal government’s actions, stating it had shown “an utter lack of concern for individuals who have come into this country.”

As ICE was revoking students’ legal status, the U.S. State Department was also canceling some of the visas used by these students to enter the country. Secretary of State Marco Rubio indicated that some of these cancellations were prompted by students’ participation in pro-Palestinian protests, which he claimed threatened U.S. foreign policy interests. However, Rubio admitted in March that certain visa cancellations had “nothing to do with any protests” but were based on “potential criminal activity.”

Rubio explained his rationale to reporters: “My standard: If we knew this information about them before we gave them a visa, would we have allowed them in? If the answer is no, then we revoke the visa.” He further emphasized his stance, declaring, “Your visa is expired, your visa is revoked, you have to leave. There is no right to a student visa.”

The government’s actions caused widespread confusion and panic on college campuses. Universities that discovered their international students had lost legal status were thrown into disarray. In earlier cases, institutions typically updated a student’s legal status only after reporting that they were no longer enrolled. This time, however, the revocations seemed to originate directly from federal authorities.

In some instances, colleges instructed students to immediately cease attending classes or working on campus, warning them they could face deportation if they remained.

Government attorneys later argued that changes in the student database didn’t necessarily equate to a loss of legal status. Although some students were flagged as “failure to maintain status,” officials said the changes were meant as investigative alerts rather than definitive rulings.

Patel’s legal presence in the U.S. was confirmed during the hearing. “He is lawfully present in the U.S.,” stated Andre Watson of the Department of Homeland Security. “He is not subject to immediate detention or removal.”

While Judge Reyes declined to issue a preliminary injunction, she encouraged both legal teams to negotiate a resolution that would ensure Patel could remain in the country.

Trump’s First 100 Days: A Presidency of Bold Moves and Sharp Divides

On January 20, Donald Trump began his second term as President of the United States, declaring that he would deliver “the most extraordinary first 100 days of any presidency in American history.” For decades, the 100-day benchmark has served as a symbolic moment to evaluate a new administration’s achievements. The early data from Trump’s second term offers insight into the progress he has made on his key promises—ranging from imposing global tariffs and arresting migrants to making deep cuts to federal spending.

One of the most telling indicators of a president’s early performance is the public’s approval rating. Gallup, the U.S. polling firm that has long tracked presidential approval at the 100-day mark, shows Trump faring poorly compared to his predecessors. Trump, now the first post-war president to serve two non-consecutive terms, has seen low ratings in both his presidencies. Historically, presidents such as John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan enjoyed strong support with 83% and 67% approval ratings, respectively. Joe Biden and Bill Clinton were also above 50%. In contrast, both of Trump’s terms saw him with under 50% approval at this milestone, making him the only post-war president with this distinction.

However, looking at approval through a partisan lens tells a more complex story. Trump’s second term shows the most extreme polarization to date, with 90% of Republicans supporting him and just 4% of Democrats. This 86-point gap marks the largest partisan split ever recorded at the 100-day point. “The longer the line, the more polarised the support,” Gallup’s polling analysis notes.

The most recent Gallup poll, conducted from April 1–14 during a time of market volatility triggered by Trump’s tariff announcements, recorded his approval at 44%. This figure, drawn from over 1,000 interviews, reflects stable ratings consistent with the first quarter of his term.

Throughout his campaign, Trump promised swift action on top issues. He said he would lower prices, end the war in Ukraine, and pardon individuals tied to the January 6 Capitol attack. While not all promises have been fulfilled, Trump has been extremely active in terms of executive action. He has issued more executive orders in 100 days than any president in the last 100 years. In fact, he has already signed more than half the number of orders from his entire first term and nearly 90% of the total executive orders Joe Biden issued in four years.

Some of these executive orders have been high-impact. On his first day, Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the UN’s Paris Climate Agreement, calling it an unfair burden on Americans. He also declared a national energy emergency to boost domestic oil production. Other actions have been less weighty but symbolic, such as lifting the ban on plastic straws.

Despite this flurry of executive activity, Trump has not shown much interest in working with Congress. He has signed only five bills into law in his first 100 days—a lower number than any new president in 70 years, according to Punchbowl News. His aggressive use of executive authority has also sparked legal backlash. Over 200 of his orders have been challenged in court, and judges have blocked several of them, as reported by the legal publication Just Security.

Economically, Trump’s platform centered on lowering prices and creating jobs. His pro-business rhetoric was initially welcomed by Wall Street, reflected in a spike in S&P 500 stock prices following his election. But as Trump escalated his threats of tariffs, investor confidence waned. The markets dipped sharply on April 2 when Trump imposed sweeping global tariffs. Though he softened some tariffs a week later, global markets remained jittery, and his trade policies were blamed for economic disruptions.

Consumer confidence has also declined. The University of Michigan’s Consumer Sentiment Index, a long-running measure of public economic outlook, dropped for four straight months. April’s score was the second-lowest on record. The lowest came in June 2022 during Biden’s presidency, amid inflation concerns following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. In April 2025, Americans voiced worries about an impending trade war, reporting deteriorating expectations for inflation, income, and personal finances. Trump hasn’t ruled out a recession but remains confident in the long-term benefits of his policies.

Inflation trends remain uncertain, but the U.S. Federal Reserve has warned that Trump’s tariff strategy could drive prices upward again. On trade, Trump argues that global tariffs will help bring jobs and manufacturing back to the U.S. while reducing the trade deficit. He criticizes America’s long-standing trade imbalance as a sign of other countries “ripping off” the U.S., frequently citing China.

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, America continued to import more goods and services than it exported through 2024. After Trump’s re-election in November 2024, importers rushed to bring in products before tariffs could take effect. By January 2025, imports hit a record high of $329 billion—the highest monthly total since records began in 1992. Although Trump paused many of his harshest tariffs in early April, reports suggest Americans have been stockpiling goods, fearing price hikes. Tariffs on Chinese imports remain, but Trump has signaled he is open to reducing them if a deal can be made.

On immigration, Trump returned to the presidency vowing large-scale deportations and an end to birthright citizenship. Although he has faced legal blocks on birthright citizenship, one area where he claims success is at the southern border. In March 2025, just over 7,000 arrests were made at the U.S.-Mexico border—down significantly from the 137,000 arrests in March 2024 during Biden’s presidency.

While the number of deportations remains lower than promised and legal challenges persist, Trump points to rising internal detentions and strong cooperation with local law enforcement as evidence of success. ICE raids have increased, with many targeting individuals with criminal records. Trump’s team is also promoting what it calls “unprecedented” collaboration with police departments across the country.

However, with detention facilities nearing capacity, experts warn of potential overcrowding issues. The future of Trump’s immigration policies—and their legality—will likely be shaped by court rulings in the coming months.

Looking ahead, Trump’s broader agenda depends heavily on what unfolds in the next 100 days. Public perception of his actions on the border, trade decisions, and economic outcomes such as food prices will help determine whether Trump maintains his reputation as the most polarizing president in modern history.

PM Modi Grants Armed Forces Full Freedom to Respond After Pahalgam Attack

Reaffirming India’s strong stance against terrorism, Prime Minister Narendra Modi declared that it is the country’s “national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He made it clear that the Indian armed forces enjoy his full confidence and have been granted “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing” of India’s response following last week’s deadly terror attack in Pahalgam that claimed the lives of 26 people.

This decisive statement came during a high-level security meeting at the Prime Minister’s residence on Tuesday. Those present included Defence Minister Rajnath Singh, National Security Advisor Ajit Doval, Chief of Defence Staff General Anil Chauhan, Army Chief General Upendra Dwivedi, Air Force Chief Air Marshal A.P. Singh, and Navy Chief Admiral Dinesh Tripathi. Sources indicated that this gathering took place just one day before the Prime Minister is set to lead a meeting of the Cabinet Committee on Security. This will be the second such meeting convened following the Pahalgam tragedy.

The recent meeting followed a series of diplomatic actions initiated by India in response to the attack. Officials believe that Pakistan played a role in orchestrating the assault. As a result, India announced several measures including the suspension of visa services for Pakistani nationals and a temporary halt to the Indus Water Treaty. The presence of the Defence Minister, NSA, CDS, and the chiefs of all three military services at Tuesday’s meeting strongly signals that military retaliation is being contemplated alongside the diplomatic steps.

“Prime Minister Modi expressed complete faith and confidence in the professional abilities of the Indian Armed Forces,” said a government source. The source further emphasized that Modi had assured the military of their authority to choose how and when to respond. “He added that they [the armed forces] have complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” the source reiterated.

While preparations are being made at the highest levels of government, military activity on the ground has already intensified. According to defence officials, intelligence-based counter-terror operations are continuing in the Kashmir Valley. These are aimed at preemptively targeting terror networks believed to be operating in the region. At the same time, Cease-Fire Violations (CFVs) by Pakistan have been reported for five consecutive nights along the Line of Control.

“During the night of April 28-29, Pakistan Army resorted to unprovoked small arms firing across the Line of Control in areas opposite Kupwara and Baramulla districts, as well as the Akhnoor sector,” the Army said in a statement. It added that “Indian Army responded in a measured and effective manner to the provocation.”

In addition to military discussions, coordination among internal security forces has also been stepped up. On Tuesday, Union Home Secretary Govind Mohan chaired a security meeting in New Delhi. The meeting was attended by the Director Generals of the Border Security Force (BSF), Assam Rifles, and the National Security Guard (NSG), as well as senior officers from the Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). While the specific agenda of the meeting was not disclosed, a senior government official said that security forces were instructed to remain on high alert, particularly at national borders, and to maintain maximum vigilance.

The broader context of this flurry of high-level activity is India’s strategic and assertive shift in counterterrorism policy. The attack in Pahalgam, widely seen as one of the most brutal assaults in recent times, has galvanized political and military leadership. The targeting of civilians in such a brazen manner has added urgency to India’s response planning. While the immediate diplomatic steps signal India’s disapproval of Pakistan’s alleged involvement, the military dimension is expected to play a crucial role in shaping the country’s response posture.

The fact that Prime Minister Modi has granted operational autonomy to the armed forces reflects a significant level of trust in military leadership. By allowing the services to determine the specifics of any retaliation—whether it be through targeted airstrikes, cross-border operations, or covert measures—the Prime Minister is signaling both flexibility and strength. The message is clear: India will not remain passive in the face of terrorism.

The continued firing incidents along the Line of Control further compound tensions in the region. These nightly exchanges of gunfire not only risk escalation but also jeopardize the lives of both soldiers and civilians living near the border. India’s response to these provocations has so far been “measured and effective,” as described by the Army. However, it remains to be seen how long restraint will prevail, especially if CFVs continue.

Meanwhile, intelligence agencies are working closely with military and paramilitary forces to identify the planners and perpetrators of the Pahalgam attack. Efforts are also being made to dismantle terror infrastructure and cut off logistical support within Kashmir and across the border. Defence sources confirmed that counter-terror operations are targeting identified sleeper cells and hideouts based on real-time intelligence inputs.

The participation of multiple security agencies in the Home Secretary’s meeting suggests an integrated approach to both border management and internal security. By bringing together leaders of paramilitary forces that operate across different terrains—from border outposts to urban centers—the government aims to ensure seamless coordination and readiness in the event of further threats.

Ultimately, the developments following the Pahalgam attack demonstrate a calibrated, multi-pronged approach by India. While diplomatic pressure is being exerted through international and bilateral channels, military preparedness has reached a heightened level. The decisions made in the coming days, including those emerging from the Cabinet Committee on Security, will likely determine the nature and intensity of India’s next steps.

What remains undeniable is the clarity of intent expressed by the Prime Minister. His statement, “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” sets a strong precedent and leaves little ambiguity about India’s resolve to strike back. With tensions simmering along the LoC and security forces on high alert across the nation, the coming days will be crucial in defining both the immediate and long-term trajectory of India’s counter-terror strategy.

Canada’s Election Highlights Growing Regional Divides Across the Country

The recent Canadian election has underlined the widening rifts among the country’s different regions, with voting patterns showing stark contrasts in political preference. A shift in support from smaller parties toward the dominant Liberal and Conservative camps has defined the election outcome, suggesting that many voters have consolidated around the major political players amid an increasingly polarized environment.

In Western Canada, the majority of parliamentary seats have turned Conservative blue. The oil-producing provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan have long harbored feelings of alienation from decision-makers in Ottawa. This sentiment was echoed by many voters in the region, who expressed frustration that the Liberal government appeared more concerned with U.S. affairs than with addressing domestic priorities. This ongoing discontent is so pronounced that it has even led to some voices calling for secession from the rest of Canada. The re-election of a Liberal government, which secured very few seats in these western provinces, could intensify those separatist sentiments.

The New Democratic Party (NDP), which has historical roots in Saskatchewan, has faced a significant electoral setback, marking its worst performance since 1993. Analysts and voters alike point to the party’s continued support for Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s struggling administration as a key factor in this defeat. Furthermore, some individuals in Western Canada believe that potential NDP voters may have strategically cast their ballots for the Liberals in a bid to block a Conservative victory, thus weakening the NDP’s final tally.

Meanwhile, in Quebec, the long-standing debate over independence remains a potent undercurrent in the province’s political landscape. Despite this, voters in Quebec appear to have largely supported the Liberals, especially in light of hostile rhetoric from U.S. President Donald Trump. Many Quebecois, though traditionally open to discussions around sovereignty, seem to have opted for stability and national unity in the face of perceived external threats.

Émilie Foster, an adjunct professor of politics at Carleton University, told the BBC last week, “We prefer to be part of Canada instead of being part of the United States, if we have to choose.” Her statement reflects the provincial mood of choosing national solidarity over an uncertain future, particularly when considering geopolitical dynamics with the United States.

Despite these significant regional dynamics, the election campaign has done little to shed light on the pressing concerns of Canada’s Indigenous communities, especially those in the northern territories. While the national conversation has been heavily focused on topics related to Donald Trump and Canada’s positioning in the global landscape, northern Indigenous voters are grappling with immediate and longstanding challenges.

For many in Canada’s remote northern areas, the priority issues include access to nutritious food, clean drinking water, reliable transportation, and the development of essential infrastructure. These practical concerns, however, were largely absent from the mainstream election discourse, leaving northern voters uncertain about whether their communities’ needs will be prioritized in the new political term.

Although the major political parties were busy consolidating their power in the larger urban centers and affluent regions, the northern territories—home to many Indigenous populations—were left feeling disconnected from the national political narrative. Residents there continue to experience higher costs for basic goods, poor water quality in several communities, and inadequate infrastructure, such as roads and healthcare facilities.

While the Conservatives gained considerable ground in Western Canada, and the Liberals retained support in parts of Ontario and Quebec, the northern territories remained on the fringes of political engagement. This has led to skepticism among Indigenous leaders, who are now questioning whether the incoming government will finally prioritize meaningful action on these vital local concerns.

To summarize, the Canadian election results tell a story not just of shifting political allegiances but also of deeply entrenched regional disparities. In the west, feelings of exclusion and resentment continue to grow, potentially feeding separatist ideologies. In Quebec, historical calls for independence have been momentarily sidelined in favor of preserving national unity amid turbulent U.S.-Canada relations. Meanwhile, in the north, Indigenous communities remain worried that their everyday struggles will once again be overshadowed by broader political narratives that do not reflect their lived realities.

As Canadians look ahead to a new government, the question remains whether leaders in Ottawa will seriously engage with the country’s diverse regional voices—or continue to overlook them. The outcome of this election has made one thing clear: Canada is not one unified political entity, but a patchwork of regions, each with its own set of priorities, frustrations, and hopes for the future.

Teen Phenom Vaibhav Suryavanshi Becomes Youngest Men’s T20 Centurion with Fearless Six-Hitting Style

“Why hit a single when you can hit the ball for a six?”

That was the bold question posed by a 14-year-old Vaibhav Suryavanshi to one of his earliest cricket coaches. It was more than just youthful confidence—it was a hint at the kind of mindset that would soon make him one of the most exciting prospects in Indian cricket.

“Vaibhav was hitting sixes and fours off almost every ball,” recalled Manish Ojha, a former first-class player for Jharkhand. “After the session, I said: ‘Vaibhav, why are you only hitting boundaries? The state matches are a four-day format and we will need you to take more singles.’ He replied: ‘Sir, if I can hit a ball for six, why would I take a single off it?’ That’s when I realised he was ready for the next level.”

That same six-hitting instinct captivated the cricketing world on Monday, when Vaibhav became the youngest ever to score a century in men’s T20 cricket. Batting for Rajasthan Royals against Gujarat Titans, the teenage sensation dismantled elite international bowlers in an astonishing 38-ball century, which featured 11 sixes and seven fours.

The likes of Ishant Sharma, Mohammed Siraj, Washington Sundar, and Rashid Khan—seasoned veterans of the international game—were dispatched with the same ease as the local kids who once bowled to him in practice. It was a display of fearless aggression, backed by sheer skill.

Vaibhav’s rise to the Indian Premier League has been nothing short of dramatic. He launched his professional T20 career with a six off his very first delivery, and by just his third game, he had notched up a century. Born in Samastipur, a small district in Bihar, India, he was introduced to cricket early by his father, Sanjeev Suryavanshi, a former club-level cricketer.

Recognizing his son’s talent, Sanjeev began coaching him at home from the tender age of five. However, with no formal cricket academies in Samastipur, the family made sacrifices for Vaibhav’s dreams. When Vaibhav turned eight, his father took him to Patna—three hours away—for better training.

“Many people would tell him: ‘What are you doing?’ But he was the first person to believe in Vaibhav’s abilities,” said Robin Singh, a coach from Bihar. “To ensure his son trained well and got to use the best facilities, his father had to sell a plot of land. His mother had to make a lot of sacrifices too. She would wake up at three in the morning to prepare breakfast for him and would even send food for the coaches.”

Vaibhav quickly won over his new coaches. “When I started working with him, I found him quite different from others. You would give him a demo of a technique or a shot, and he would pick it up in no time,” Ojha explained. “Most of the players adopt things easily in practice, but when it comes to playing matches, they fail. But the unique feature about Vaibhav was that he would execute things perfectly even during high-pressure matches.”

His maturity was far beyond his years. His game sense, stroke-making, and attitude distinguished him from his peers. “Within 10 days of playing alongside the kids of his age, we realised we were wasting his time. So, we started making him practise with senior players,” Singh said.

Vaibhav would undergo intense practice sessions, training from 7.30am to 4pm and facing around 450 balls daily. By the age of 12, his coaches felt confident enough to push him toward a professional cricketing path. He starred for the Bihar under-19 team and piled up runs, eventually earning a spot in the India Under-19s squad. At just 13, he blazed a 58-ball century in a youth Test against Australia.

His rapid rise continued when he was selected for Bihar’s Ranji Trophy team, India’s top first-class cricket tournament. Then came the breakthrough: Rajasthan Royals secured his services for ₹1.1 crore (£103,789) in the December 2024 IPL auction, making him the youngest to earn an IPL contract.

“Vaibhav’s role model is Brian Lara, so his game is aggressive, and he plays the ball on merit without any fear at all,” Ojha noted. “We expected him to get an IPL contract, and our joy doubled the moment Rajasthan Royals got him because they have [India legend] Rahul Dravid on their coaching staff.”

Singh added his own memory: “When he became the youngest to debut in first-class cricket, I told him: ‘Anyone can become the youngest. I’ll be happy when you become the youngest centurion.’ So yesterday he called me up after scoring the century and said: ‘Sir, youngest centurion.’ And I couldn’t be prouder.”

Vaibhav’s attacking style has already garnered attention from analysts. Nearly half of his IPL runs (46%) have come through the mid-wicket and long-on region, a sign of his power and placement. He has particularly dominated fast bowlers, scoring over 100 runs at a staggering strike rate of 243 against pace in this season’s IPL.

Such performances have earned him the nickname “Boss Baby” in cricketing circles—a nod to his youth and his resemblance to the destructive West Indian legend Chris Gayle, known as “The Universe Boss.” While Gayle holds the record for the fastest IPL century (30 balls in 2013), Vaibhav shattered another milestone—becoming the youngest to score a T20 century, surpassing the previous record held by Maharashtra’s Vijay Zol, who was 18 years and 118 days old.

His coaches believe a call-up to the Indian national team is only a matter of time. The comparison with Sachin Tendulkar is now inevitable. Tendulkar, India’s most celebrated batsman, debuted at 16, and many feel Vaibhav could soon follow in his footsteps.

“A guy from a small village in Bihar has made it to the IPL. The whole world is talking about him. So, he knows how to open doors. Don’t be surprised if he makes it to international level soon,” Singh said.

Vaibhav has already caught the attention of his home state. After his century, he received a reward of nearly £9,000 from the Bihar government, an acknowledgment of his achievement and promise. But he is already focused on his next challenge—facing the formidable Mumbai Indians on Thursday, including none other than Jasprit Bumrah, widely regarded as the best bowler in the world.

As the cricketing world watches closely, one thing is certain: Vaibhav Suryavanshi is not just a young sensation—he is a bold statement of what happens when talent meets grit, sacrifice, and fearless ambition.

Pakistan Alleges Imminent Indian Strike Amid Tensions Over Kashmir Attack

Pakistan’s Information Minister Attaullah Tarar has claimed that Islamabad has “credible intelligence” suggesting that India plans to launch a military strike within the next 24 to 36 hours. His statement comes amid escalating tensions following a deadly attack in Indian-administered Kashmir that left 26 tourists dead. The Indian government has blamed Pakistan for backing the militants involved, a charge that Islamabad firmly denies.

Tarar said India is trying to use the Kashmir attack as a “false pretext” to justify a potential strike against Pakistan. “Any such military adventurism by India would be responded to assuredly and decisively,” he warned. These remarks have intensified concerns in a region long fraught with conflict and suspicion. The BBC has reached out to India’s foreign ministry for a response, but no official comment has yet been made.

The attack, which occurred near the popular tourist destination of Pahalgam, is the deadliest assault on civilians in the region in the past 20 years. The location, nestled in the disputed territory of Kashmir, has once again become the focal point of tension between the two nuclear-armed neighbours. Both India and Pakistan lay claim to Kashmir in its entirety, though each only controls parts of it. Since their independence and partition in 1947, the two countries have fought two wars specifically over Kashmir.

In recent days, intermittent exchanges of small-arms fire have been reported across the Line of Control (LoC), the de facto border that separates the Indian- and Pakistani-controlled regions of Kashmir. These skirmishes have stoked fears of a larger conflict, especially amid speculation that India may carry out retaliatory military strikes, similar to those it launched in 2016 and 2019 following deadly militant incidents.

Indian authorities responded to the Pahalgam massacre with a large-scale security operation in the region. Officials reported last week that over 1,500 individuals had been detained for questioning. The number has since grown, although no exact figures have been released. These detentions are part of India’s effort to uncover those behind the attack and to prevent further violence.

Authorities have also demolished the homes of at least 10 individuals they allege were militants. Reports indicate that at least one of those whose house was destroyed had ties to a suspect involved in the recent killings. While these measures have been criticized by some human rights groups, Indian officials defend them as necessary steps to ensure security.

The broader backdrop of these developments is Kashmir’s long-standing history as a flashpoint of conflict between India and Pakistan. Since 1989, Indian-administered Kashmir has experienced an armed rebellion against Indian rule. The insurgency has resulted in thousands of deaths, with both civilians and security forces frequently targeted. India has accused Pakistan of supporting and harboring militant groups operating in the region, a charge that Islamabad denies.

So far, Indian authorities have not officially identified the group responsible for the Pahalgam killings. Initially, a little-known organization called the Resistance Front was reported to have claimed responsibility. However, the group later denied any involvement. The Resistance Front has been described as being linked to Lashkar-e-Taiba, a banned militant group based in Pakistan that has been accused of orchestrating several previous attacks in India, including the 2008 Mumbai attacks.

Police in Indian-administered Kashmir have named three of the four individuals suspected of carrying out the Pahalgam massacre. According to police, two of the suspects are Pakistani nationals, while the third is a local resident from the region. No details have emerged regarding the identity of the fourth individual.

Accounts from survivors have further inflamed public anger in India. Many survivors reported that the gunmen specifically targeted Hindu men during the attack, a claim that has added a communal dimension to an already volatile situation. This has further fueled national outrage and calls for accountability.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi responded to the attack with a stern message, promising that justice would be delivered. “We will hunt the suspects till the ends of the earth,” he declared. “Those who planned and carried it out will be punished beyond their imagination.” Modi’s remarks reflect the mood in India, where the incident has stirred widespread grief and demands for a strong response.

The ongoing conflict over Kashmir continues to pose a serious risk to peace in South Asia. Despite international calls for dialogue and restraint, both India and Pakistan have maintained hardline positions on the issue. With both nations armed with nuclear weapons, the possibility of escalation remains a significant concern for regional and global stability.

In the past, similar attacks have triggered sharp military responses from India. In 2016, following an assault on an army base in Uri that killed 19 soldiers, India carried out what it called “surgical strikes” on militant camps across the border. Again in 2019, after a suicide bombing in Pulwama claimed by Jaish-e-Mohammed killed 40 paramilitary personnel, India launched air strikes in Balakot, deep inside Pakistani territory. Both incidents brought the two nations to the brink of a wider conflict.

It remains unclear how India will respond this time. Although no official announcement has been made, Tarar’s warning suggests that Pakistan is preparing for the possibility of another cross-border strike. His remarks appear aimed at preempting Indian action and at rallying international attention to Pakistan’s position.

Meanwhile, tensions remain high in Kashmir. Security forces are on heightened alert, and civil liberties have been restricted in several areas amid fears of further unrest. The Indian government has intensified its surveillance and counter-insurgency measures, determined to prevent another tragedy.

For its part, Pakistan continues to insist that it is being unfairly blamed. Tarar reiterated Islamabad’s stance that it had no involvement in the Pahalgam killings and accused India of attempting to manipulate public sentiment for political or military purposes.

As the 24 to 36-hour window cited by Tarar unfolds, all eyes are on South Asia. The situation remains volatile, and the possibility of miscalculation or provocation could have far-reaching consequences. The international community may soon be called upon to step in to prevent another round of escalation between these long-time adversaries.

US Urges India and Pakistan to Pursue Responsible Resolution Amid Rising Kashmir Tensions

The U.S. State Department announced on Sunday that Washington is actively communicating with both India and Pakistan amid growing tensions between the two South Asian neighbors following a recent deadly militant attack in Kashmir. While affirming its support for India, the United States has stopped short of directly criticizing Pakistan.

India has placed blame on Pakistan for the April 22 terrorist attack in Indian-administered Kashmir that claimed more than two dozen lives. Pakistan, however, has denied any involvement and is advocating for an impartial international investigation.

“This is an evolving situation and we are monitoring developments closely. We have been in touch with the governments of India and Pakistan at multiple levels,” said a spokesperson for the U.S. State Department in a statement emailed to Reuters. “The United States encourages all parties to work together towards a responsible resolution.”

The State Department also reiterated its condemnation of the attack, specifically referring to the incident in Pahalgam, aligning with statements made earlier by President Donald Trump and Vice President JD Vance. “The United States stands with India and strongly condemns the terrorist attack in Pahalgam,” the spokesperson said.

India has become an increasingly strategic partner for the United States as Washington seeks to curb China’s growing power across Asia. Meanwhile, Pakistan, although still a U.S. ally, has seen its importance to American foreign policy decline, particularly after the U.S. military withdrew from Afghanistan in 2021.

Michael Kugelman, a South Asia analyst based in Washington and a contributor to Foreign Policy magazine, emphasized the shifting dynamics between the U.S. and the two South Asian countries. “India is now a much closer U.S. partner than Pakistan,” Kugelman stated. He noted that this growing alliance could unsettle Islamabad. “This may worry Islamabad that if India retaliates militarily, the U.S. may sympathize with its counter-terrorism imperatives and not try to stand in the way.”

Kugelman also pointed out that the U.S. government, currently engaged in major international crises such as Russia’s war in Ukraine and the Israel-Gaza conflict, may lack the bandwidth to intervene promptly in South Asia. “The Trump administration is dealing with a lot on its global plate and may leave India and Pakistan on their own, at least in the early days of the tensions,” he added.

Hussain Haqqani, a former Pakistani ambassador to the U.S. and currently a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute think tank, echoed this sentiment. He suggested that the current U.S. administration has little interest in de-escalating the situation. “India has a longstanding grievance about terrorism emanating or supported from across border. Pakistan has a longstanding belief that India wants to dismember it. Both work themselves into a frenzy every few years. This time there is no U.S. interest in calming things down,” Haqqani observed.

The region of Kashmir, a Muslim-majority territory, remains a flashpoint of conflict between Hindu-majority India and Islamic Pakistan. Both nations claim the territory in full but control only parts of it. The dispute has triggered several wars and countless skirmishes since the two nations gained independence from Britain in 1947.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, known for his strong nationalist stance, vowed to hunt down the attackers responsible for the Pahalgam violence. “Those who planned and carried out the Kashmir attack will be punished beyond their imagination,” Modi declared. He pledged to pursue the perpetrators “to the ends of the earth.”

In the wake of the attack, demands have surged within India for a military response against Pakistan. Politicians and commentators have urged strong retaliatory measures. The situation has led both nations to take a series of antagonistic steps, worsening bilateral relations further.

Pakistan, in response to India’s accusations and increasing hostility, closed its airspace to Indian aircraft. Meanwhile, India suspended the Indus Waters Treaty, a key agreement signed in 1960 to manage the shared usage of the Indus River and its tributaries between the two countries.

There have also been reports of military exchanges along the Line of Control, the de facto border that divides Indian and Pakistani-controlled Kashmir. This marks an end to a four-year period of relative calm between the nuclear-armed rivals.

The militant group claiming responsibility for the Pahalgam attack, Kashmir Resistance, issued a statement on social media. Indian security agencies contend that this group, also known as The Resistance Front, serves as a front for well-known Pakistan-based terrorist outfits like Lashkar-e-Taiba and Hizbul Mujahideen.

Ned Price, a former U.S. State Department spokesperson under President Joe Biden, warned that the Trump administration’s perceived strong backing of India might exacerbate the situation. “The Trump Administration has made clear it wishes to deepen the U.S.-India partnership — a laudable goal — but that it is willing to do so at almost any cost. If India feels that the Trump Administration will back it to the hilt no matter what, we could be in store for more escalation and more violence between these nuclear-armed neighbors,” said Price.

The delicate balance of diplomacy in South Asia is now under added strain, with both India and Pakistan escalating rhetoric and taking tit-for-tat measures. The involvement of the United States, while supportive of India’s counter-terrorism position, appears limited in terms of proactive peacemaking, potentially leaving the region to navigate its latest crisis largely on its own.

As tensions mount, the region and the broader international community will be watching closely to see whether diplomatic efforts can prevent another escalation or whether retaliatory military action will push South Asia into yet another phase of heightened conflict. The risks remain high, given both nations possess nuclear weapons and have a long history of confrontations over Kashmir.

Majority of Americans Say Trump’s Policies Have Worsened Economy, CNN Poll Finds

A growing number of Americans believe that  President Donald Trump’s policies have negatively impacted the nation’s economy, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS. The survey reveals that 59% of the public now thinks Trump’s economic approach has worsened conditions in the country, a noticeable increase from 51% in March. This figure matches the lowest approval numbers President Joe Biden received regarding his economic handling during his tenure.

The poll reflects widespread dissatisfaction with the state of the U.S. economy. There is little excitement among Americans for the White House’s sweeping new trade initiatives, with most respondents pessimistic about the direction things are headed. Although many of Trump’s recently announced tariffs are yet to be implemented, 60% of those surveyed already say his policies have raised the cost of living in their communities. Only 12% believe that Trump’s actions have actually helped reduce prices.

The findings further show that 69% of Americans believe an economic recession within the next year is at least somewhat likely. Of that group, 32% think a recession is very likely. In terms of general economic outlook, only 34% of Americans describe themselves as enthusiastic or optimistic, while 29% are pessimistic and 37% say they feel afraid. Among those under the age of 45, 70% express pessimism or fear. This sentiment is shared even more strongly among Americans of color, with 76% reporting similar concerns.

This increasing dissatisfaction marks a notable change for Trump, who during his first term was often credited with strong economic management. In fact, Trump’s 2024 campaign heavily emphasized economic recovery, with the promise to “immediately bring prices down, starting on Day One.” He was particularly successful with voters who ranked economic concerns as their primary motivation, according to CNN’s exit poll data.

One Republican respondent, a 59-year-old from Georgia, expressed his anxiety over the current market turbulence and how it has impacted his retirement plans. “Everything I worked for all my life is rapidly [disappearing],” he wrote. “It will probably take years to recover what I have lost due to what’s going on.”

Despite this, Republican sentiment regarding the economy has improved slightly over the past month. Many within the GOP remain hopeful that the newly announced tariffs will have a long-term positive effect on the economy.

However, most Americans remain skeptical about Trump’s tariff strategy. A 55% majority says his tariff actions so far this term have been poor policy, while just 28% view them positively. Another 17% consider them neither good nor bad. Tariffs imposed specifically on Chinese imports are viewed a bit more favorably, though still mostly negatively: 53% say they are bad policy and 32% consider them good.

The poll was conducted between April 17 and April 24, shortly after the White House first announced a wave of new tariffs targeting dozens of countries, only to pause many of them shortly thereafter. During the survey period, the administration issued multiple contradictory statements about the state of international trade talks and the intended goals of the tariff plan. Overall, 58% of respondents say they do not believe Trump has a clear strategy for introducing and managing tariffs, while 42% believe he does.

Most Americans predict the tariffs will harm the economy in the short term. Specifically, 72% expect negative consequences for the U.S. economy, 60% foresee damage to the country’s global standing, and 59% believe their personal finances will be adversely affected. Fewer than 30% expect the tariffs to help in any of these areas.

Looking at the long-term picture, 53% think the tariffs will ultimately hurt the U.S. economy, compared to 34% who believe they will be beneficial. This view reflects a cautious optimism among some Republicans, who believe the initial damage could eventually lead to gains. Among GOP respondents, 47% think the tariffs will hurt the economy in the near future, but roughly three-quarters anticipate eventual benefits.

John Metcalf, a Democrat from Michigan, expressed concern about the unpredictability of Trump’s tariff policy. “I’m not an economics guy, but I can kind of see with what he’s doing with tariffs,” he said. “It’s just causing confusion. If you are a business owner and you’re thinking about the future, how in the world can you make decisions when he flips back and forth every other day?”

Public perception of the broader economy continues to be bleak. Only 28% describe current economic conditions as good, while 71% say they are poor. These numbers have remained virtually unchanged since fall 2023. Meanwhile, 47% of Americans are satisfied with their personal finances, which also shows little movement over recent years.

Underneath these stable numbers, there is growing partisan division. The percentage of Republicans who call the economy good has increased by 10 points since March, whereas Democratic approval has continued to decline. Republicans are now over ten times more likely than Democrats to say they are enthusiastic or optimistic about the economy.

Nonetheless, signs of discontent are emerging within the GOP. While 94% of Republicans say they trust Trump to manage the economy, only 63% believe his policies have improved conditions, and just 23% credit him with lowering living costs in their communities. Nearly as many Republicans think his tariff policies will hurt their personal finances (28%) as those who believe they will help (33%).

A Republican respondent from New Jersey observed, “The prices for energy, medical services, higher education, repair and maintenance continue to [rise]. I think that Pres. Trump’s program will help once they are given a chance.”

When asked to name their family’s biggest economic challenge, most Americans cite costs and inflation. That includes 28% who specifically mention inflation, 15% the overall cost of living, and 16% food prices. Those figures are largely unchanged from June 2024. However, some newer concerns are emerging: 9% cite tariffs, 7% mention investment or stock market worries, and 4% each say Trump’s policies and general economic uncertainty.

One Democrat from Pennsylvania wrote, “My wife lost her job due to the Trump administration DOGE cuts. We are suddenly down an income with costs rising all around us. My own job is at risk due to NIH grant cuts. Our retirement accounts are plummeting in value. Everything is just so, so much worse than it was before Trump took office.”

Among working Americans, half believe Trump’s tariff plans will hurt their industries, while just 11% say the impact will be beneficial. A respondent from Massachusetts explained, “I make board games and they can’t be made in the US. I have preorders I need to fulfill but can’t afford to with the tariffs. The profit I would have gotten from sales would have allowed my business to grow into a studio, hire people, etc. Now I will lose money.”

Even as the Trump administration promotes tariffs as a strategy to create new manufacturing jobs in the U.S., the public remains unconvinced. By a margin of 73% to 26%, Americans say they would personally prefer an office job to a manufacturing job with equal pay. Men are slightly more inclined toward manufacturing work, with 37% expressing that preference, which rises to 43% among Republican men.

The CNN poll surveyed 1,678 adults nationwide using online and telephone interviews. Conducted between April 17 and 24, the sample was drawn from a mix of probability-based online panels and registration-based sources. Initial contact was made via mail, phone, or email. The margin of error for the full sample is plus or minus 2.9 percentage points.

Padma Awards 2025: Stars Shine as President Honours India’s Leading Artists

The Padma Awards 2025 ceremony took place on Monday at the Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi, where several notable personalities from the fields of arts and music were honoured by President Droupadi Murmu. Among the prominent recipients were actors Nandamuri Balakrishna and Ajith Kumar, filmmaker Shekhar Kapur, singers Arijit Singh and Ricky Kej, and the late ghazal maestro Pankaj Udhas, who was honoured posthumously.

The annual Padma Awards, one of India’s highest civilian honours, recognize exceptional achievements in various fields. The ceremony this year was marked by the presence of celebrities from across India, each receiving their award for their outstanding contribution to their respective domains. These awards are traditionally given in three categories: Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan, and Padma Shri, with Padma Bhushan and Padma Shri recipients taking the spotlight during the 2025 ceremony.

Nandamuri Balakrishna, a veteran actor and politician from Andhra Pradesh, received the Padma Bhushan. He appeared at the ceremony wearing traditional attire representing his home state, showcasing pride in his cultural roots. His recognition by the Indian government acknowledges his long-standing contribution to the Telugu film industry and public life.

Actor Ajith Kumar also received the Padma Bhushan for his contributions to Indian cinema. Known for his work in Tamil films, Ajith made a distinguished appearance at the event dressed in a formal suit. In January, upon the announcement of his award, Ajith shared a heartfelt statement expressing his gratitude. “I am deeply humbled and honoured to receive the esteemed Padma Award by the President of India. I extend my heartfelt gratitude to the Hon’ble President of India, Smt. Droupadi Murmu and the Honourable Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi for this prestigious honour. It is a privilege to be recognized at such a level and I am truly grateful for this generous acknowledgment of my contributions to our nation.”

Shekhar Kapur, an internationally acclaimed filmmaker, was another Padma Bhushan awardee. He has directed landmark films such as Bandit Queen and Elizabeth, the latter earning several Academy Award nominations. In response to being selected for the honour, Shekhar had expressed his appreciation on X (formerly Twitter): “What an honour! Am humbled that the Government of India has considered me to be deserving of a #Padmanbhushan. Hopefully this award will make me strive harder to serve the Industry that I am part of, and the beautiful Nation that I am so fortunate to belong to. Thank you also to our film audiences of India, for I am because you are.”

Renowned classical dancer and actress Shobhana also received the Padma Bhushan for her contributions to Indian classical dance and cinema. Her work in promoting Bharatanatyam and Indian performing arts globally was acknowledged through this honour.

A special moment of the evening came when Pankaj Udhas, the iconic ghazal singer who passed away earlier this year, was honoured posthumously. His wife received the award on his behalf, a moving tribute to a man whose music had touched the hearts of millions. Udhas had been a defining voice in Indian music for decades and remains beloved for classics like Chitthi Aayi Hai and Jeeye To Jeeye Kaise.

Meanwhile, the Padma Shri, the fourth-highest civilian award in India, was bestowed upon Arijit Singh and Ricky Kej. Arijit Singh, often regarded as one of the most successful and versatile singers in contemporary Indian music, was recognized for his influence on the Indian playback music scene. His emotive voice and chart-topping songs across multiple Indian languages have made him a household name.

Ricky Kej, a Grammy-winning composer and environmentalist, was also among the Padma Shri recipients. His music often focuses on environmental issues and cross-cultural collaborations. His recognition underlines the increasing appreciation for artists who contribute to both art and global awareness.

The 2025 ceremony was streamed live on YouTube, enabling people across the country and around the world to watch the prestigious event in real time. This inclusion of a broader digital audience added to the accessibility and reach of the event, making it a moment of national pride shared collectively.

In addition to these well-known personalities, the awards were also given to several individuals from various other fields such as sports, medicine, science, literature, social work, and industry. Each year, the Padma Awards aim to honour a diverse group of achievers, and 2025 continued this tradition of inclusivity and excellence.

The ceremony not only celebrated achievements but also served as a reminder of the importance of cultural, artistic, and intellectual contributions in shaping the identity and progress of the nation. President Droupadi Murmu, in her role as the country’s ceremonial head, presented the awards with grace and dignity, upholding the significance of civilian honours in India.

As the recipients walked up to receive their awards, there was a palpable sense of emotion and pride—both from those being honoured and the audience witnessing the recognition of years of dedication. The atmosphere at Rashtrapati Bhavan was one of celebration, reverence, and inspiration.

The event reaffirmed the role of the Padma Awards in recognizing both popular and unsung heroes whose work enriches Indian society. While artists like Arijit Singh and Ajith Kumar are beloved by millions, the inclusion of figures like Ricky Kej and Shekhar Kapur highlighted the growing space for diverse forms of creativity and international acclaim within India’s honour system.

In summary, the Padma Awards 2025 brought together a constellation of celebrated Indian personalities who have contributed significantly to the country’s cultural and artistic landscape. With poignant moments like the posthumous recognition of Pankaj Udhas and the heartfelt responses from recipients like Ajith Kumar and Shekhar Kapur, the ceremony served not only as an awards function but also as a powerful tribute to India’s enduring talent and spirit.

WAVES 2025 is a Watershed Moment for India’s Creative Renaissance: Emmy-nominated filmmaker Tirlok Malik

New York -As Mumbai prepares to host the inaugural World Audio Visual & Entertainment Summit (WAVES) 2025, there’s palpable excitement among global creative minds. Among them is Tirlok Malik, the New York-based Emmy-nominated Indian-American filmmaker, wellness advocate, and proud ambassador of India’s cultural spirit. Malik, known for his soul-stirring films that bridge the Indian diaspora and the homeland, calls WAVES 2025 a “watershed moment” in India’s journey toward becoming a global creative superpower.

“This summit is not just another event,” says Malik with a characteristic warmth in his voice. “It is a visionary platform that reflects India’s bold and beautiful leap into the future of media, storytelling, and soft power.”

Malik sees WAVES as the “Davos for Creators,” echoing Union Minister Shri Ashwini Vaishnaw’s sentiments. “Just as Davos sets the tone for global economic policy, WAVES 2025 has the potential to shape creative policies, collaborations, and commerce across borders,” he says.

With over 1 lakh registrations and 750 top creators set to showcase their work, Malik believes the world will see not only the depth of India’s artistic talent, but also the strength of its new creative economy model—one where the next great filmmaker may emerge from a remote village, armed not with a giant studio but with a phone, vision, and internet access.

“This is India 2.0 in motion,” Malik declares, “and I deeply appreciate Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s unwavering belief in our creators. He understands that true leadership today lies not just in politics or economics, but in culture, storytelling, and digital transformation. He’s making space for creators in the global conversation.”

A lifelong promoter of Indian culture and values in the West, Malik sees WAVES 2025 as a cultural bridge—an ecosystem where filmmakers, artists, tech innovators, buyers, and audiences converge. “This summit is showing the world that India is not just consuming content anymore—we are creating it, selling it, exporting it, and setting global trends,” he says.

Asked what he hopes to see come out of WAVES, Malik shares a hopeful vision: “I want Indian youth—filmmakers, animators, musicians—to know that their voices matter. This is their time. WAVES is giving them not just a platform, but a future.”

Committed to his lifelong work blending wellness, storytelling, and India’s cultural identity, Malik sees WAVES as the perfect launchpad. “We’re not just telling stories,” he says with a smile, “we’re shaping the narrative of a new India—confident, creative, and globally respected.”

India Faces UN Rights Body Downgrade Over NHRC’s Lack of Independence

India’s National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) is on the verge of being downgraded by the United Nations’ accreditation agency due to concerns about its lack of independence and effectiveness in upholding international human rights standards. The Global Alliance of National Human Rights Institutions (GANHRI), a key body responsible for evaluating and accrediting national human rights institutions around the world, has recommended that India’s NHRC be downgraded from its current A-grade status to a B-grade. This recommendation stems from the body’s alleged failure to comply with the Paris Principles, which are international guidelines adopted by the United Nations that define the minimum standards for the independence, pluralism, and functionality of national human rights bodies.

According to GANHRI, India’s NHRC does not meet the full requirements set out in the Paris Principles, raising doubts about its capacity to operate independently and effectively. Despite the seriousness of the recommendation, the report clarified that the downgrade “does not take effect for a period of one year,” giving the Indian commission time to demonstrate its alignment with the Paris Principles. The UN body has asked India’s NHRC to submit evidence showing that it complies with these international benchmarks, which serve as a foundational guide for the functioning of credible national human rights organizations.

Sister Vanaja Jasphine, a prominent human rights activist, expressed deep concern about the implications of this proposed downgrade. “The downgrading is a major setback for us as a nation. It will undermine India’s image as a democratic nation committed to upholding human rights, particularly at global forums like the United Nations Human Rights Council,” she said. Speaking to UCA News on April 28, Jasphine warned that the consequences go beyond just symbolic embarrassment. According to her, the downgrade would mean that “India will be deprived of its right to speak at the Human Rights Council and its voting power in crucial global human rights discussions.”

She emphasized that such a development would be a blow to India’s reputation as a global defender of human rights. “It will also damage the reputation of India as a human rights defender,” she stated, adding that “a weak national rights body may no longer have the strength to hold state actors, police, or security forces accountable for human rights violations.”

Jasphine, who belongs to the religious order of the Missionary Sisters of the Immaculate Heart of Mary (ICM), also pointed out that the downgrade could result in marginal voices being silenced. “The voice of minorities — such as socially poor dalit people, indigenous people, and sexual minorities — may be left unheard,” she warned. According to her, the weakening of the NHRC’s credibility and authority could make it difficult for vulnerable populations to find institutional support or justice when their rights are violated.

She further cautioned that the downgrade might “increase the vulnerability of human rights defenders with little institutional support and they may be exposed to unsafe situations.” Based in Madurai in the southern state of Tamil Nadu, Jasphine also practices law and expressed hope that the Indian government would take corrective measures. She urged the NHRC to “rectify its shortcomings to regain its lost status,” noting the importance of such institutions in maintaining democratic values and accountability.

Adding to the chorus of concern, A. C. Michael, a Catholic community leader based in New Delhi, echoed Jasphine’s sentiments. He highlighted the long-standing and worsening issues of rights violations in the country. “Rights violations have always been a concern in India as the state and non-state actors continue to target the vulnerable sections in society,” Michael said. He added, “And of late, it has become worse.”

According to Michael, freedom of expression and the right to dissent have been increasingly stifled. “Currently, the situation is such that even holding a public protest against the government or speaking against those in power is restricted so much so that even the mainstream media too speaks the voice of those in power,” he remarked. This observation suggests that the NHRC’s failure to act independently is occurring against a broader backdrop of democratic erosion and shrinking civil liberties in the country.

Michael also criticized the NHRC’s perceived alignment with the government, stating that the body is supposed to function as a guardian of rights for all citizens. “The federal rights commission is meant to protect the human rights of everyone in the country, but unfortunately, instead of speaking for the citizens, it speaks for the government,” he said. He underlined the historic nature of GANHRI’s decision by noting, “It is the first time India is downgraded.”

The recommendation by GANHRI is not just a routine evaluation; it signals a loss of international credibility for India’s human rights architecture. Accreditation by GANHRI is important because it determines a country’s NHRC’s ability to engage fully with international human rights mechanisms, including participating in and influencing discussions at the UN Human Rights Council. An A-grade status signifies that a commission is fully compliant with the Paris Principles, while a B-grade indicates partial compliance. A downgrade to B-status would prevent India’s NHRC from voting or holding office in international human rights forums and would be viewed as a clear indictment of its operational independence and performance.

Although the downgrading will not take effect immediately, the clock is ticking for India’s NHRC to submit sufficient documentation and reforms to retain its A-grade. The pressure is now on the Indian authorities to address the structural weaknesses and credibility issues that prompted the global body to recommend the downgrade in the first place.

The NHRC’s fate will likely have wider ramifications beyond its standing in international forums. If it fails to act, the most vulnerable in Indian society—such as the dalits, tribals, sexual minorities, and marginalized groups—will find themselves with even fewer avenues for redress. Furthermore, human rights defenders and civil society activists may find themselves increasingly isolated and at risk in the absence of a strong national institution that is supposed to safeguard their rights and freedoms.

As the one-year grace period unfolds, the international community and domestic rights advocates will be closely watching whether India’s NHRC can reform itself to meet the high standards expected of such a crucial democratic institution. The future of human rights accountability in the country could well depend on the outcome.

Climate Patterns Shift as La Niña Ends: What It Means for North America’s Summer and Winter Weather

The global climate responds sensitively to major oceanic shifts, especially changes in ocean temperature and wind circulation. These fluctuations are tracked closely because they play a crucial role in shaping seasonal weather across continents. A detailed look at the Pacific Ocean reveals significant changes as the La Niña phase concludes, prompting atmospheric transitions that could influence summer conditions in the U.S. and Canada and offer hints about the upcoming winter.

The La Niña phenomenon, part of the broader El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO), marks the colder phase of a recurring cycle in the tropical Pacific Ocean. ENSO shifts between cold and warm phases every one to three years, often beginning in late summer or early fall and persisting through the spring. Some instances, however, have extended up to two or three years.

In this context, La Niña refers to cooler-than-normal sea surface temperatures in the central and eastern Pacific, while El Niño represents the opposite—warmer-than-average conditions. These phases bring about notable differences in atmospheric pressure. As described, “During an El Niño, the pressure over the tropical Pacific is lower, with more rainfall and storms in this region. But during a La Niña, the pressure rises over the region, creating stable conditions and fewer storms over the equatorial Pacific.”

These shifts in pressure eventually impact global atmospheric circulation, affecting weather patterns across both hemispheres. Analyzing anomaly data from early 2024 shows a temperature decline starting in December and bottoming out in January, with La Niña fading by March. “As you can see, they were all typically coldest around January,” noted the study. Historical comparisons show that several past La Niña events transitioned into El Niño phases before the following winter, while others saw a return of La Niña.

Recent ocean analyses highlight weakening cold anomalies in ENSO zones, signaling the end of the 2024/2025 La Niña. “You can also see that warmer anomalies are emerging in the ENSO area. This has raised the overall temperature in the region, officially ending the weak La Niña phase of the 2024/2025 season.” A video based on monthly ocean data confirms this trend, documenting the retreat of cold anomalies and the rise of warmer waters.

Beyond surface-level temperatures, wind and subsurface ocean patterns play a vital role. A graph of temperature anomalies in the ENSO 3.4 region illustrates a post-January warming trend that reached neutral levels by March. Meanwhile, surface anomaly graphics from a broader region reveal cooling from November to February, followed by neutral conditions emerging in April.

Examining subsurface temperatures shows that although cold water masses still exist at depths of up to 150 meters in the central Pacific, the surface layer has warmed, especially in the east. “The cold pool of the La Niña is still visible… But its surface features have been eroded, with warmer waters also rising in the eastern regions.”

With La Niña concluded and its winter evolution understood, historical analogs help predict what might come next. La Niña typically leaves atmospheric imprints during winter and spring, but these fade as ENSO conditions stabilize. The transition from cold to neutral ENSO is expected to spark notable atmospheric changes.

Comparing current data with years that followed similar La Niña-to-neutral transitions reveals valuable insights. Compiled weather patterns from those years show distinct features, such as “a high-pressure area over Canada, also covering the northern and western United States and eastern Canada,” with “a weak indication of a low-pressure area” over the southern and eastern U.S.

Interestingly, current summer pressure forecasts display similar traits, including high-pressure zones over western and eastern Canada and signs of low pressure over the eastern U.S. “This shows us that some atmospheric features can result from having similar oceanic conditions.”

Looking at temperature patterns during similar transitions, historical records show warmer-than-average conditions in the western and northern U.S. and Canada, while some regions like the eastern U.S. and Pacific Northwest recorded cooler temperatures. Current forecasts align with this to some extent. “We do not see any below normal temperatures forecast over the eastern United States, we do see an area of near normal temperatures.”

The cooler temperature anomaly over the eastern U.S. is attributed to a corresponding low-pressure zone, which moderates temperatures compared to the western half of the continent. While extreme heat may not dominate the entire continent this summer, signs point to a milder or more typical summer for the eastern U.S.

As attention shifts toward the longer-term outlook, forecasts for ENSO into autumn and winter 2025/2026 become vital. The latest data from ECMWF projects no strong anomalies, suggesting continued neutral conditions through autumn. “It shows a lack of any significant anomalies, either warm or cold. This indicates a continuation of a neutral phase into Autumn, and likely towards Winter 2025/2026.”

Long-range ensemble forecasts reinforce this idea, placing most projections within the warm-neutral phase. While there’s still a possibility of another La Niña, it’s currently seen as unlikely. As mentioned, “There is also a chance for a new La Niña event, but based on the past years, that scenario is at the present time less likely.” Instead, there’s a growing possibility of a new El Niño arriving in 2026.

To understand what a stable neutral ENSO might mean for winter, analog years once again offer insight. Examining the November to March timeframe reveals a trend of low pressure over Canada and high pressure over the North Pacific following La Niña events. Though far-off forecasts are often unreliable, CanSIPS modeling data echoes this historical pattern: “A low-pressure zone over Canada and a high-pressure zone in the North Pacific.”

These patterns often create cold-air reserves in western Canada, driven by low-pressure systems that generate strong northerly winds. “That northerly flow brings colder air down from the polar regions, and creates a broad area of cold air reserve.”

This stored cold air can move into the United States when pressure patterns shift, bringing cold spells. CanSIPS projections—used more for trend analysis than precise forecasting—support this possibility by showing a large cold-air mass extending into the U.S.

Ultimately, examining past winters suggests that when oceanic and atmospheric setups align, they can lead to recurring seasonal patterns. As the report concluded, “Just like 1+1 equals 2, we can also see in the weather how a combination of certain global factors can produce a similar winter season more than once.”

Thus, with La Niña officially behind us and a neutral ENSO state prevailing, North America is poised for a relatively typical summer in the east and a potentially cooler, variable winter ahead—depending on how ENSO conditions evolve into 2026.

Dollar Slides as Trade Uncertainty and Data-Filled Week Keep Markets on Edge

The U.S. dollar weakened significantly across global currencies on Monday as investors remained cautious about the future direction of U.S. trade policy and prepared for a crucial week filled with economic data. The upcoming releases are expected to shed light on whether President Donald Trump’s trade war is beginning to show negative effects on the domestic economy.

“Today has been characterized by a correlation between the dwindling buck and doubt affecting equities,” explained Juan Perez, director of trading at Monex USA based in Washington. He added, “While earnings will keep markets eager, the main issue remains the lack of faith in having a good economic situation developing in the U.S. as it tries to act unilaterally and use leverage as the world’s largest economy.”

Equity markets reflected this apprehension, with the S&P 500 and Nasdaq both falling. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, however, managed a modest gain.

During afternoon trading, the dollar declined 1.1% against the Japanese yen, reaching 142.10 yen, marking its most substantial daily loss since April 10. Simultaneously, the euro appreciated by 0.5% against the dollar, climbing to $1.1419.

Against the Swiss franc, the dollar was down 0.7%, trading at 0.8205 franc. Earlier in the day, the greenback had actually gained against the franc before reversing course. This trend contributed to the dollar heading for its worst monthly performance since July of the previous year. Investor confidence in U.S. assets has been rattled by Trump’s unpredictable trade maneuvers.

In contrast, the euro was on track for its biggest monthly gain against the dollar in nearly 15 years. Although the dollar had trimmed some of its monthly losses late last week, this partial recovery was fueled by a perceived softening in rhetoric from both the U.S. and China concerning their trade standoff.

Signs of a more conciliatory tone emerged, with the Trump administration indicating it might consider reducing tariffs and China agreeing to exempt some imports from its steep 125% duties. Despite these gestures, significant uncertainties remain.

Trump has insisted that progress is being made in the negotiations and mentioned speaking with Chinese President Xi Jinping. However, Beijing denied that trade talks were ongoing. Moreover, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent did not confirm on Sunday that tariff discussions were underway.

On Monday, Bessent noted that top U.S. trading allies had submitted “very good” proposals intended to help avoid the imposition of U.S. tariffs. He mentioned that one of the initial agreements could likely be with India.

Regarding China, Bessent stated, “All aspects of government are in contact with China,” emphasizing that the responsibility to ease tensions rested largely on Beijing, as China exports five times more goods to the U.S. than it imports.

Anticipated Economic Reports Ahead

Market participants are also waiting for the release of the April U.S. employment report due on Friday. While job growth is still expected, the pace is anticipated to be markedly slower compared to the previous month.

Federal Reserve policymakers, including Chair Jerome Powell, have suggested they are open to cutting interest rates if economic growth appears threatened. However, they seem inclined to first evaluate the real-world impact of Trump’s tariff policies on key indicators such as inflation and job creation.

Other key data scheduled for release this week includes U.S. first-quarter gross domestic product (GDP) figures and the Fed’s preferred inflation indicator, the core Personal Consumption Expenditures (PCE) index. Across the Atlantic, Europe is also preparing to publish GDP figures and early inflation estimates.

“Data later on may move the buck but for now we see ourselves at the mercy of headlines offering some clue about progress on the trade front,” said Monex’s Juan Perez. He continued, “Long-term planning as well as forecasting navigating through the headache of ever-changing narratives. With ‘Sell USA’ mentality abroad, the dollar is quick to suffer from a sour mood.”

Meanwhile, in Europe, the euro dropped 0.4% against the British pound to 85.03 pence after reports of a widespread power outage affecting large portions of Spain.

Other Global Currency Movements

Canada held its general election on Monday. Although the ruling Liberal Party maintained a narrow lead in traditional opinion polls, it held a more substantial advantage in online prediction markets. Currency volatility in the Canadian dollar appeared muted, with the greenback slipping only 0.1% to C$1.3836.

In Japan, the Bank of Japan is scheduled to decide on monetary policy this Thursday. No change in interest rates is expected, but markets are paying close attention to the bank’s economic outlook and how it plans to respond to a shifting global economic landscape. U.S.-Japan trade talks are also expected to cover currency issues.

Japan’s chief currency official, Atsushi Mimura, on Monday dismissed a report published in the Yomiuri newspaper that Bessent had commented during a meeting with Japanese officials that a weak dollar and strong yen were favorable outcomes.

Currency Snapshot as of April 28 at 07:37 p.m. GMT

The dollar index stood at 98.941, down from the previous close of 99.729, registering a 0.78% daily decline and an 8.80% year-to-date decrease. The euro-dollar exchange rate rose to $1.1422 from $1.1362, gaining 0.52% for the day and 10.32% year-to-date.

The dollar-yen exchange fell to 142.04 from 143.65, a 1.11% drop for the day and a 9.72% year-to-date decrease. The euro-yen pair was at 162.27, down 0.6% from the previous session.

Against the Swiss franc, the dollar fell to 0.8206 from 0.8266, a 0.71% decrease for the day. The pound strengthened against the dollar, reaching $1.3429, up 0.9%.

The dollar also declined slightly against the Canadian dollar, falling to 1.3832 from 1.3851, while the Australian dollar rose to 0.6429 from 0.6397, a 0.52% increase.

Other notable currency movements included the euro-franc falling to 0.9371, the euro-sterling dropping to 0.8503, and the New Zealand dollar edging up to 0.5971. The dollar also dropped against Scandinavian currencies, including the Norwegian krone and Swedish krona.

In conclusion, a mix of trade policy ambiguity, geopolitical tension, and anticipation over key economic reports contributed to the dollar’s broad decline. While investors seek more clarity, currency markets remain highly reactive to even small shifts in diplomatic or economic signaling.

Google Issues Ultimatum to Remote Workers: Return to Office or Leave

A new report has revealed that American tech giant Google is pressuring certain employees to return to the office at least three days a week or risk losing their jobs. This development signals a shift in Google’s previously flexible work-from-home policy. According to CNBC, the company is using this directive as part of a broader cost-cutting initiative, though no official statement has been made by Google to confirm or elaborate on this change.

The report highlights that employees from several departments who had been working remotely—some with prior approval—have been notified that failing to adhere to the new hybrid work schedule could result in job termination. This move indicates a notable policy reversal and reflects the company’s push toward stricter in-office attendance.

These new guidelines are not being applied universally across the company. According to a Google spokesperson, “the three-day in-office requirement applies only to certain teams.” The company emphasized that this mandate reflects the belief that in-person collaboration plays an essential role in fostering innovation and productivity.

The return-to-office policy coincides with a significant shift in focus within the tech industry: a massive investment in artificial intelligence. As major tech companies pour resources into AI development, financial and human capital are being increasingly reallocated. Google’s changes to its work policy are emerging in the context of these larger strategic priorities. The emphasis on AI comes with high costs, and the company appears to be trimming down in other areas to make room for this expanding focus.

Following large-scale layoffs in early 2023, Google has since shifted to more targeted workforce reductions in specific teams. This suggests a strategic approach to workforce management that aligns closely with the company’s AI ambitions. Rather than widespread cuts, the current trend indicates that certain roles or departments are being reevaluated, especially where remote work may be seen as less compatible with team goals.

While no public announcement has yet been made, the internal communications reportedly sent to affected employees shed light on the company’s evolving stance. According to CNBC, some staff members from Google’s technology services team have received formal notices instructing them to adopt a hybrid work model. Specifically, they are required to be physically present at the office at least three days a week. For those unwilling to comply, the company is offering an alternative: a voluntary exit package.

The message shared with these employees reportedly includes an option to voluntarily leave the company, a measure likely aimed at softening the impact of this policy shift. This could allow the company to avoid forced layoffs while still achieving its cost-reduction objectives.

Additionally, the report mentioned that employees who currently live too far from the office are being given an opportunity to relocate. Those individuals are being offered a one-time financial package to help them move within 50 miles of a Google office. This incentive seems designed to encourage continued employment while ensuring that staff members are available for in-person collaboration when needed.

The transition appears to be gradual but strategic. Google is not enforcing a company-wide return-to-office mandate. Instead, it is targeting specific roles where in-office presence is considered more beneficial or necessary. The spokesperson clarified that the company still supports hybrid work, but also values physical collaboration in key operational areas. This targeted approach helps Google manage its resources more effectively while still pursuing its AI-driven goals.

For some employees, especially those who had been previously approved for remote work arrangements, the sudden reversal may come as a shock. However, the company seems to be framing the shift as a necessary step toward aligning its workforce with broader business goals. These include staying competitive in the AI arms race that currently defines much of the tech sector.

The emphasis on in-office attendance underscores the idea that face-to-face teamwork fosters creativity and speeds up problem-solving, especially in roles that involve high collaboration. Google’s leadership appears to believe that remote setups, while efficient in some scenarios, may not always support the innovation required in fields like AI development.

The decision also hints at broader industry trends. As more tech companies double down on artificial intelligence, they are reassessing their staffing needs and work arrangements. Flexible work policies that gained popularity during the pandemic may no longer align with the demands of high-stakes projects requiring real-time collaboration.

Google’s policy shift is a microcosm of the growing tension between employee preferences for remote work and employers’ desire for in-person engagement. The initial promises of permanent flexibility made during the height of the pandemic are now being reconsidered. Cost efficiency, team dynamics, and competitive pressures are all influencing this evolving equation.

Despite the backlash such policies may trigger among remote workers, companies like Google are prioritizing strategic goals. In this case, that goal is remaining a leader in artificial intelligence, a field rapidly evolving and drawing intense investment. A return to more traditional work structures may be seen as a necessary step to remain agile and innovative.

The company’s spokesperson made it clear that this policy is not meant to be punitive but is rather a decision based on operational needs. “This requirement applies only to specific teams,” the spokesperson reiterated, “and is guided by our belief in the power of in-person collaboration.”

The offer of relocation packages is a notable gesture. It suggests that Google is willing to invest in maintaining its talent pool, provided employees are willing to meet the new expectations. This approach may reduce resentment and provide employees with choices, rather than abrupt mandates.

In the broader picture, Google’s revised work policy serves as a case study in how tech companies are navigating the post-pandemic work landscape. With AI becoming a dominant force shaping future business models, flexibility is giving way to more structured systems in some cases. This marks a shift from the highly flexible arrangements that were once viewed as the future of work.

Overall, Google’s latest move reflects a balancing act: trimming costs, aligning teams with strategic goals, and maintaining innovation while also managing employee expectations. Whether this return-to-office push becomes more widespread across other tech firms remains to be seen, but it’s clear that the hybrid model is evolving—and not always in the direction many employees might prefer.

China Allows Indian Pilgrims to Tibet Again After Five-Year Hiatus

In a move signaling a potential thaw in strained bilateral relations, China’s foreign ministry announced on Monday that Indian pilgrims will once again be allowed to visit sacred religious sites in Tibet starting this summer. This marks the first time in five years that such visits will resume, reflecting what many see as a step toward improved ties between the two Asian giants.

Mount Kailash and Lake Manasarovar, both located in the Tibet Autonomous Region of China, are considered deeply sacred in multiple religious traditions, including Tibetan Buddhism and Hinduism. For Indian devotees, especially Hindus, these sites are of profound spiritual significance. However, since 2020, Indian pilgrims have been unable to access these locations due to the dual impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the mounting geopolitical tensions between India and China.

Guo Jiakun, spokesperson for China’s foreign ministry, made the announcement during a routine press conference. In his statement, Guo emphasized the cultural and diplomatic importance of the pilgrimage. “The pilgrimage of Indian devotees to the sacred mountains and lakes in Tibet is an important part of cultural exchange between China and India,” he said.

The annual pilgrimage, typically held from June to September, had been a longstanding tradition until its disruption five years ago. Guo expressed optimism that the resumption of this spiritual journey could further facilitate positive engagement between the two countries. “China is willing to work with India to earnestly implement the important consensus reached by the two countries’ leaders,” he said, referencing a meeting that took place last October between Chinese President Xi Jinping and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

That high-profile encounter marked the first face-to-face meeting between the two leaders in five years, breaking a prolonged period of diplomatic stagnation. It signaled an attempt to stabilize relations that had significantly deteriorated following a deadly clash in 2020 along the disputed Himalayan border.

The violent incident, which occurred in the Galwan Valley, led to the deaths of at least 20 Indian soldiers and four Chinese troops. It triggered a sharp deterioration in bilateral ties and led to heightened military presence and tension in the region, with both countries deploying troops and equipment in the high-altitude zone.

Since that conflict, diplomatic channels had remained largely dormant until Xi and Modi’s meeting last year, which appears to have prompted a shift toward reconciliation. Since then, several high-level diplomatic and political meetings have taken place between the two nations, aimed at resolving contentious issues and resuming normalcy in bilateral interactions.

In December, a key development took place during a diplomatic meeting held in Beijing, where China and India arrived at a six-point consensus concerning their contested border. Among the points agreed upon was a joint commitment to encourage the return of Indian pilgrims to Tibet, a topic that had been suspended from dialogue for several years. This agreement laid the groundwork for Monday’s announcement and was seen as a significant milestone in the easing of tensions.

In addition to religious and cultural exchanges, the December consensus also aimed at improving communication mechanisms along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) and avoiding further military escalations. The two countries also expressed a shared interest in continuing efforts to build trust and manage border affairs more effectively.

Momentum continued into the new year. In January, India and China took further steps toward restoring bilateral ties during a visit by India’s foreign secretary to Beijing. This meeting was notable for the renewed focus on broader cooperation. During discussions, both sides agreed to address trade and economic disputes, which have also been a source of friction. Moreover, they reached an understanding to resume direct air connectivity between the two nations, a move that would significantly ease travel and bolster people-to-people contact.

These recent interactions are viewed by analysts as part of a broader effort to stabilize the fragile relationship between the two nuclear-armed neighbors, whose ties had reached a historic low following the border clash in 2020.

While military tensions have not entirely subsided, both countries have demonstrated an increased willingness to engage in constructive dialogue and rebuild diplomatic bridges. The resumption of pilgrimages to Mount Kailash and Lake Manasarovar is being interpreted as both a symbolic and practical outcome of this new phase in bilateral relations.

Chinese authorities have emphasized that the move is not only a religious gesture but also a diplomatic opportunity to promote mutual understanding. The Chinese foreign ministry hopes that welcoming Indian pilgrims back into Tibet will be seen as a sign of goodwill and trust-building.

On the Indian side, the reopening of this sacred route is likely to be welcomed by religious groups and cultural organizations that have long sought to restore access to the revered sites. For many Hindus, a pilgrimage to Mount Kailash and Lake Manasarovar represents a lifetime aspiration, believed to bring spiritual enlightenment and blessings.

While the announcement has not yet included detailed logistical or visa information, observers believe that more clarity will emerge as the pilgrimage window approaches in June. It remains to be seen whether there will be any caps on the number of pilgrims or new procedural requirements, especially given the lingering sensitivities along the border.

The broader regional context also adds layers of complexity to the situation. India and China are not only neighbors but also strategic competitors with differing geopolitical visions. Their rivalry extends beyond the Himalayas to international platforms, trade partnerships, and influence in South Asia and the Indo-Pacific region.

Despite these long-standing rivalries, the latest developments indicate that both countries recognize the value of restoring people-to-people exchanges and cultural diplomacy. As many diplomats have pointed out, religious pilgrimages have often served as neutral avenues for rebuilding strained relationships.

China’s move to re-open access to sacred Tibetan sites for Indian nationals could pave the way for more cooperative engagements in the future. While significant obstacles remain—particularly with regard to territorial claims and military deployments along the LAC—the current trend suggests a cautious but deliberate shift toward normalization.

The world will be watching closely as the pilgrimage season begins this summer. It will serve as a litmus test for how much trust can be rebuilt and whether cultural and religious diplomacy can help mend the deep fissures that have developed over recent years.

Ultimately, this development may represent more than just a religious reopening—it could be a meaningful step in reshaping a complex and often fraught relationship between two of the world’s largest and most powerful nations.

Dr. Krishan Kumar’s Victory as National AAPI VP Celebrated by AAPI-QLI Leaders

On April 25, 2028, members of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin – Queens, Long Island chapter (AAPI-QLI) gathered at Pearl Restaurant in New York City to celebrate a significant milestone for their organization. Dr. Krishan Kumar, one of their own, was recently elected Vice President of the national AAPI, marking a historic win as he became the first in 27 years from the chapter to attain this position. AAPI is the largest ethnic medical organization in the U.S. representing doctors of Indian heritage.

Dr Krishan Kumar’s Victory as National AAPI VP Celebrated by AAPI QLI Leaders 1
Picture credits: News India Times

Dr. Kumar, speaking at the celebratory event, emphasized the importance of the moment and the stature of the national AAPI. “National AAPI is a great organization,” he said, noting it represents approximately 100,000 practicing physicians and an additional 25,000 medical students. He highlighted the profound presence of Indian doctors in American healthcare, remarking, “Every 6th patient is being treated by an Indian physician.” With pride, he added, “We shine so much that even Senators want to be treated by us.” He credited the rigorous medical education many Indian-American doctors received in India and said those foundational values continue to shape their work in the United States.

In a brief comment referencing international affairs, Dr. Kumar addressed recent developments in India, stating, “They want to terrorize the Modi Government. … We want to bring peace,” alluding to the recent terrorist attack in Kashmir.

Dr. Sudhir Parikh, Padma Shri awardee and chairman of Parikh Worldwide Media, congratulated Dr. Kumar at the event. “I would like to give a lot of congratulations to Dr. Krishan Kumar. He really deserves it,” he said. He noted that in the coming two years, Dr. Kumar would play a leading role in national AAPI and reminded the audience of their opportunity to connect with GAPIO (Global Association of Physicians of Indian Origin), of which Dr. Parikh will soon serve as president. GAPIO represents a network of 1.4 million Indian-origin physicians globally.

In response, Dr. Kumar expressed his admiration for Dr. Parikh’s contributions, especially his leadership in the global medical community. He described Dr. Parikh as “a real pillar” and acknowledged his role in strengthening AAPI’s influence in New York. “Thank you for all you do for us,” Dr. Kumar said.

The event drew support and praise from many other senior physicians affiliated with AAPI-QLI. These included Dr. Abhay Malhotra, Dr. Devendra Shrivastava, Dr. Jagdish Gupta, Dr. Sanjivan Patel, Dr. Jagat Raval, and Dr. Avinash Gupta, along with Saurin Parikh from the Federation of Indian Associations for New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut (FIA-NYNJCT). Several women physicians from AAPI-QLI also extended their congratulations to Dr. Kumar during the celebrations.

Dr. Abhay Malhotra emphasized the significance of Dr. Kumar’s win, especially for the local chapter. He pointed out that with more than 1,000 physician members, AAPI-QLI viewed Dr. Kumar’s election as a collective achievement for their group.

Dr Krishan Kumar’s Victory as National AAPI VP Celebrated by AAPI QLI Leaders 2
Picture credits: News India Times

Dr. Devendra Shrivastava shared similar sentiments. He remarked on the pride and honor in celebrating the victory of one of their own, especially since Dr. Kumar is only the second person from AAPI-QLI to secure such a senior national role.

Dr. Jagdish Gupta, Chair of the Board of Trustees of AAPI-QLI, expressed delight over Dr. Kumar’s ascent. “Dr. Krishan Kumar has been an AAPI-QLI for a long time,” he said, describing him as a “trailblazer” who has served the organization in various capacities, including Trustee and Advisor. Reflecting on past collaborations, he said, “I have wonderful memories of his work. I wish him to achieve greater heights.”

Dr. Sanjivan Patel reinforced the accolades directed at Dr. Kumar, expressing strong confidence in his leadership capabilities. “Dr. Krishan Kumar will continue to take AAPI to the next level,” he stated.

Dr. Jagat Raval echoed similar views. He expressed pride in Dr. Kumar’s efforts and said, “I am sure he will do great things for national AAPI.”

Dr. Avinash Gupta, affiliated with AAPI-NJ, described Dr. Kumar as “an honest, hardworking, transparent person,” applauding his commitment and integrity.

Saurin Parikh, President of FIA-NYNJCT, shared his long-standing association with Dr. Kumar, particularly in organizing events like the annual India Day Parade held each August. He said, “He has done a commendable job throughout.”

Professionally, Dr. Krishan Kumar holds the position of Clinical Professor of Pediatrics and Emergency Medicine at the New York College of Osteopathic Medicine. His campaign profile for the AAPI VP role highlighted his unique experience, stating that he is the only physician to have chaired three academic departments: Pediatrics, Emergency Medicine, and the EMS Academy. He is also a member of the D.O. Medical Student Selection Committee at NYITCOM.

Dr. Kumar’s election platform included several goals that focus on enhancing services and accountability within the medical community. His priorities include providing free legal help to all AAPI members, ensuring transparency and accountability among officers, increasing residency slots for medical graduates, and establishing AAPI-run medical schools both in the United States and India. He also pledged to strengthen ties with major medical associations like the American Medical Association (AMA), Indian Medical Association (IMA), and the Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB). Additionally, he aims to work on improving Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement policies.

Dr. Kumar’s association with the national AAPI spans over 25 years. He has held various leadership roles, including serving as Treasurer, Board of Trustees member from 2014 to 2017, and Regional Director in 2012. His longstanding commitment also includes organizing Continuing Medical Education (CME) programs during AAPI’s Global Health Summits for at least 17 years. He has been both chair and co-chair of CME initiatives.

Notably, Dr. Kumar is recognized as one of the founding members responsible for launching key medical specialties in India, particularly the Emergency Medicine Residency Program and EMS and Disaster Medicine. His contributions extend beyond the academic sphere. He has delivered numerous lectures, conducted health camps, and led CPR workshops in both India and other countries. For his efforts, he has received multiple awards and honors over the years.

The April 25 celebration was not just a victory party, but a recognition of decades of commitment and excellence. Dr. Kumar’s elevation to the role of national AAPI Vice President marks a pivotal moment for the Queens, Long Island chapter and is expected to influence the future direction of Indian-American physicians across the country.

Bill Gates Warns AI Will Replace Jobs but Insists It’s Ultimately a Good Thing

Bill Gates is making it clear: artificial intelligence is going to reshape the job market—and not just for blue-collar workers.

On a recent episode of the People by WTF podcast, the Microsoft co-founder outlined a future where AI tools take over some of the most crucial professions in America, including those in education and healthcare.

However, instead of raising concerns, Gates emphasized that this development will bring positive changes, even though millions of workers may soon face major shifts.

“We’ve always had a shortage of doctors, teachers, of people to work in the factories. Those shortages won’t exist,” Gates told podcast host Nikhil Kamath. “AI will come in and provide medical IQ, and there won’t be a shortage.”

Gates also discussed this transition during an appearance on The Tonight Show with Jimmy Fallon.

“Will we still need humans?” Fallon asked him. Gates responded bluntly, “Not for most things.”

This raises a pressing question: what does this mean for American workers?

When discussing which jobs could be affected, Gates focused on two sectors already facing significant pressure: teaching and healthcare. Both industries have long dealt with staffing shortages, particularly in rural regions across the United States.

Gates believes that AI can either fill these gaps or at least ease some of the strain. In the education sector, AI-powered tutoring tools are already undergoing testing, providing customized support for students in reading and mathematics, according to Government Technology.

In the healthcare arena, companies like Suki, Zephyr AI, and Tennr are helping doctors by generating clinical decision support tools. These technologies assist medical professionals in making quicker and more accurate diagnoses, Business Insider reported.

“Years from now, AI will have changed things enough that just this pure capitalistic framework probably won’t explain much, because as AIs, both as sort of white-collar type work and as blue-collar workers, the robots will get good hands and are able to do the physical things that humans do,” Gates told Kamath. “We will have created, you know, free intelligence.”

And it is not just limited to teachers and doctors. Many other sectors are starting to feel the growing influence of AI.

Apart from the industries Gates mentioned, such as construction, cleaning services, and factory work, AI has already made inroads into customer service and IT support.

For example, AI chatbots—although with mixed results—have largely taken over initial responses for online product support. In some cases, AI acts as a helpful assistant that increases worker productivity. But for others, it could mean complete job replacement. Gates does not deny this possibility. Instead, he argues that the overall trade-off might still be worthwhile.

Gates envisions a future where AI takes on the routine tasks, freeing people up to pursue more leisure activities. He imagines a world where the traditional 40-hour workweek shrinks and people enjoy better work-life balance. Nevertheless, not everyone shares Gates’ optimistic outlook.

A recent United Nations report warned that AI could impact around 40% of jobs globally, bringing heightened fears about automation and mass job loss.

“The benefits of AI-driven automation often favour capital over labour, which could widen inequality and reduce the competitive advantage of low-cost labour in developing economies,” the UN report stated.

While the AI industry is projected to soar to a $4.8 trillion market, the United Nations warns that the economic benefits could be “highly concentrated” among a small group rather than widely shared.

There are other concerns as well. According to UN Women, AI tools have demonstrated tendencies to reproduce racial and gender biases, especially in hiring and healthcare. These biases could deepen existing inequalities rather than alleviate them.

Meanwhile, as consumers hunt for better deals, OfficialCarInsurance.com offers the ability to compare quotes from well-known companies like Progressive, Allstate, and GEICO. Customers can reportedly find lower auto insurance rates by answering a few questions about themselves and their vehicles, sometimes securing offers as low as $29 a month.

Returning to the topic of AI and jobs, the question remains: what should workers do to prepare?

Gates is not alone in predicting the rise of AI. However, he is among the few tech leaders who remain largely hopeful about its impact. If his predictions come true, workers may need to adapt quickly.

This could mean honing skills that complement AI instead of competing with it. Abilities like critical thinking, emotional intelligence, and creativity are areas where human workers currently have the upper hand—at least for the time being.

It is also a crucial time for policymakers to get ahead of the curve. The transition to an AI-driven economy could be turbulent, but with thoughtful regulations and safeguards, it could lead to a more efficient and smarter economic system.

Ultimately, Gates is betting that society will adjust in a way that allows everyone to benefit.

Thudarum Movie Review: A Decent Emotional Revenge Drama Powered by Mohanlal

BOTTOM LINE No Drishyam, But Fine

RATING 2.5/5

CENSOR U/A, 2h 43m

What is the Film About?

Thudarum revolves around Shanmugam, also known as Benz, played by Mohanlal, and his family. Once a stuntman, Benz now earns a living driving an old Ambassador car. His simple life takes a turn when he travels to Chennai for the funeral of his master. While there, the local police seize his car, leading Benz to plead with the officers to release it. Whether or not Benz succeeds, and the unexpected twists that unfold during his conflict with the authorities, form the core of the story. The movie captures the tussle between an ordinary man and the system with some surprising developments along the way.

Performances

After portraying a larger-than-life role in the action-packed Empuraan, Mohanlal steps back into a grounded, lower middle-class setting. Here, he effortlessly embodies a common man with a cheerful family life. The charm, as with any Mohanlal performance, lies in the film’s world and the subtle quirks he brings to his character. His performance shines especially during fight sequences, where his past as a stuntman is reflected in the way he moves. His approach to drama and emotional scenes carries his trademark intensity. Initially, Benz is depicted as a talkative character, but as the narrative progresses, he becomes increasingly serious and quiet, with a growing sense of frustration and anger. Mohanlal portrays these transitions seamlessly, showcasing his incredible acting skills. As noted, “Mohanlal is a brilliant actor that needs no special mention,” but Thudarum offers a refreshing reminder of his depth as an actor even within a commercial setup.

Shobhana, meanwhile, brings her usual elegance to her role, despite having limited screen time. She delivers her few scenes effortlessly, proving once again that she can command attention with minimal effort, as described: “Shobhana has a few moments and she goes through them without breaking any sweat.”

Analysis

Directed by Tharun Moorty, Thudarum leans heavily into drama, incorporating action primarily towards the climax. For seasoned viewers of Malayalam cinema, the slow start and deliberate pacing of Thudarum will not be surprising. However, for those less accustomed to this style, the film’s first half may feel tedious and slow. The narrative invests a significant amount of time in world-building and introducing characters before diving into the main plot, which only gains momentum around the pre-interval and interval points. The real shift occurs with the arrival of George, whose interactions with Benz re-energize the story. Although the interval block is not particularly striking, it signals that the movie is finally picking up pace.

Post-intermission, the emotional drama blends well with the intrigue, though the suspense itself does not stay gripping for long. Still, the emotional weight, carried largely by Mohanlal’s performance, sustains the film’s momentum. As noted, “The drama, thanks to brilliant Mohanlal, works out,” even if the story itself follows familiar and predictable patterns.

George’s character introduces a refreshing element to the film, providing a strong adversary for Benz. The intense emotional confrontation between George and Benz, combined with the portrayal of cruelty in George’s character, keeps the final half-hour engaging. The action sequences sprinkled throughout the climax are well-executed, and although the ending is predictable, it delivers a satisfying conclusion.

Ultimately, as the review succinctly puts it, “Overall, Thudarum is no Drishyam. What it is is a revenge drama and it goes about it satisfactorily.” The film’s blend of emotion and action in its final hour makes it a decent, if not groundbreaking, one-time watch.

Performances by Other Actors

As is common in Malayalam cinema, Thudarum features a large ensemble cast that helps create a vivid and lived-in world. Among them, Prakash Varma stands out with a performance that nearly steals the spotlight from Mohanlal. Playing CI George, Varma impresses with his debut performance. The review states, “Prakash Varma is excellent. Leave aside the continuous grin, the evilness he brings to the role with going overboard is superb.” His dynamic with Mohanlal elevates several key scenes, adding intensity and tension that keep viewers engaged.

Music and Other Departments

Jakes Bejoy, a familiar name in Malayalam film music, composed the soundtrack and background score for Thudarum. While the songs themselves are forgettable, and even more so due to the “terrible dubbing” in Telugu, the background music does a competent job of enhancing the mood. However, there are moments when the background score overwhelms the dialogues, disrupting the viewing experience.

The cinematography captures the hilly landscapes and rainy ambiance beautifully, providing a natural and picturesque backdrop that complements the realistic tone of the film. Editing, on the other hand, could have been tighter, especially to improve pacing for non-Malayalam speaking audiences who may find the lengthy build-up taxing. The action sequences are choreographed well, adding to the movie’s emotional punch. Unfortunately, the Telugu dubbing quality detracts from the overall experience, as highlighted: “Coming to the dubbing, it’s bad in Telugu.”

Highlights

The main highlights of Thudarum include Mohanlal’s powerful performance, Prakash Varma’s excellent portrayal of CI George, the intriguing pre-interval and interval sequences, and the emotional action-packed final hour.

Drawbacks

The film’s primary drawbacks are its sluggish first half, moments of excessive lag, and a story that ultimately sticks to a “regular routine revenge drama” formula without offering major surprises.

Did I Enjoy It?

Yes

Will You Recommend It?

Yes, but only “with keeping the right expectations.”

TSA Urges Travelers to Obtain Approved Identification Ahead of Real ID Deadline

The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) is reminding travelers to secure one of 13 approved forms of identification before May 7, 2025, to avoid being turned away at airport security checkpoints. The warning comes as a major change in airport security regulations is set to take effect next year.

Beginning May 7, 2025, every air traveler in the United States will be required to show a federally-approved ID when boarding a flight. This requirement stems from the enforcement of the ‘Real ID’ security law that was originally passed in 2005. The law mandates that all travelers must carry compliant identification. Those without it could either be denied access to their flights or face extra scrutiny from TSA officers.

Approved identification forms include a state-issued Real ID driver’s license or identification card, a U.S. passport, or other government-issued IDs. “Starting May 7, a new airport security regulation will be implemented, mandating that all passengers present specific forms of identification, or they may be denied entry,” TSA officials emphasized.

The TSA stresses that travelers who show up at airport checkpoints without an acceptable form of ID will not be allowed to pass through security. Instead, they will be stopped and subjected to an alternative identity verification process. In this process, TSA officers will require the traveler to provide their name and address in an attempt to confirm their identity.

If the identity verification process is completed successfully, travelers will be permitted to move forward to the next checkpoint, but they might still undergo additional screening measures. However, TSA makes it clear that refusal to participate in the verification process or failure to confirm one’s identity will result in denial of entry. “The TSA advises that refusal to cooperate with the identity verification or failure to confirm one’s identity will result in the traveler being denied entry and unable to proceed with their journey,” they said.

This upcoming requirement is being introduced at a time when the airline industry is already dealing with several challenges. Some airlines are currently navigating bankruptcy proceedings, while one major carrier is testing new security technologies. Simultaneously, the U.S. is adjusting its travel advisories in response to changing global conditions.

To help travelers prepare, TSA has provided a list of more than a dozen acceptable alternative forms of identification that will be recognized at airport checkpoints starting next May. These include:

  • S. passport
  • S. passport card
  • DHS trusted traveler cards (Global Entry, NEXUS, SENTRI, FAST)
  • S. Department of Defense ID, including IDs issued to dependents
  • Border crossing card
  • Federally recognized Tribal Nation/Indian Tribe photo ID
  • HSPD-12 PIV card
  • Foreign government-issued passport
  • Canadian provincial driver’s license or Indian and Northern Affairs Canada card
  • Transportation worker identification credential
  • S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Employment Authorization Card (I-766)
  • S. Merchant Mariner Credential
  • Veteran Health Identification Card (VHIC)

Those who wish to obtain a Real ID-compliant driver’s license or identification card can usually do so by visiting their state’s local Secretary of State office or equivalent motor vehicle department. Although the exact process can vary from one state to another, most residents will need to present specific documents to apply for a Real ID.

Typically, applicants must bring a valid driver’s license or ID, along with a current U.S. passport, a birth certificate, or another form of official legal documentation that verifies their identity. If their name has changed and does not match their current legal documents, they must also present a certified name-change document, such as a marriage certificate or court order.

“While the process may differ by state, the majority of U.S. residents can acquire a Real ID-compliant identification by visiting their local Secretary of State office with the necessary paperwork,” TSA officials explained.

TSA officials continue to emphasize the importance of planning ahead to avoid last-minute travel disruptions. They urge travelers to check with their state’s motor vehicle agency well before the May 7, 2025, deadline to ensure they have sufficient time to collect the necessary documents and complete the application process.

Failure to secure a Real ID or alternative approved identification in time could significantly impact travel plans. With the Real ID requirement becoming a firm reality next year, both frequent and occasional flyers need to take steps now to prepare.

For international travelers who are accustomed to carrying passports, the new rules are unlikely to cause major issues. However, domestic travelers who rely solely on their state-issued driver’s licenses should double-check to ensure their license is Real ID-compliant. Real ID cards are typically marked with a star at the top of the card.

It is important for travelers to recognize that even after successfully completing identity verification at the airport, they may face additional screening procedures. TSA officers may conduct further inspections to ensure security standards are met.

To streamline the process on travel days, TSA advises passengers to have their approved identification ready before reaching the checkpoint. Being prepared can help minimize delays for both the traveler and others in line.

Given the evolving security landscape, the TSA’s warning is an important reminder for the millions of Americans who travel by air each year. Officials stress that securing the proper identification is not merely a bureaucratic requirement but a critical part of maintaining airport security and ensuring smooth travel operations.

The TSA’s final message is clear: travelers must act now rather than wait until the last minute. As one official summarized, “Travelers without a Real ID will be halted and denied access at airport security checkpoints.”

With the deadline less than a year away, the agency recommends that travelers review their current identification, gather the required documents, and visit their local issuing authority as soon as possible. Doing so will help avoid unnecessary stress and ensure uninterrupted travel plans when the new security measures go into effect.

Universities Urge International Students to Avoid Summer Travel Despite Policy Shift

Universities across the United States are continuing to urge international students to avoid traveling abroad this summer, even as the Trump administration announced Friday that it would reinstate the legal status of those whose visas and immigration records had previously been terminated.

Shortly after the announcement, the University of California, Berkeley, emphasized once again that international students face significant risks if they travel overseas, citing the fast-changing nature of immigration policies. “Due to the increased risks involved in re-entering into the United States, we are advising members of the Duke international community to avoid international travel unless essential,” Duke University stated in a recent memo to students and faculty. The university also reminded students that “a valid visa does not guarantee entry to the U.S.”

Concerns have been growing at universities nationwide over the possibility that international students might not be permitted to return to the U.S. if they travel abroad. Despite the Trump administration’s move to restore the legal standing of affected students, immigration experts caution that these changes do not eliminate the dangers associated with international travel.

Jeff Joseph, who is set to become the next president of the American Immigration Lawyers Association, stressed that students must remain extremely careful. “Traveling outside of the country can be risky,” Joseph warned, noting that consulting with a lawyer is highly advisable before making any travel plans. He added, “The fact is the Department of State has unilateral authority to revoke visas for any or no reason.”

It remains unclear how many universities have formally advised students against leaving the U.S., but at least five institutions, including UC Berkeley and Duke University, have issued notices this month. These universities have urged their international communities to weigh the potential consequences carefully before deciding to travel.

A recent college graduate from China, now residing in Washington, D.C., shared his own experience and concerns. He explained that he had serious doubts about visiting his home country in December, knowing that then-President-elect Donald Trump had vowed to significantly reduce immigration. “I was worried that I wouldn’t even be allowed back in this country, even though I’m perfectly authorized to work and live here,” said the graduate, who asked to remain anonymous out of fear that speaking publicly could lead to deportation or revocation of his visa.

Faced with this uncertainty, he made the decision to return to the United States before Trump’s inauguration on January 20. His experience highlights the stress and difficult decisions facing many international students, particularly during a period of rapid policy shifts and growing immigration enforcement.

Fanta Aw, the CEO of the Association of International Educators, acknowledged the emotional and practical challenges that international students encounter when deciding whether to visit family members they have not seen in years. “You have to understand what students are going through, and they may want to go home,” Aw said.

In recent weeks, thousands of international students across the country have had their visas revoked by the Trump administration. Officials have justified these actions as necessary to protect American citizens from individuals who might engage in terrorist activities, pose national security threats, or promote extremist ideologies.

However, the administration announced Friday that students would have their legal status reinstated while Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) develops a new “framework” for revoking immigration records in the future. This partial reversal comes after widespread concern and confusion among students, universities, and immigration advocates.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio disclosed last month that the State Department had revoked more than 300 student visas. He described these actions as part of an intensified effort by the White House to crack down on foreign-born students, particularly those accused of political activism.

Yet, many international students who found themselves targeted by these policies insisted that they had not taken part in political demonstrations, including protests related to the Israel-Hamas conflict, nor had they engaged in other activities that could be considered controversial. Despite these students’ peaceful records, their legal status had still come under threat, adding to a climate of fear and uncertainty.

Jeff Joseph emphasized that, under current conditions, it is safer for international students to remain in the United States rather than risk leaving and trying to re-enter. “Stay here, no question,” Joseph advised. He explained that if students travel abroad and find themselves barred from returning, their only option would be to approach the Department of State and attempt to secure a new visa. “But when you’re outside the country, you don’t have the same protections of the courts that you do when inside the country,” he said.

Given the unpredictability of immigration enforcement, universities and immigration attorneys continue to urge extreme caution. The situation leaves many international students grappling with difficult personal choices. While some long to reunite with family members they have not seen for several years, they must also weigh the real risk of being unable to complete their studies or continue living in the U.S.

Although the Trump administration’s announcement offers some relief by promising to reinstate legal status for students who were unfairly penalized, it has not eliminated the underlying uncertainty surrounding immigration policies. The Department of State’s broad authority to revoke visas without detailed justification remains a major concern.

University administrators have reiterated that they will continue to monitor developments closely and provide updates to their international communities. However, they have made it clear that students should remain prepared for sudden changes and continue to exercise extreme caution when considering international travel.

The recent experiences of students like the Washington, D.C.-based graduate illustrate how fraught and emotional these decisions have become. Even students who are fully authorized to live, work, and study in the United States face the fear that bureaucratic changes or sudden policy shifts could abruptly upend their lives.

Ultimately, while Friday’s announcement may provide temporary reassurance to some, the broader uncertainty surrounding immigration policy is unlikely to disappear soon. As a result, universities, immigration attorneys, and advocacy groups will likely continue urging international students to stay in the United States unless travel is absolutely essential.

Grand Egyptian Museum Offers Visitors a Glimpse Into Five Millennia of History Ahead of Grand Opening

Upon entering the Grand Egyptian Museum (GEM), visitors are immediately greeted by a towering 36-foot-tall, 82-ton granite statue of Ramesses II, one of Egypt’s most renowned pharaohs who reigned over 3,300 years ago. Since 2006, Ramesses II has been a sentinel at the site, being one of the first artifacts installed during the early stages of construction. However, only recently have travelers been able to view him along with the more than 100,000 ancient artifacts contained within this expansive new museum that captures 5,000 years of Egyptian civilization.

The GEM spans over 5 million square feet and is hailed as the largest archaeological museum in the world dedicated to a single civilization. Visitors have been getting an early look at 12 selected exhibits during the museum’s soft opening phase, which precedes the official grand opening scheduled for July 3, 2025. According to the museum’s official website and ticketing portal, this preliminary phase has been designed “to test the site’s readiness and visitor experience prior to the official opening.”

As per the museum’s advisory, “During this phase, you will be able to visit the main exhibition halls, the Grand Atrium, the Grand Staircase, the commercial area, and the outdoor gardens. The King Tutankhamun Halls will remain closed until the official opening.” For now, the museum welcomes guests daily from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., although it will temporarily close on June 15 to finalize preparations for the grand opening.

The journey to this point has been long and tumultuous. Construction began 20 years ago but was significantly delayed by political unrest, financial challenges, the global pandemic, and regional conflicts. Despite these setbacks, the museum is finally nearing completion.

The GEM’s facade is an impressive display of alabaster and glass, adorned with hundreds of cartouches—ovals encircling hieroglyphs that contain the names of ancient Egyptian kings and queens. However, the new museum is not intended to replace the historic Egyptian Museum in downtown Cairo, which opened in 1902 and is housed in a two-story building. Rather, it serves to accommodate Egypt’s vast collection of archaeological artifacts, providing a more spacious and organized setting.

“Over the years, artifacts started piling up in the basement, in the attic, in storage rooms, and it became too much,” explained Marwa Abbas, an Egyptologist who collaborates with AmaWaterways, a cruise company that offers Nile River sailings with pre-departure tours in Cairo. She further stated, “It was decided that a new museum would open to house new excavations and allow curators to better organize findings by theme, creating better understanding.”

In the upcoming weeks, over 5,000 items from the tomb of the famous boy king Tutankhamun will be relocated from the Egyptian Museum to two massive exhibition halls within the GEM. Among these treasures are King Tut’s ornate throne, intricate royal jewelry, two golden sarcophagi, and his iconic funerary mask, crafted from nearly 25 pounds of solid gold and regarded as one of the most significant artifacts of Egyptian art. Many items from this collection have never before been on public display. Although Tutankhamun’s reign was brief, his tomb’s remarkable preservation provided unparalleled insight into ancient Egyptian life and customs when British archaeologist Howard Carter unearthed it in 1922.

In addition to Tutankhamun’s treasures, the museum will also unveil a separate annex displaying two royal boats that were discovered near the Great Pyramid in 1954. These boats will be available for viewing after the museum’s official opening.

From the Grand Atrium, where the statue of Ramesses II stands, visitors can ascend a magnificent staircase lined with statues of Egypt’s legendary pharaohs. At the landing, guests are treated to a stunning, unobstructed view of the Pyramids of Giza, located just over a mile away. Future plans include creating a pedestrian walkway that connects the museum directly to the ancient pyramids.

The museum’s galleries are designed around three central themes: society, kingship, and beliefs. These themes are further categorized into four historical periods—the Old Kingdom, Middle Kingdom, New Kingdom, and the Greco-Roman period—allowing visitors the option to explore the exhibits thematically or chronologically. The collection includes a diverse range of artifacts such as ancient manuscripts on papyrus, mythological stories etched into stone, ceremonial tools and jewelry, a 3,100-year-old wig made from real human hair, a replica of the Rosetta Stone, royal mummies including a mummified crocodile, and numerous other remarkable objects. Every artifact or set of artifacts is accompanied by clear and informative placards written in Arabic, English, and Braille, ensuring accessibility to a wide range of visitors.

Architectural elements reflecting the pyramid motif are incorporated throughout the museum, from the angular design of the window panes to the stone patterns in the outdoor water features positioned between the security checkpoints and the main building. Besides the exhibition spaces, the museum also features a food hall and several gift shops offering a wide selection of souvenirs.

Admission tickets can be purchased either online or at the museum’s on-site ticket booth, where only credit cards are accepted. The cost for adult admission is 1,200 Egyptian pounds, approximately $24 according to current exchange rates. Children and students aged 4 to 21 are eligible for half-price tickets, and admission is free for children under 4 years old. Visitors also have the option to book a 90-minute guided tour in either English or Arabic for 1,700 Egyptian pounds, about $34.

The Grand Egyptian Museum represents an unprecedented effort to preserve, showcase, and celebrate Egypt’s unparalleled historical legacy. After years of anticipation and obstacles, its imminent grand opening promises to usher in a new era of cultural and historical appreciation for both Egyptians and visitors from around the world.

Fewer Americans Attend Church, But Spiritual Belief Remains Strong

Church leaders across the United States have been grappling with an unsettling trend: a steady decline in church attendance year after year. Data from the General Social Survey highlights this dramatic shift. In 1972, only 29% of American adults said they attended religious services no more than once or twice annually. By 2022, that figure had nearly doubled, with 57% of adults admitting to such infrequent attendance.

This sharp drop in regular churchgoers has understandably sparked considerable concern and anxiety among pastors. Many are struggling to maintain their congregations and sustain their churches amidst this significant reduction in both participation and financial contributions. Yet, despite the surge in the number of Americans who seldom or never attend church services and the record-high 30% of Americans who now claim no religious affiliation—a group commonly known as the “nones”—there remains an unexpected positive note that could offer encouragement to religious leaders.

Last spring, researchers conducted a broad survey involving more than 12,000 American adults without any formal religious affiliation. This effort was part of a project funded by the John Templeton Foundation and aimed to understand their attitudes toward religious institutions and explore their spiritual beliefs. Surprisingly, the survey found that most nonreligious Americans still hold onto several fundamental elements of religious belief.

When participants were questioned about their belief in God, only 22% of the nones said, “I don’t believe in God and I have no doubts.” Meanwhile, 27% of the nones described their stance as more agnostic. Remarkably, over half of those surveyed expressed belief in a higher power. This pattern of belief runs consistently throughout the findings: even though nonreligious individuals generally report lower levels of religious conviction compared to Protestants or Catholics, it is simply inaccurate to say they have entirely rejected the idea of a greater existence beyond themselves.

When further asked about their belief in the existence of heaven, only 28% of the nonreligious respondents stated that heaven definitely does not exist. Similarly, just 32% outright dismissed the notion of hell. Additionally, when posed with the statement “I believe spirits exist,” only 30% of the nones disagreed. These figures reveal that most nonreligious Americans still harbor spiritual inclinations, even if they no longer affiliate with organized religion.

In total, the percentage of nonreligious Americans who both hold an atheist view of God and categorically reject belief in heaven or hell is only about 16%. This small minority highlights an important point: while religious behaviors and official affiliations have undeniably plummeted over the past three decades, it does not follow that the United States has become a fully secular nation. Religious and spiritual beliefs remain a deeply ingrained part of American life, persisting even among those who intentionally distance themselves from traditional religious structures.

The common narrative among pastors and religious figures often laments the growing wave of secularism they perceive as sweeping across the country. However, the stories shared by the nonreligious themselves paint a far more complex picture. Rather than outright rejecting faith or spirituality, many nones seem to have adopted a more individualistic and personal approach to belief. They are exploring what it means to believe in something larger than themselves without necessarily subscribing to a particular denomination or faith tradition.

As Sunday morning approaches and many pews remain conspicuously empty of nones, it is crucial to recognize that most of them are not engaged in an active opposition to religious communities. Instead, they are individuals who feel uneasy labeling their spiritual beliefs within a framework that no longer fits the evolving religious diversity of American society. They remain open to questions about meaning, purpose, and existence, continuing to seek out answers in their own ways.

Overall, while the institution of organized religion may be struggling to retain its former levels of influence and participation, spirituality itself appears far from extinguished in American culture. There remains a substantial segment of the population that, even without formal religious ties, still believes in something greater than themselves—a hopeful sign for those concerned about the future of faith in America.

China Expresses Support for Pakistan and Urges Restraint After Pahalgam Terror Attack

China has reaffirmed its strong support for its close ally Pakistan in protecting its sovereignty and security following the recent terror attack in Pahalgam, Kashmir. On Sunday, Chinese foreign minister Wang Yi urged both New Delhi and Islamabad to show restraint in response to the escalating tensions triggered by the incident.

In a telephone conversation with Pakistani deputy prime minister and foreign minister Ishaq Dar, Wang conveyed China’s serious concern over the situation. According to a statement issued by China’s foreign ministry, Wang said China is “closely following developments after the terror attack” and supports an “impartial investigation” into the incident.

The dialogue between the two foreign ministers occurred against the backdrop of a severe rise in tensions between India and Pakistan. The attack, which took place on April 22 near the town of Pahalgam, resulted in the deaths of 26 tourists. Responsibility for the assault was claimed by The Resistance Front, a group known to operate as a proxy for Pakistan-based militant organization Lashkar-e-Taiba.

In response to the deadly attack, India implemented a series of strong punitive actions against Pakistan. These measures included the suspension of the Indus Waters Treaty and the closure of the only functioning land border crossing between the two countries at Attari. Pakistan reacted strongly to India’s actions, warning that any attempt to block river waters would be viewed as an “act of war.” Islamabad also announced countermeasures, including the closure of its airspace to Indian aircraft and the suspension of all trade activities with India.

Addressing these developments, Wang Yi stated, “China has always supported Pakistan in its resolute anti-terrorism actions. As a staunch friend and all-weather strategic partner, China fully understands Pakistan’s reasonable security concerns and supports Pakistan in safeguarding its sovereignty and security interests.” He emphasized that China is “closely following the development of the current situation” and reiterated Beijing’s call for an “impartial investigation as soon as possible.”

Wang stressed that conflict would not serve the “fundamental interests of India and Pakistan” nor contribute to “regional peace and stability.” Instead, he urged both nations to “exercise restraint, meet each other halfway and promote the cooling of the situation.”

During their conversation, Dar provided Wang with a detailed briefing on the circumstances surrounding the attack and the subsequent rise in tensions. According to the Chinese readout, Dar told Wang that Pakistan has consistently been firm in its efforts to fight terrorism and has “opposed taking actions that may lead to an escalation of the situation.” He also assured Wang that Pakistan remains committed to managing the situation responsibly and intends to maintain communication with China and the broader international community.

Separately, Pakistan’s foreign ministry issued a statement outlining Dar’s remarks. In the statement, Dar rejected what he described as India’s “unilateral and illegal actions” as well as “its baseless propaganda against Pakistan.” The statement also quoted Dar expressing his gratitude for China’s steadfast backing, saying he appreciated “China’s consistent and unwavering support” and reaffirmed Pakistan’s dedication to the shared vision of an “all-weather strategic cooperative partnership.”

The statement concluded by noting that “both sides reiterated their firm resolve to uphold regional peace and stability, promote mutual respect and understanding, and jointly oppose unilateralism and hegemonic policies.”

At the time of reporting, Indian officials had not issued any immediate reaction to the comments made by the foreign ministers of China and Pakistan.

Meanwhile, in a related development, Indian external affairs minister S. Jaishankar spoke with his newly appointed British counterpart David Lammy on Sunday. During their conversation, Jaishankar brought up the issue of the “cross-border terrorist attack at Pahalgam.” He later posted on social media that he had “underlined the importance of zero tolerance for terrorism” during the discussion.

Indian leaders have been actively engaging with their international counterparts in the wake of the attack to gather support and condemn terrorism. In the past few days, both Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Jaishankar have spoken with several world leaders, including US President Donald Trump, French President Emmanuel Macron, Iranian President Masoud Pezeshkian, and UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer. These conversations have largely focused on securing international condemnation of the attack and garnering expressions of solidarity with India.

The terror attack at Pahalgam has once again exposed the fragile nature of the relationship between India and Pakistan, which has often been marred by mutual distrust and violent incidents. Efforts by international players, particularly close allies like China and influential nations like the United States and the United Kingdom, are likely to play a critical role in shaping the course of events in the coming weeks.

China’s call for an “impartial investigation” aligns with its longstanding approach of urging dialogue and restraint between the two nuclear-armed neighbors. However, Beijing’s strong reiteration of its support for Pakistan’s security concerns underscores the depth of the China-Pakistan strategic relationship, often described as an “all-weather” partnership by both sides.

Observers note that India’s decision to suspend the Indus Waters Treaty, a pact that has survived several wars between the two nations, marks a significant escalation. The treaty, brokered by the World Bank in 1960, has been a rare symbol of cooperation between India and Pakistan despite their deep-seated animosities. Its suspension could have far-reaching consequences, not just for bilateral ties but for regional water security as well.

Pakistan’s warning that halting river waters would be an “act of war” further complicates the situation, increasing the risk of direct confrontation. The move to shut down airspace and suspend trade also signals a hardening of positions on both sides, making diplomatic de-escalation more urgent than ever.

For now, the world’s attention remains fixed on South Asia, with China, the United States, and other key players closely monitoring how events unfold. The coming days will likely determine whether the crisis can be contained or whether it escalates into a broader conflict, something both countries and the international community are keen to avoid.

Pope Francis’ Funeral Draws Global Mourners as Church Prepares for Crucial Conclave

Over 250,000 mourners gathered at the Vatican today to pay their respects during a “simplified” funeral service for Pope Francis, remembering the “people’s pope” for his compassion and humility. The late pontiff has now been entombed at Rome’s Basilica di Santa Maria Maggiore. Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, who conducted the service, praised Francis’ leadership, stating he led with “an open heart toward everyone.”

The two-hour ceremony in St. Peter’s Square was rich with ritual and symbolism, despite its relatively modest scale compared to previous papal funerals. It drew participation from more than 100 delegations, including world leaders and reigning monarchs, all gathering to honor the first Latin American pope. The funeral took place just six days after Francis made his final public appearance during the Easter celebrations.

Before the funeral began, a significant political meeting occurred within the sacred walls of St. Peter’s Basilica. Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky and U.S. President Donald Trump held a private discussion. As the White House intensifies efforts to broker an agreement to end Russia’s war on Ukraine, this high-stakes meeting underscored the global tensions present even at a moment of mourning.

Now that Pope Francis’ funeral has concluded, attention shifts toward the process of selecting his successor. The event known as the conclave remains shrouded in mystery, and there is currently no official timeline for when it will begin. However, tradition dictates that the conclave must start no sooner than 15 days and no later than 20 days following the pope’s death, placing its likely commencement sometime in early May.

This upcoming conclave carries significant weight in determining the Roman Catholic Church’s future direction. Francis’ reforms during his papacy have notably broadened representation within the College of Cardinals, making the body more reflective of the global church. As a result, the field of potential successors is more open and diverse than ever before.

The conclave, a process steeped in centuries-old traditions, religious ceremonies, and political maneuvering, will occur behind closed doors. Only cardinals under the age of 80 are eligible to participate in the voting process, which accounts for slightly more than half of the entire College of Cardinals. In total, 135 members will gather in Rome to fulfill this solemn duty.

Once convened, the cardinals will meet in the Sistine Chapel, where they will deliberate and vote until one among them secures a two-thirds majority. Historically, the duration of conclaves has varied widely, ranging from mere hours to prolonged periods lasting days, weeks, or even years, depending on how quickly consensus is reached.

The crowd assembled for Pope Francis’ funeral reflected a markedly more global presence compared to past papal funerals. Observers noted a striking diversity among the mourners. One commentator shared, “I was here for the funeral of John Paul II, and the crowd here today is much more diverse than back then. It’s striking just how many people have come from all parts of the world. I’m seeing people from Indonesia, US, the Philippines, France, they’ve just come from everywhere.”

The turnout was massive, with people arriving in the early hours of the morning. “We were here at 4.30 a.m., and people were already approaching St. Peter’s Square. Once the police opened the barriers, people just ran up the boulevard to get as close as possible to the square,” another witness described.

From the early dawn, there was a palpable sense of anticipation and reverence among the crowds. Families, young people, elderly pilgrims, and representatives of numerous nationalities converged on St. Peter’s Square, united by a shared admiration for the pope known for his emphasis on mercy, inclusion, and service to the marginalized.

Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, in his eulogy, emphasized Pope Francis’ distinctive leadership style, noting that he led “an open heart toward everyone,” a trait that endeared him to millions across the globe. Francis was remembered for reaching out to people of all faiths and backgrounds, advocating for the poor, promoting peace, and pushing for reforms that modernized aspects of the Church without compromising its core teachings.

The significance of the moment was not lost on those in attendance or watching from afar. As preparations begin for the conclave, the Church faces a pivotal decision: selecting a pope who can continue Francis’ mission or potentially chart a new course. The changes Francis implemented during his papacy have ensured a broader and more international representation among the voting cardinals, opening the possibility for another non-European pope.

Pope Francis’ final days were marked by the same humility that defined his life. His last public appearance at the Easter service was characterized by a quiet strength, even as his health visibly declined. His death has left a profound void in the hearts of Catholics and admirers worldwide.

As the College of Cardinals prepares to undertake the solemn task of electing a new pope, many believe the spirit of Francis will continue to influence the Church’s future. His papacy will be remembered for championing compassion, inclusivity, and outreach to those often forgotten by society. Whether the next pope will continue in this direction or usher in a new era remains one of the most significant questions facing the Catholic Church today.

For now, as Pope Francis rests in Rome’s Basilica di Santa Maria Maggiore, the world pauses to remember a leader who embraced simplicity, compassion, and humanity. His legacy, shaped by an “open heart toward everyone,” as Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re said, will continue to resonate for generations.

Trump and Zelenskyy Hold Private Meeting at Vatican Amid Global Attention

President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy met privately inside St. Peter’s Basilica in the Vatican, the site where Pope Francis’s funeral drew dozens of world leaders. Although the exact details of their conversation remain unclear, Zelenskyy expressed optimism about the exchange in a post on X. He described it as a “good meeting” and emphasized that it was a “very symbolic meeting that has potential to become historic, if we achieve joint results.” In the same post, Zelenskyy highlighted his aspirations for “results on everything we covered,” mentioning crucial objectives such as achieving a “full and unconditional ceasefire,” ensuring the “lives of our people” are safeguarded, and establishing a “reliable and lasting peace that will prevent another war from breaking out.”

According to a White House spokesperson speaking to CNN, the two leaders “met privately today and had a very productive discussion,” and the conversation reportedly lasted around 15 minutes. Both Trump and Zelenskyy agreed that further talks would continue, signaling an opening for more discussions moving forward.

Meanwhile, broader questions linger regarding the overall status of U.S. efforts to broker peace between Russia and Ukraine. Trump provided an update on the progress of peace negotiations through a post on Truth Social Friday, declaring that the work towards reaching a deal between Ukraine and Russia is “going smoothly.” This comes as frustration among U.S. leadership has grown, with some officials voicing impatience over the prolonged conflict. Last week, Secretary of State Marco Rubio expressed clear dissatisfaction, warning that the United States would consider withdrawing from the talks if meaningful progress does not materialize soon. Rubio stated bluntly, “if it is not possible to end the war in Ukraine, we need to move on.”

Reporters later asked Trump about Rubio’s statement, and he responded forcefully. Trump made it clear that if either side became a roadblock to the negotiation process, he would not hesitate to walk away. “We’re just going to say: ‘You’re foolish. You’re fools. You’re horrible people,’ and we’re going to just take a pass,” Trump said, signaling a hardline stance should the talks stall.

Trump also took the opportunity to pressure Zelenskyy on another unresolved issue. Using Truth Social on Friday, Trump urged the Ukrainian president to finalize the minerals deal between Ukraine and the United States, a deal that has been stalled for months despite Zelenskyy indicating readiness to sign it back in March. Trump’s pressure highlighted that economic agreements remain entwined with broader political negotiations between the two countries.

Adding another layer of complexity to the negotiations, Trump made controversial remarks about Crimea during an interview with TIME magazine, given Tuesday and published Friday. He indicated that the contested region of Crimea would “stay with Russia,” a position that Zelenskyy and Ukrainian officials strongly oppose. Trump asserted, “Zelenskyy understands that, and everybody understands that it’s been with them for a long time,” seemingly downplaying Ukrainian sovereignty over Crimea.

The president further elaborated on the evolving stance of Russian President Vladimir Putin during an interaction with reporters on Thursday. Trump revealed that Putin has shown a willingness to make substantial compromises to end the conflict. According to Trump, Putin “no longer wants the whole country,” suggesting a shift in Russia’s territorial ambitions. Trump characterized these changes as “pretty big concessions” on Putin’s part, portraying them as a possible opening for a negotiated settlement.

The significance of Saturday’s meeting between Trump and Zelenskyy is heightened by their contentious history. It marked the first time the two leaders had met face-to-face since their heated Oval Office exchange back in February. During that earlier confrontation, tensions had reached a boiling point after Zelenskyy expressed deep skepticism about Putin’s reliability in adhering to any potential ceasefire agreement.

In response to Zelenskyy’s concerns, Vice President JD Vance criticized the Ukrainian leader, accusing him of attempting to “litigate” the ongoing conflict “in front of the American media.” Vance’s remarks suggested frustration with what he viewed as Zelenskyy’s public handling of sensitive negotiations.

Trump, for his part, reacted angrily during the February meeting. Raising his voice, he lashed out at Zelenskyy, accusing him of “gambling with World War III” by being inflexible and mistrustful in the peace discussions. Trump even threatened at that point to withdraw entirely from the Ukraine-Russia talks, a dramatic move that would have reshaped the diplomatic landscape significantly.

Since that tense confrontation, both Trump and Zelenskyy had kept their distance from one another until their Vatican meeting. Saturday’s conversation offered a chance to reset their relationship, though it remains to be seen whether it will lead to substantive breakthroughs on any of the issues they discussed.

While Zelenskyy’s post on X suggested a sense of cautious optimism about the outcome, with hopes pinned on achieving tangible results, the broader environment remains challenging. Many factors complicate the path to a lasting peace, from lingering distrust between Russia and Ukraine to political calculations within the United States itself.

Trump’s dual messaging—calling the peace efforts “going smoothly” while at the same time warning about the dangers of recalcitrant parties—reflects the delicate balancing act required in such high-stakes diplomacy. His remarks about Crimea also point to a potential point of friction that could derail negotiations if not handled carefully.

Meanwhile, the minerals deal remains a critical side issue that could either strengthen ties between Washington and Kyiv or become another stumbling block if left unresolved. Trump’s public prodding of Zelenskyy on this matter underscores the mix of political, economic, and military considerations shaping the U.S. approach to the Ukraine conflict.

In the background, the pressure continues to mount for some kind of resolution. As Secretary of State Rubio’s comments made clear, patience is wearing thin among American leaders. Should significant progress fail to materialize soon, the United States might reassess its commitment to the current negotiation process.

For now, Trump and Zelenskyy’s brief yet significant meeting at the Vatican has renewed some hope that the two sides may find common ground. Whether this “very symbolic meeting that has potential to become historic,” as Zelenskyy described it, will truly mark a turning point remains an open question. However, both leaders appear, at least for now, to remain engaged in the search for a solution.

Honoring Francis: A Legacy of Mercy, Humility, and Hope

This morning, standing atop the colonnades of St. Peter’s Basilica, I gazed out at the sea of hundreds of thousands gathered below and was struck by a profound realization. I was standing on the same hill where Peter himself was crucified upside down by Nero Caesar nearly 2,000 years ago.

Today, the empire of Caesar has long vanished into history, but Peter’s Church remains strong. We were assembled to honor and celebrate the extraordinary life of his 265th successor.

To me, and to countless other Catholics who have journeyed through the complicated path from early adulthood to middle age, Francis was more than just the Bishop of Rome. He was the shepherd who taught us how to maintain a grown-up faith, how to continue following Jesus even when life became tangled, and how to accept our doubts instead of being afraid of them.

I can still recall vividly what he said during the very first Sunday of his papacy in 2013: “God never tires of forgiving us.”

That message stayed with me and resurfaced during times of personal failure, confusion, and when I felt distant from God. In a world where mercy often feels in short supply, Francis made it clear that God’s well of forgiveness is endless.

He made every effort to ensure that we remained within the fold of faith. He emphasized repeatedly that even bad Catholics were welcome. Those who struggled were welcome. Sinners were welcome too.

Francis taught that the Eucharist was not a reward for the perfect but rather “medicine for the sick.” For a generation raised on the belief that holiness equated to flawlessness, Francis presented a radically different and liberating perspective: a Christianity deeply anchored in the grace of mercy.

Through every action and gesture, Francis lived out the essence of the Gospel. His well-known pectoral cross, depicting the Good Shepherd carrying a lost sheep, was not merely a personal emblem. It stood as his mission statement. He was the pope who left the ninety-nine to search for the one.

For those among us who have ever identified as the one—the doubting, the sinful, the disillusioned—Francis was unmistakably our pope.

The funeral was surprisingly simple, almost startlingly so for a figure of such global prominence. Yet it felt perfectly appropriate. Francis lived his life guided by the belief that true greatness lies in humility, not spectacle. His wooden casket was marked only by the symbols of faith, hope, and love. His legacy was never about grandeur but about the small, persistent acts of love and compassion he urged us all to practice.

From the very beginning, Francis the Troublemaker challenged both the world and the Church—not by seeking out controversy but by daring to live as though the Gospel were truly real. He rejected the trappings of his office. He carried his own bags. He personally paid his hotel bill. These simple acts were never publicity stunts; they were constant reminders of who we are called to be: servants, not princes.

Throughout the years, through seasons marked by both virtue and vice, Francis reminded me that the Christian journey is rarely a straight and easy path. It is a walk taken by sinners who continue on, believing that they are loved despite their flaws.

He demonstrated that hope is active. It moves, however haltingly and imperfectly. “One inch forward,” he said, “is more pleasing to God than standing still.” Francis taught that stumbling forward in hope is itself a profound act of faith.

He was clear that the Church is not meant to be a museum of saints but a field hospital for the wounded. In an era often marked by division and cruelty, that vision has been both shocking and redemptive.

As I watched his casket being carried into the Basilica, I observed something deeply telling. The customary chants of “santo subito,” meaning “sainthood immediately,” never rang out.

It felt fitting. Francis never sought canonization. He did not desire a pedestal. He wanted to lead us closer to Jesus.

There is a quiet providence in the fact that Francis belonged to the only major Catholic religious order not named after its founder, but after Christ himself. Like his Jesuit brothers, Francis was never interested in building a movement centered on his own personality. His goal was always to bring us back to the very heart of our faith.

In a Church that can sometimes become overly absorbed with itself, it is striking how often Francis simply spoke the name of Jesus. It reminds me of what he said during his short “Gettysburg Address” before the 2013 conclave: that the Church had grown “too self-referential,” too wrapped up in its own concerns, and needed to rediscover its true mission—spreading the joy of the Gospel.

Beneath the marble floors of St. Peter’s Basilica, the remains of Peter still lie. His spirit continues to animate the Church he founded. Francis, the 265th successor to Peter, tended to that spirit with fierce and unwavering hope.

On this ancient hill, where once a brutal empire sought to crush the burgeoning faith, we did not gather to mourn a failed experiment. We came together to celebrate a victory that continues to reverberate across the centuries.

If the revolution of Francis has begun, it is not marked by monuments. It is a revolution of memory, mercy, and movement—and it is now entrusted to us to carry forward.

India’s Indus Waters Treaty Freeze Paves Way for Strategic Hydroelectric Leverage

By putting the Indus Waters Treaty on hold, India has gained a unique opportunity to expedite key hydroelectric projects such as Kishanganga, Ratle, and Pakal Dul in Jammu and Kashmir. These projects are no longer just energy-generating initiatives but have also become critical tools for applying strategic pressure on Pakistan.

Pakistan has been visibly unsettled by India’s move, displaying clear signs of anxiety. The Pakistani government has labeled the decision as an “act of war,” while prominent PPP leader Bilawal Bhutto issued a stark threat, saying, “either our water or their (India’s) blood will flow in the Sindhu (Indus).” According to top government sources in India, the psychological impact of India’s decision is already evident. Pakistan’s political leadership is now facing significant pressure from its citizens, who are increasingly concerned about the potential consequences of India controlling the flow of water from the western rivers.

For India, this development means it no longer needs to concern itself with Pakistan’s objections at international platforms regarding the Kishanganga, Ratle, and Pakal Dul hydroelectric projects. Collectively, these projects strengthen India’s geopolitical messaging and strategic position, allowing it to exert greater influence over Pakistan. The recent terror attack sponsored by Pakistan on civilians in Pahalgam has fundamentally altered the dynamics between the two nations. India is now signaling that Pakistani civilians will bear consequences for the provocations initiated by their army.

The Kishanganga Project, inaugurated by Prime Minister Narendra Modi in 2018 in Bandipora, already diverted water from the Jhelum River through a 23-kilometer-long tunnel. On the same occasion, Modi also laid the foundation stone for the Pakal Dul Power Project. This project is significant as it represents Jammu and Kashmir’s first storage project and is the largest hydroelectric venture in the region with a capacity of 1000 megawatts. Standing at a height of 167 meters, the Pakal Dul project offers India actual control over the flow of water, not merely its usage. Completion is expected by mid-2026, adding another critical component to India’s strategic toolkit.

Another project that is causing major concern for Pakistan is the 850 MW Ratle Hydro Electric Project located in Jammu and Kashmir. This project achieved a significant breakthrough last year when the Chenab River was successfully diverted through specially constructed tunnels at Drabshalla in Kishtwar district. This diversion enabled the isolation of the dam site at the riverbed, allowing essential excavation and construction activities to commence.

With the Indus Waters Treaty effectively suspended, India is now free to advance with the Ratle Project without needing to address Pakistan’s previous design-related objections. Pakistan had consistently raised issues with the spillway height and drawdown levels of the project. However, with no treaty constraints binding India, these objections are now irrelevant. The Modi government had already given the green light to the Ratle project in 2021 with a substantial investment of Rs 5,282 crore, signaling its firm commitment to completing the project.

The most recent engagement between India and Pakistan on the Indus Waters Treaty took place last year in June. During that meeting, a Pakistani delegation traveled to India and inspected several dam sites in the Kishtwar region. Despite their visit, Pakistan persisted in objecting to the Kishanganga, Ratle, and Pakal Dul hydroelectric projects, alleging violations of the Indus Waters Treaty’s provisions. Nevertheless, the treaty, originally signed in 1960 by then Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and Pakistan’s former President Ayub Khan, with the World Bank acting as a signatory, now belongs to the past.

The freezing of the Indus Waters Treaty marks a pivotal shift in India’s strategy towards Pakistan. With the suspension, India gains greater autonomy over the waters of the Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab rivers. This change enables New Delhi to manipulate the hydrological landscape of the region in ways that can be used for both developmental and strategic purposes.

India’s new stance also reflects a deeper understanding of the evolving security environment in the region. After years of restraint despite provocations, the government is now demonstrating that economic and environmental tools, such as control over river waters, can be effectively used to counter acts of terrorism and other hostile activities from across the border. India’s construction of these large-scale hydroelectric projects thus serves a dual purpose, securing energy independence for Jammu and Kashmir while simultaneously placing pressure on Pakistan.

The Kishanganga project, having already been operational for several years, demonstrates the feasibility and strategic importance of such initiatives. Meanwhile, the Pakal Dul and Ratle projects promise even greater influence over the Indus water system once they become fully operational. In addition to their strategic utility, these projects are vital for boosting the local economy in Jammu and Kashmir, generating thousands of jobs, improving infrastructure, and enhancing energy availability across the region.

Pakistan’s reaction to these developments underscores the seriousness with which Islamabad views India’s moves. The stark threat issued by Bilawal Bhutto and the labeling of the treaty suspension as an “act of war” show that Pakistan understands the implications of losing its previously guaranteed water flow under the Indus Waters Treaty. As the projects near completion, Pakistan faces an increasingly difficult position with limited avenues for recourse.

In the broader geopolitical context, India’s decision sends a clear message to both its neighbors and the international community. New Delhi is signaling that it will no longer allow agreements crafted in a different era to constrain its strategic and security interests today. With the World Bank’s role as a guarantor now rendered symbolic, India has effectively asserted that new realities require new strategies.

Going forward, India’s ability to regulate the waters of the Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab will likely serve as a significant deterrent against Pakistani aggression. As India strengthens its control over these river systems, Pakistan may be forced to reconsider its continued support for hostile activities, knowing that the consequences could be immediate and deeply felt by its population.

Thus, by putting the Indus Waters Treaty into cold storage, India has not just taken a technical decision regarding water management. It has made a calculated geopolitical move that reshapes the strategic landscape of South Asia, offering a potent combination of energy security, regional development, and strategic deterrence.

Pakistan’s Airspace Closure Forces Indian Airlines to Extend Routes, Face Higher Costs

With Pakistan shutting its airspace to Indian carriers on Thursday, airlines now have to deal with longer flight durations and increased fuel consumption for westbound international flights departing from northern India. These factors are expected to eventually lead to higher airfares for passengers.

A review by The Indian Express of recent international flight paths from Delhi airport indicates that Pakistan’s retaliatory measure will impact Indian airlines’ routes to Central Asia, the Caucasus, West Asia, Europe, the United Kingdom, and North America.

Industry experts note that although it is still early to fully gauge the consequences, operational costs for Indian airlines will certainly rise and this burden is likely to be passed on to passengers through increased ticket prices. Furthermore, since airlines from other countries are still permitted to fly over Pakistan, they could gain a cost advantage on these affected routes compared to Indian carriers.

The last major closure of Pakistan’s airspace happened in 2019, after the Balakot airstrikes, and lasted several months. During that period, Indian airlines collectively lost around ₹700 crore due to higher fuel expenses and complications resulting from extended flight routes.

At that time, Air India was the Indian airline that suffered the most. The national carrier operated the most westbound international flights and was, and remains, the only Indian airline to operate long-haul and ultra-long-haul flights to Europe and North America.

Following the latest development, Air India issued a statement on X saying, “Due to the announced restriction of Pakistan airspace for all Indian airlines, it is expected that some Air India flights to or from North America, UK, Europe, and Middle East will take an alternative extended route. Air India regrets the inconvenience caused to our passengers due to this unforeseen airspace closure that is outside our control. We would like to reiterate that at Air India, the safety of our customers and crew remains top priority.”

India’s largest airline, IndiGo, also released a travel advisory for its passengers. Over the past two years, IndiGo has rapidly expanded its presence in the international market, especially in Central Asia and the Caucasus region, where several new destinations have gained popularity among Indian tourists.

IndiGo informed passengers, “Due to the sudden announcement of air space closure by Pakistan, a few of our international flights are being impacted. We understand the inconvenience this may cause and our teams are doing their best to help you reach your destination at the earliest. We encourage you to check the latest flight status. If your flight is impacted, please explore flexible rebooking options, or claim a refund through our website.”

On Thursday evening, IndiGo had to extend the duration of its Delhi to Baku and Tbilisi flights by about an hour and a half. It also cancelled its flight from Delhi to Almaty due to the airspace restriction.

So far, Indian carriers have refrained from publicly commenting on the likely financial impact of Pakistan’s decision. Sources within the industry indicate that airlines are still assessing the immediate effects and are primarily focused on rerouting flights that are impacted. Flights departing from northern Indian cities such as Delhi, Lucknow, and Amritsar will now probably have to fly southward towards Gujarat or Maharashtra before turning west towards their international destinations in Europe, North America, or West Asia.

A more detailed understanding of the operational and financial impacts is expected to become clear over the coming days as airlines continue to adjust.

Currently, all major Indian airlines operate numerous international flights headed westward, many of which customarily use Pakistan’s airspace.

Air India operates services to destinations across West Asia, Europe, the United Kingdom, and North America. IndiGo, on the other hand, flies to West Asia, Turkey, the Caucasus region, and Central Asia. Air India Express, Akasa Air, and SpiceJet primarily serve West Asia with their westbound international flights.

The current situation draws parallels with the events following the Indian Air Force’s airstrikes in Balakot in 2019. In response to those strikes, Pakistan fully closed its airspace on February 26, 2019, and only reopened it to overflights in July 2019. According to data provided by the Ministry of Civil Aviation, by June 2019, Indian airlines had collectively lost more than ₹550 crore because of the airspace shutdown. Industry insiders estimated that losses eventually reached around ₹700 crore by mid-July when the restrictions were finally lifted.

During the 2019 airspace closure, flight durations for many routes increased significantly. Most westbound flights had to fly additional distances, leading to longer journeys by at least 70 to 80 minutes. Air India’s flights from Delhi to Chicago were particularly impacted, often requiring a stopover in Europe for refueling because of the extended routes.

IndiGo’s operations also faced challenges during that period. Its Delhi to Istanbul flight, which at that time used a narrow-body aircraft, was forced to make an additional refueling stop in Doha to complete the journey, due to the longer distance caused by the diversion around Pakistan’s airspace.

In summary, with Pakistan’s recent airspace closure, Indian airlines now face increased operational challenges similar to those experienced in 2019. As airlines are pushed to find longer, more circuitous routes to their westbound international destinations, operational costs are bound to rise, potentially leading to higher airfares. The full scale of the financial impact will become clearer in the coming days, but early signs already point to a period of disruption and adjustment for India’s aviation sector. As Air India emphasized, “the safety of our customers and crew remains top priority” amid these unforeseen developments.

Employment Growth Outpaces Population Increase, Female Workforce Participation Rises: World Bank Report

According to a recent World Bank report, employment in the country has expanded at a quicker rate than the working-age population since the 2021-22 fiscal year. One of the most notable aspects of this development is the increase in the number of women joining the workforce, signaling a positive shift in employment dynamics.

“Employment growth has outpaced the working-age population since 2021-22. Employment rates, especially among women, are rising, and urban unemployment fell to 6.6 per cent in Q1 FY24/25, the lowest since 2017-18,” the World Bank report stated. This surge in employment rates, particularly among women, represents a crucial advancement for the economy, showing both increased job opportunities and better workforce participation among previously underrepresented groups.

The report further pointed out a significant drop in urban unemployment levels. During the first quarter of the 2024-25 fiscal year, the urban unemployment rate fell to 6.6 percent, marking the lowest figure recorded since 2017-18. This decrease in urban unemployment suggests an overall strengthening of the urban job market, with more individuals securing employment compared to previous years.

Another major trend highlighted in the report is the shifting patterns of worker migration. For the first time since the 2018-19 financial year, a noticeable number of men are migrating from rural areas to urban centers in search of better employment opportunities. This shift indicates a growing demand for urban jobs and perhaps better economic prospects in cities compared to rural regions.

Simultaneously, the report observed an increase in rural women taking up employment, particularly within the agriculture sector. More rural women are now entering the workforce through agricultural jobs, pointing to an important change in traditional employment patterns across India. This development could have broad implications for rural economies and gender roles in agricultural work.

Despite these positive trends, the report also flagged some ongoing concerns. Youth unemployment remains a significant challenge, standing at 13.3 percent. The situation is even more concerning for those who have completed higher education, as 29 percent of them are still seeking employment opportunities. This highlights a persistent mismatch between educational attainment and job availability or suitability, creating barriers for young, educated individuals trying to enter the workforce.

The World Bank report stated, “Only 23 per cent of non-farm paid jobs are formal, and most agricultural employment remains informal.” This lack of formal employment opportunities indicates that many workers still do not have access to stable jobs with benefits such as health insurance, pension plans, and job security. Informal employment continues to dominate both the agricultural sector and the non-farm labor market, presenting a major challenge for labor market reforms and the overall economy.

Additionally, the report noted a significant rise in self-employment, particularly among rural workers and women. A growing number of individuals are choosing to become self-employed rather than working in traditional wage-paying jobs. This shift towards self-employment could be seen as a sign of entrepreneurial spirit but might also reflect a scarcity of formal job opportunities, forcing many to create their own means of livelihood.

While the improvement in female workforce participation is encouraging, the report pointed out that substantial gender disparities persist. The female employment rate has now reached 31 percent, a noteworthy milestone. However, there remains a wide gap between men and women in paid employment. As the report emphasized, “Despite a female employment rate of 31 per cent, gender disparities remain, with 234 million more men in paid work.”

This significant gap underscores the challenges still facing women in the labor market, including access to quality jobs, fair wages, and career advancement opportunities. Bridging this divide will require focused policy interventions and societal changes to ensure that women can participate equally in the economy.

Turning its focus to poverty, the World Bank report examined the distribution of extreme poverty across India’s most populous states. In the year 2011-12, five states–Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Bihar, West Bengal, and Madhya Pradesh–accounted for 65 percent of India’s extremely poor population. These states have historically struggled with higher poverty rates due to a combination of factors such as lower industrialization, poor infrastructure, and limited access to quality education and healthcare.

Over time, these states have made notable contributions toward reducing poverty levels. However, the report revealed that as of 2022-23, these same five states still housed a significant portion of the country’s poor population. Specifically, they accounted for 54 percent of India’s extreme poor and 51 percent of the multidimensional poor. Multidimensional poverty considers various factors beyond income, including education, health, and living standards, giving a more comprehensive view of poverty.

These findings indicate that while progress has been made in reducing poverty, major challenges remain, particularly in the most populous regions. The concentration of poverty in a few states suggests the need for targeted poverty alleviation programs and greater investments in human capital development in these areas.

The World Bank report paints a complex picture of India’s labor and poverty landscape. On the one hand, there are clear signs of progress: employment is growing faster than the working-age population, more women are participating in the workforce, urban unemployment has reached a historic low, and migration trends suggest new economic opportunities are emerging. On the other hand, significant obstacles persist, including youth unemployment, high rates of informal employment, stark gender disparities, and the continued concentration of poverty in certain states.

Addressing these challenges will require comprehensive policy efforts focused on creating more formal employment opportunities, especially for young people and women. Initiatives aimed at skill development, education reform, support for entrepreneurship, and gender equality in the workplace could help bridge the existing gaps.

Moreover, efforts to reduce poverty must go beyond short-term welfare schemes and aim for long-term solutions such as improving access to quality education, healthcare, and sustainable livelihood opportunities. Special attention must be given to the most affected states to ensure that progress is both inclusive and widespread.

The findings of the World Bank report highlight that while India has made considerable strides in improving its employment landscape and reducing poverty, there is still much work to be done to ensure equitable growth and opportunity for all citizens. The progress achieved so far lays a strong foundation, but sustained effort and targeted policy interventions are critical to overcoming the remaining barriers and achieving inclusive economic growth.

Building Stronger Adult Relationships Through Small Acts of Altruism

As adults, developing and sustaining meaningful relationships often feels like an uphill task. With work demands, family commitments, and the daily grind, carving out the time and emotional capacity to invest in relationships can seem nearly impossible.

Social networks naturally tend to shrink over time, and it becomes easy to slip into a cycle of simply maintaining surface-level interactions without forming the deeper bonds we crave. Even when opportunities arise to meet new people, forging those first meaningful connections often feels more intimidating than ever before.

Yet, classical research continues to emphasize how essential social support is to our overall well-being. There are two major models that explain this: the “main effect” model, where simply having a robust social network directly improves mental and physical health, and the “buffering model,” which shows that strong social ties can shield us from the damaging impacts of stress.

Even though the importance of relationships is well-established, the practical realities of forming and sustaining these connections remain daunting. As we become increasingly busy, finding common ground with new people, overcoming social hurdles, and maintaining initial bonds becomes more difficult.

However, the encouraging news is that grand, sweeping gestures are not necessary for building meaningful bonds. Often, the smallest acts of kindness and cooperation are the ones that lay the foundation for deep, enduring relationships. These selfless gestures promote mutual support and help create lasting emotional connections.

Here are two research-supported strategies that can ignite new relationships or strengthen existing ones through simple acts of altruism.

Bonding Through Shared Goals and Coordinated Efforts

When people collaborate toward a common objective, a unique bond often forms. Whether it’s helping a friend move, participating in a team sport, or working together on a project, coordinated tasks naturally create a sense of unity. As individuals synchronize their actions and intentions, they often come to understand each other without the need for excessive communication.

This sense of connection goes far beyond simply completing a task. Shared activities often generate deeper feelings of goodwill, increasing the desire to help and support each other outside of the task itself. As bonds strengthen through cooperation, participants often feel more inclined to engage in additional acts of kindness toward one another.

A 2017 study published in Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience explored this phenomenon through brain imaging, examining how synchronized brain activity during shared tasks can enhance social bonds. The researchers discovered that when two people collaborated on a task, their brain activity became strikingly aligned. Specifically, brain regions linked to understanding others lit up, indicating mental synchronization.

This brain alignment correlated with a rise in prosocial behavior. “The more in tune the participants were with each other during the task, the more likely they were to show kindness and cooperation afterward,” the study found.

The study’s findings demonstrate how working together—even on simple tasks—can foster profound emotional connections. Incorporating these shared moments into daily life can help deepen both new and existing relationships.

To nurture current bonds, try engaging in collaborative creative projects like painting a mural, designing a scrapbook, or cooking a meal together. Shared wellness routines such as group walks or yoga sessions can also create moments of connection.

In professional or social environments, seek out low-pressure opportunities to work alongside others. Participating in a volunteer event, tackling a collaborative work project with curiosity rather than competition, or brainstorming with new colleagues are all ways to lay the groundwork for stronger relationships.

When trying to make new friends, consider joining group activities where collaboration is built into the experience, such as fitness classes, art workshops, or volunteer initiatives.

By simply showing up and engaging in these everyday collaborations, you’re creating space for deeper understanding and support to naturally unfold . Whether reconnecting with old friends or forging new relationships, the small, shared efforts often pave the way for lasting bonds.

Building Bonds Through Meaningful Favors

Asking for help might not be the first method that comes to mind when thinking about strengthening relationships. It can feel awkward, vulnerable, or even intrusive. Yet, research shows that requesting a favor can actually enhance the bond between individuals.

This idea draws on the psychological concept of “amae,” a Japanese term that refers to the desire to rely on others for emotional support or affection. Amae suggests that allowing oneself to depend on others can deepen interpersonal bonds by fostering a sense of mutual care and trust.

An experiment conducted with both Japanese and American participants asked individuals to assist a confederate—someone secretly working with the researchers—and then evaluated their feelings toward that person afterward. The study found that participants who were asked for help developed greater feelings of liking, closeness, and sociability toward the confederate.

The study’s key takeaway was that vulnerability in asking for help is not a weakness, but a bridge to stronger connection. “The act of needing someone and showing vulnerability can encourage people to feel more positively about the requester,” the researchers noted.

When one person seeks support and another provides it, both individuals benefit: the requester feels cared for, and the helper experiences a sense of importance and appreciation. This reciprocal dynamic fosters emotional closeness and trust over time.

To integrate this principle into everyday life, try asking friends to review something you’ve created, like a social media post, resume, or important message. This not only signals trust but also makes others feel valued for their input.

Another simple method is to request help with small decisions, such as choosing between two outfits or selecting a gift. Many people enjoy giving advice and feeling helpful.

Additionally, acknowledging emotional support when offered can strengthen bonds. If you are having a rough day, expressing gratitude for a friend’s check-in reinforces the sense of connection.

Another thoughtful approach is to ask someone to teach you a skill they excel at. Whether it’s a small hobby or a professional skill, asking to learn from someone makes them feel seen and appreciated.

The goal of asking for help is not to exploit others but to create opportunities for meaningful interaction. As you practice this, you’ll find that asking genuinely and respectfully can lead to a deeper sense of connection that benefits both of you.

Finally, it’s important to remember that strong relationships thrive on mutuality. Offering help to others is just as vital as asking for it. This ongoing give-and-take builds the trust and emotional intimacy that are the cornerstones of enduring relationships.

When we approach others with sincerity, value both giving and receiving, and recognize the power of vulnerability, we can create bonds that move beyond surface-level interactions to something truly meaningful.

Trump Administration Restores Legal Status for International Students After Sudden Terminations

The Trump administration has decided to reinstate the legal status of international students whose records were abruptly terminated in recent weeks, according to a government attorney during a hearing held on Friday.

Elizabeth D. Kurlan, representing the Justice Department, stated during a hearing at the Northern District of California in Oakland that the records for international students would be temporarily reactivated. She explained that Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is currently working on developing a new policy that will “provide a framework for status record termination.”

This decision follows weeks of controversy after the Trump administration began revoking not only the visas of thousands of international students but also their records and legal standing in the United States. These actions appeared to specifically target individuals involved in political activism or those who had past infractions, such as DUI charges.

During the hearing, Kurlan clarified, “ICE still maintains the authority to terminate a SEVIS record for other reasons, such as if a student fails to maintain his or her nonimmigrant status after the record is reactivated, or engages in other unlawful activity that would render him or her removable from the United States under the Immigration and Nationality Act.” Here, she referred to SEVIS, the Student and Exchange Visitor Program.

Additionally, Kurlan indicated that moving forward, ICE would no longer terminate a student’s legal status based solely on information found in the National Crime Information Center. This index, which contains criminal history details, had been a major factor in the recent terminations of SEVIS records.

Across the United States, many international students whose legal statuses had been terminated suddenly found that their records were reinstated starting Thursday afternoon. According to immigration attorneys and various universities, the reinstatements occurred with little to no formal explanation from authorities.

Jath Shao, an immigration attorney based in Cleveland, described the abrupt changes by saying, “It’s like somebody flipped a light switch on.” He mentioned that one of his clients was among those who experienced the sudden reversal.

Although many students saw their records restored, the changes have not impacted every affected student. For example, at the University of California, Berkeley, Janet Gilmore, a university spokesperson, reported that twelve out of twenty-three international students whose SEVIS records had been terminated in previous weeks were reinstated.

Similarly, Carl Langsenkamp, the public information director at the Rochester Institute of Technology, noted that some students there had their records reinstated. In Atlanta, immigration attorney Charles Kuck said that approximately a dozen of his clients also reported a reversal in their status.

David Wilson, an attorney representing about twenty students in Minnesota, observed that roughly half of his clients had their statuses restored. Despite the progress, Wilson emphasized that significant uncertainty remains. He pointed out that while many students had their SEVIS records reactivated, their visas remain revoked, creating a complicated situation.

“That means they’re kind of trapped in the country. So that’ll be the next phase of seeking clarity as to what the government’s actually doing,” Wilson said.

Immigration attorneys also warned that even with the reinstatement of SEVIS records, the previous termination still shows up on students’ histories. This could negatively impact future applications for green cards, employment authorization, or other immigration benefits.

Elora Mukherjee, who serves as director of the Immigrants’ Rights Clinic at Columbia Law School, stated, “The time that they had their SEVIS status terminated could still have harmful effects for those students.” Mukherjee stressed that restoring records alone would not resolve the full scope of damage inflicted by the terminations. She added, “So it’s not enough for the federal government to simply restore service records. The government would need to somehow make the students whole.”

Attorney Jath Shao expressed cautious optimism about the recent developments. While he acknowledged that reactivating SEVIS records was a positive step, he stressed that more comprehensive actions were necessary to fully protect international students.

“By now it’s obvious that the Trump administration spent the four years of Biden plotting their revenge on the immigration system,” Shao said. He referred to what he perceives as the Trump administration’s long-standing effort to create obstacles for immigrants, even before President Biden took office. Shao continued, “But once some brave students and lawyers went to the courts — the administration’s defenders were unable or unwilling to explain the rationale.”

The sudden reinstatement of records, while welcomed by many, has not entirely erased the anxiety and confusion faced by affected students. Without clear communication from ICE and with visa revocations still hanging over many of them, international students remain in a vulnerable legal limbo. Moving forward, both students and their attorneys plan to seek further clarity and advocate for permanent solutions to secure their clients’ futures in the United States.

The Trump administration’s handling of international students’ records, and the subsequent reversal, has sparked widespread criticism from universities, legal advocates, and immigrant rights groups. Many view the situation as part of a broader pattern of unpredictable immigration enforcement actions that have marked the last few years.

In the meantime, attorneys are advising affected students to maintain strict compliance with all immigration regulations while waiting for official guidance from ICE on the next steps. Universities, too, are monitoring the situation closely and providing support to students whose educational and professional futures remain uncertain.

Although the reinstatement of SEVIS records represents a significant shift from the administration’s earlier aggressive stance, experts caution that it may take considerable time before the full implications of the terminations and reinstatements are understood. Until then, the impacted students continue to live with the ongoing challenges brought about by these sudden changes.

Thudarum Showcases a Refreshing Mohanlal Performance in a Gripping Family Drama

Thudarum stands out as one of the most highly awaited Malayalam films of the year, promising audiences a Mohanlal portrayal of a common man, a refreshing shift after many larger-than-life characters he has embodied recently. Although it might sound routine, for those familiar with Mohanlal’s illustrious career, the significance of this film is immense. Rarely do viewers get to witness Mohanlal stepping into the shoes of vulnerable, ordinary characters, as he typically dominates the screen in roles of powerful crime bosses or near-invincible figures.

The collaboration between Mohanlal and director Tharun Murthy, who previously helmed successful films like Operation Java (2021) and Saudi Vellakka (2022), further heightened expectations for a cinematic offering that would be more stylistically rigorous than the superstar’s latest ventures. In this respect, Thudarum not only fulfills its promises but also presents an engaging family drama layered with suspense and emotional depth.

While the film doesn’t chart any entirely new territory, it cleverly reworks familiar family story tropes into a hybrid genre piece. In Thudarum, Mohanlal portrays Benz Shanmugham, a former stuntman who now leads a peaceful life with his family in the rural backdrop of Pathanamthitta. As a filmmaker, Tharun Murthy thrives on capturing the minutiae of everyday life. He meticulously constructs the daily rhythms of his seemingly unremarkable protagonist, with moments of transcendence subtly conveyed through Shanmugham’s small yet intimate family interactions.

Positioning Mohanlal at the heart of an ensemble narrative, Thudarum unfolds across different tonal and narrative terrains. The storyline takes a turn when a police officer complicates Shanmugham’s life by confiscating his beloved Ambassador car, an object far more valuable to him than its monetary worth. This loss sets off a series of bizarre events that disrupt his previously mundane existence, compelling him to embark on a redemptive journey.

Given the intricately woven nature of the screenplay, revealing too much would risk spoiling the film’s most delightful surprises. The narrative relies heavily on the audience’s understanding of Shanmugham’s softer, more human side, which makes the sudden transformation in his character all the more gripping in the film’s second half.

Mohanlal shares the screen with Shobana, reuniting with her after what feels like a considerable hiatus. Their onscreen chemistry captures the essence of a long-term relationship, communicated through “glances, eye rolls and little secrets that come up a lifetime of marriage.”

Cinematographer Shaji Kumar, who is typically associated with grand commercial ventures, brings a refreshing approach to the visual language of Thudarum. His work creates a palpable sense of intimacy and interconnectedness among the characters without resorting to overly sentimental or theatrical techniques. Tharun Murthy’s observational filmmaking style finds a perfect match in Shaji Kumar’s naturalistic, “flatly-lit frames that pick up the little details without being stagey.”

Writers Tharun Murthy and K R Sunil resist the urge to overload the narrative with exposition or intricate plotting in an attempt to seem intellectually superior. Instead, they focus on slowly unveiling the immediate environment surrounding Shanmugham, thereby painting a rich emotional backdrop and revealing the fundamental conflict at the story’s core.

The music by Jakes Bejoy complements the film’s constantly shifting tone, seamlessly blending into the narrative and maintaining suspense throughout. “The score and songs fit in nicely with the everyday textures of this self-contained story world,” allowing the soundtrack to enrich the atmosphere without ever overwhelming the story.

Although supporting actors like Maniyanpilla Raju, Irshad, Farhaan Faasil, and Binu Pappu have limited screen time, their characters play crucial roles in shaping Shanmugham’s journey. The supporting performances “fall smoothly within the umbrella of Tharun’s sporadic vision of a small town tale with their character quirks and personalities,” ensuring that every minor figure contributes meaningfully to the overall narrative fabric.

Visual motifs are used judiciously to isolate Shanmugham, highlighting his growing sense of entrapment and helplessness as the film progresses. This visual storytelling approach provides Mohanlal with a platform to delve into the more intense emotional territories, spaces that his recent roles have rarely allowed him to explore.

Mohanlal’s performance demonstrates an extraordinary synergy with the material, as he skillfully balances restraint and emotional explosiveness. Rather than dominating the narrative through sheer star power, he embodies a man consumed by revelations and “ever-changing moral conflicts.” His portrayal feels deeply lived-in, allowing the audience to experience the character’s internal struggles firsthand.

Director Tharun Moorthy succeeds in delivering a low-key family drama that simultaneously serves as a character study of a man at odds with his own identity and principles. It’s a significant change of pace for Mohanlal, providing audiences the rare pleasure of seeing him fully inhabit the role of an everyday man, complete with all the emotional complexities that entails. The performance is grounded and consistent, breathing life into a character that might have easily been overshadowed by lesser writing or direction.

The writing, while rooted in a fairly conventional setting, is clever enough to sustain both engagement and emotional investment throughout the runtime. By maintaining a sharp focus on character development and interpersonal dynamics, Thudarum transforms what could have been a simple story into a richly textured cinematic experience.

Ultimately, Thudarum stands as “a masterpiece for adults, a serious yet self-aware piece of cinema that has something for everybody.” It is a film that respects its audience’s intelligence, offering an emotionally resonant, thought-provoking drama without the crutch of unnecessary spectacle or melodrama.

Through carefully crafted storytelling, strong performances, and an underlying emotional sincerity, Thudarum not only meets the high expectations surrounding it but also carves a unique place for itself among the best films of the year. For Mohanlal fans and general moviegoers alike, it is a rare treat that reminds everyone why he remains one of Indian cinema’s most beloved and enduring stars.

New US Visa Policy 2025 Offers Greater Opportunities for Families, Students, and Skilled Workers

In 2025, the United States introduced significant updates to its visa policy, creating more avenues for families, students, and skilled workers to enter the country. These changes have also simplified the application process by removing many previous restrictions. The New US Visa Rules are aimed at attracting talented individuals from across the world and strengthening America’s position as a hub for innovation. The adjustments have made it easier for people to live, work, or study in the United States, particularly for those who prefer not to rely on employer sponsorship to obtain a visa.

One of the most notable shifts in the 2025 visa rules is that highly skilled individuals are now permitted to apply independently to move to the United States without needing a job offer beforehand. In the past, obtaining a US work visa usually demanded sponsorship from an employer, which presented a significant obstacle for many international professionals. Now, talented individuals can take control of their futures and launch their careers in America without depending on a company, thanks to the updated EB-2 National Interest Waiver (NIW) and O-1 visa options. For more detailed information on the New US Visa Rules, individuals are encouraged to visit the official website of the US Department of State’s Bureau of Consular Affairs at www.travel.state.gov.

The 2025 US visa policy changes are overseen by the Department of State, Bureau of Consular Affairs. The program is officially titled New US Visa Rules and applies to the United States. The visa types included in this update are the EB-2 NIW and the O-1 Visa. Eligibility is geared towards individuals with advanced degrees or extraordinary skills, with the program falling under the category of Government Aid. The official website for more information is https://travel.state.gov/.

The EB-2 National Interest Waiver allows professionals with advanced degrees or individuals with extraordinary abilities in fields like science, business, or the arts to qualify for a US visa. Under this category, applicants do not need a job offer or employer sponsorship if they can demonstrate that their work benefits the country and that they intend to continue this work within the United States. This visa is particularly well-suited for those whose contributions align with critical national interests, such as improving public health, boosting innovation, or enhancing the economy.

The O-1 visa is designed for individuals who possess extraordinary ability in specific areas, including science, education, arts, or business. It targets professionals who have received national or international acclaim and are recognized as leaders in their respective fields. Qualification for the O-1 visa might include achievements such as winning prestigious awards, appearing in prominent publications, or making significant contributions in their domain. While a formal job offer is not always mandatory, most applicants do require a US sponsor or agent to apply, especially if they plan to work independently with multiple clients.

Applicants hoping to qualify for either the EB-2 NIW or the O-1 visa must prepare and submit comprehensive documentation that verifies their credentials and accomplishments. For the O-1 visa in particular, evidence might include features in major media outlets, publication in academic journals, or membership in exclusive organizations relevant to their expertise. In both visa categories, US immigration officials evaluate not just the applicant’s previous achievements but also their potential future contributions to the United States.

The United States continues to be an attractive destination for talented workers from all over the world, due to its high quality of life, competitive salaries, and vibrant industries. Many sectors such as technology, healthcare, and finance offer abundant opportunities for career development and advancement. Additionally, living in the US provides individuals with access to a dynamic lifestyle, superior infrastructure, and the experience of a rich multicultural society.

Several frequently asked questions have arisen in connection with the New US Visa Rules 2025.

One common question is, “What is the major change in the 2025 US visa policy?” The answer is that skilled individuals can now apply for US visas without needing a job offer or employer sponsorship.

Another frequent question is, “What is the EB-2 National Interest Waiver (NIW) visa?” This visa is specifically for highly skilled professionals whose work benefits the United States, allowing them to apply without the need for a job offer.

People also ask, “Who qualifies for the O-1 visa?” The answer is that individuals with exceptional talent and expertise in fields like science, arts, sports, or business are eligible to apply for an O-1 visa.

These sweeping changes to the US visa system are designed to ensure that America continues to attract some of the brightest and most capable minds from across the world. By providing easier access through independent application routes, the United States hopes to bolster its reputation as a global leader in innovation, business, and culture.

The introduction of these new visa pathways comes at a crucial time when countries around the world are competing to attract top talent. The EB-2 NIW visa, with its focus on serving national interests, emphasizes America’s recognition of the importance of skilled immigrants who can contribute significantly to its growth. Similarly, the O-1 visa, which honors those with extraordinary abilities, highlights the United States’ continued commitment to excellence and achievement across various sectors.

Overall, the New US Visa Rules 2025 symbolize a major step forward in immigration reform by balancing the need for talent with a modernized and more accessible system. Skilled professionals now have more options to achieve their American dream without the burdensome necessity of finding an employer willing to sponsor them at the outset. This adjustment reflects an understanding of the global competition for expertise and the strategic advantage that an open and innovative immigration system can bring to the United States.

Those interested in exploring these new opportunities further are encouraged to review the latest updates and detailed guidance available on the official US Department of State’s Bureau of Consular Affairs website at www.travel.state.gov.

By empowering talented individuals to come to America based on their merit and potential alone, the United States is setting the stage for a more dynamic and prosperous future. Whether it is through advancing public health initiatives, driving scientific discoveries, strengthening the arts, or pushing the boundaries of business innovation, these new visa options aim to ensure that the country continues to benefit from the contributions of the world’s best and brightest.

Meta Races to Build a Future Beyond Smartphones with Smart Glasses and AR Devices

Meta is accelerating its efforts to create a future where smartphones are no longer the central hub of our digital interactions. Under the leadership of CEO Mark Zuckerberg, the company is making significant advancements in developing a new generation of smart glasses and augmented reality (AR) devices that could one day become the primary way people access the digital world.

Smart Glasses Offer New Levels of Versatility and Immersion

Meta’s newest innovations extend far beyond simply enhancing its Ray-Ban Stories line. Through two major initiatives, known as Supernova and Hypernova, the company is designing smart glasses tailored to meet the needs of different users and everyday scenarios.

The Supernova 2 model, scheduled for release this year, is aimed at individuals with active lifestyles, particularly cyclists and outdoor athletes. Drawing inspiration from Oakley’s Sphaera sports glasses, this upgraded version will include integrated speakers, a camera, and smart functionalities powered by artificial intelligence. The goal of these features is to deliver hands-free access to information and tools, minimizing the need to constantly pull out a smartphone.

Meta’s more sophisticated Hypernova glasses represent a significant technological leap forward. These glasses come equipped with a tiny display embedded in the right lens, enabling users to view messages, notifications, and photo previews. Although they do not yet offer full AR functionality, they bring users a step closer to a fully interactive visual experience.

With an expected price point of about $1,000, the Hypernova model is intended for consumers looking for a more advanced and powerful wearable technology option than what is currently available at the entry-level.

Laying the Foundation for a True Augmented Reality Era

While Supernova and Hypernova aim to enrich everyday experiences, Meta is simultaneously working on cutting-edge technology that could redefine how humans engage with digital content. Two highly ambitious projects, Orion and Artemis, form the backbone of this futuristic vision.

The Orion prototype, first revealed last year, marks Meta’s initial significant move into truly immersive augmented reality. Unlike today’s smart glasses that primarily display basic information, Orion will incorporate a wristband capable of detecting muscle signals and a separate processing unit to handle complex computing tasks.

This innovative combination enables sophisticated gesture controls and allows real-time interactions with virtual elements. Priced around $10,000, Orion is intended primarily for developers and early adopters, with an official release anticipated in 2026.

Following Orion, Meta is also in the process of developing a device called Artemis, targeted for a 2027 release. Artemis is expected to be lighter and more streamlined, while still utilizing advanced control systems such as the smart wristband. Designed with the average consumer in mind, Artemis aims to make augmented reality more accessible, practical, and comfortable for daily use.

Expanding Beyond Glasses to Create a Unified Wearable Ecosystem

Meta’s vision reaches beyond just glasses. The company is focused on creating a full ecosystem of intelligent wearable devices that integrate seamlessly, delivering a continuous digital experience across multiple platforms. One of these innovations includes a set of wireless earbuds featuring built-in cameras.

These earbuds will leverage artificial intelligence to assess and interpret the user’s environment in real time, providing a more immersive, context-aware experience that enhances everyday activities. In addition to the earbuds, Meta is also developing a smartwatch, although its progress has been somewhat inconsistent, facing several delays and restarts. Should it reach completion, the smartwatch would serve as a key piece in connecting all of Meta’s wearable devices into one cohesive and interactive system.

Despite Meta’s ambitious roadmap, the company faces a significant challenge: convincing users to move away from smartphones, devices that have become indispensable to modern life. Persuading people to embrace new and unfamiliar technologies will be no easy feat. Factors such as cost, convenience, and deeply ingrained user habits will heavily influence whether this major shift in personal technology truly takes place.

As Meta advances this bold vision, its success will ultimately depend on how willing users are to accept and integrate these new wearable technologies into their daily routines. The company is betting that a future dominated by glasses, earbuds, and wristbands can eventually replace the omnipresent smartphone. However, overcoming the natural resistance to change and proving the value of a new digital ecosystem will be the true measure of whether Meta’s plans succeed or fail.

Meta’s latest efforts go well beyond improving its Ray-Ban Stories,” showing the company’s intent to innovate far beyond minor updates. Regarding the upcoming Supernova 2 model, it was noted that it is “designed for active lifestyles, especially for cyclists and outdoor athletes.” Speaking about Hypernova’s potential impact, the article stated that the glasses will feature “a miniature display built into the right lens, allowing users to view messages, notifications, and photo previews.” This highlights the gradual move toward more immersive, integrated experiences.

On the more futuristic front, Orion is described as “Meta’s first serious step into fully immersive AR,” with its advanced control mechanisms allowing “sophisticated gesture control and real-time interaction with virtual elements.” Meanwhile, Artemis is being developed as “lighter and more integrated,” emphasizing a vision where everyday consumers can comfortably access advanced augmented reality features.

As for Meta’s broader ambitions,  the company is building an entire ecosystem of intelligent wearable devices that work together to create a seamless digital environment.The mention of wireless earbuds with built-in cameras and the ongoing efforts to create a compatible smartwatch illustrate how deeply Meta is committed to a connected future.

Nevertheless, the also rightly observes that while “Meta’s vision is ambitious, the real test will come from users.” User acceptance, the willingness to pay for expensive new devices, and the ability to adapt to a radically different way of interacting with technology will all be crucial in determining whether Meta’s wearable-driven future truly materializes.

Ultimately, Meta is moving at full speed to realize a vision of tomorrow where smart glasses and AR devices are at the center of our digital lives, but whether the world is ready for such a transformation remains the biggest question.

Elon Musk Promises to Refocus on Tesla Amid Concerns Over His Government Role

Tesla CEO Elon Musk announced on Tuesday that he intends to shift his attention back to the electric vehicle company, although he said he would continue working in government as long as President Trump needs him. Musk, serving as a special government employee (SGE), is limited to working 130 days a year in that capacity. With about 36 weeks remaining this year, Musk’s schedule could place his total days in government service between 126 and 162.

Tesla investors have long urged Musk to prioritize the automaker and bring to life his ambitious plans, including autonomous taxi fleets, humanoid robots, and fully unsupervised self-driving technology. During an earnings call with analysts on Tuesday, Musk agreed to these calls, promising to dedicate more time to Tesla and scale back his involvement with the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

“Probably starting next month, in May, my time allocation at DOGE will drop significantly,” Musk stated. “I’ll have to continue doing it. I think we have the remainder of the President’s term just to make sure that the waste and fraud that we stopped does not come roaring back, which it’ll do if it has the chance.”

Musk further clarified he would spend “a day or two per week on government matters for as long as the President would like me to do so, as long as it is useful.” However, he made it clear that his main focus would soon return to Tesla. “But starting next month, I will be allocating far more of my time to Tesla now that the major work of establishing the Department of Government Efficiency is done,” Musk declared.

Notably, Musk did not directly address the restriction on his government role as an SGE, which legally caps his participation at 130 days over a calendar year. To comply, Musk must carefully manage his time, especially since he has already logged about 90 days as an SGE. With 36 weeks left in the year, spending one or two days weekly could push him into a range of 126 to 162 days, risking a breach of the rules.

The SGE designation permits Musk to maintain leadership roles in private companies without undergoing the public financial disclosures expected from full-time government employees. Besides his leadership at Tesla, Musk is also deeply involved with other companies he founded, including SpaceX, X (formerly Twitter), the Boring Company, Neuralink, and xAI. Generally, individuals assuming government roles resign from their private sector positions, but Musk’s unique designation allows him to avoid that.

The White House has not yet responded to requests for comment regarding Musk’s government role and how it aligns with the rules.

Despite some unanswered questions about Musk’s time spent assisting the Trump administration, Tesla shareholders reacted positively to his renewed commitment to the company. After Musk’s comments—widely covered in the media—Tesla’s stock surged more than 5% during after-hours trading.

This surge came even though Tesla posted another lackluster quarter financially, disappointing investors once again. The company reported drops in operating income, net income, and operating margins. Revenue fell 9% year-over-year to $19 billion, although energy revenues saw a 67% increase, reaching $2.73 billion. Tesla’s cash reserves also grew, rising 38% year-over-year to about $37 billion.

Tesla’s shareholder base, particularly its large community of retail investors, voiced growing concern over Musk’s divided focus. Before the quarterly earnings call, Tesla’s investor relations team collected questions from shareholders. Of the 161 questions focused specifically on Musk, the top three came from some of the largest retail investors, all expressing anxiety over his involvement in government work.

One investor holding about 88,000 Tesla shares wrote, “Boycotts, protests, vandalism, negative headlines, and a stock slide have been sparked by Elon Musk’s participation in changes to U.S. gov’t services & employment. Is the Tesla board discussing whether their CEO should focus fully on Tesla and leave gov’t to elected politicians?”

Another concerned investor, who owns 365,000 shares, asked, “How is the company planning to deal with the impact of Elon’s partnership with the current administration?”

The third most popular question, which also had the third-highest number of upvotes from other shareholders, pressed the company further: “With Elon’s involvement with the federal government the Tesla brand has been under attack, more so than usual. What steps are the company taking to alleviate these attacks and educate the public about the benefits of Tesla?”

The questions highlight a deep worry among Tesla’s investors that Musk’s government activities could further damage Tesla’s public image and stock performance. While Musk’s work on government reform has been praised by some, critics argue that it has made Tesla a bigger political target than ever before, adding pressure to an already volatile stock.

Although Musk’s commitment to spend more time at Tesla was welcomed news, it remains uncertain how he will balance his ambitious automotive goals with his continued government role. Some investors fear that even a limited commitment to political work could continue to weigh on Tesla’s reputation and financial results.

Nonetheless, many view Musk’s promise to pivot his focus back to Tesla as a necessary step toward achieving the company’s ambitious targets in technology innovation and expansion. His efforts are particularly vital now as Tesla faces intensified competition from traditional automakers entering the electric vehicle space and as regulatory scrutiny over self-driving technology grows.

For now, Tesla shareholders will be watching closely to see if Musk follows through on his promises. His ability to deliver on Tesla’s future technology—and not be sidetracked by his government service—could determine whether the company regains its former market strength or faces further instability ahead.

Mukesh Ambani’s Mango Empire: How the Business Tycoon Became the World’s Top Mango Exporter

Mangoes, often called the “king of fruits,” are cherished across the world, not only for their delicious flavor but also for their significant role in international trade. Leading this massive global mango industry is an unexpected name—Mukesh Ambani. Famous for managing India’s largest corporation, Ambani also owns a sprawling mango orchard in Jamnagar, Gujarat. Spanning 600 acres, this orchard has helped Reliance Industries rise to become the world’s largest exporter of mangoes.

The beginnings of this unique venture date back to 1997. During that period, Reliance faced strict environmental regulations because of its oil refinery operations in Jamnagar. Instead of taking the traditional approach to meet compliance, the company decided on a more innovative and sustainable solution—transforming dry, barren land into a vibrant mango plantation. What originally started as an initiative to satisfy environmental requirements soon evolved into a flourishing agricultural success story.

Today, the orchard, named Dhirubhai Ambani Lakhibagh Amrai, boasts over 1.5 lakh (150,000) mango trees across its vast expanse. It cultivates more than 200 varieties of mangoes, covering both beloved Indian types and internationally popular ones. Indian favorites such as Alphonso, Kesar, and Ratna thrive alongside imported varieties like Tommy Atkins and Kent, which were introduced from Florida and Israel. This rich diversity makes the orchard not just impressive in size but also notable for its wide-ranging produce.

Beyond its sheer scale and variety, the farm is remarkable for its use of cutting-edge, eco-friendly technology. Drip irrigation, desalinated water, rainwater harvesting, and meticulously planned fertilization methods are employed throughout the orchard. These sustainable techniques enable the farm to yield close to 600 tons of mangoes every year, a substantial portion of which is exported globally. Through these efforts, Reliance has become Asia’s leading mango exporter, serving both Indian and overseas markets with its produce.

Reliance’s mango journey, however, goes far deeper than just growing and selling fruit. It plays a vital role in empowering local farmers and promoting sustainable agricultural practices. Each year, Reliance distributes nearly one lakh mango saplings to farmers living near the orchard. Along with these saplings, the company provides training in modern and efficient farming techniques. This initiative has enabled many farmers to adopt better cultivation methods, boosting their incomes and encouraging eco-friendly farming in the region.

The orchard’s management receives personal attention from Nita Ambani, who takes a keen interest in its operations. Over the years, it has become a favorite among mango enthusiasts worldwide. Non-resident Gujaratis, in particular, eagerly anticipate the arrival of these mangoes every season. For the Ambani family, this venture carries sentimental value. Mukesh Ambani inherited a deep appreciation for mangoes from his father, Dhirubhai Ambani, who had a profound love for the fruit.

The evolution of this project, from a regulatory compliance measure to a symbol of sustainable business, reflects a powerful story.  What began as a response to environmental rules has now become a shining example of how business and sustainability can go hand in hand. Mukesh Ambani’s mango enterprise demonstrates not just profitability but a broader vision of corporate responsibility, community upliftment, and environmental stewardship.

What sets this project apart is how it embodies innovation and community engagement while delivering a world-class product. By combining agricultural tradition with advanced techniques, Reliance has shown that large companies can lead in both commercial success and social contribution. The orchard’s use of sustainable farming technologies serves as a model for eco-conscious agriculture in India and beyond.

The impact of the project is felt not only in export markets but also among the local communities surrounding the orchard. The distribution of saplings and training in better farming practices have provided new opportunities for many small farmers. These farmers have been able to improve their yields and incomes, enhancing their quality of life while contributing to environmental conservation.

Reliance’s efforts highlight how businesses can extend their influence beyond profits to foster meaningful change in society. By investing in community development, the company has built a network of empowered farmers who are both financially stronger and environmentally aware. “Reliance’s mango journey goes far beyond just growing fruit, it’s also about uplifting local farmers and building a sustainable future.”

Furthermore, the orchard’s attention to quality ensures that its mangoes are sought after in international markets. Exporting mangoes worldwide has allowed Reliance to share the rich flavors of Indian mangoes with global consumers, enhancing India’s reputation for premium agricultural products.

The involvement of the Ambani family, especially Nita Ambani’s hands-on supervision, adds a personal touch to the venture. It is not merely a corporate project; it represents a family passion turned into a global success story. This connection is evident in how the orchard has captured the hearts of people, particularly among the Gujarati diaspora, who eagerly await the mangoes each season.

The story of Dhirubhai Ambani Lakhibagh Amrai is a testament to what can be achieved when business ambition aligns with environmental and social responsibility. It shows that with vision and commitment, even a corporate response to regulations can evolve into a project that generates economic, ecological, and emotional value.

Ultimately, Mukesh Ambani’s mango enterprise stands as an inspiring example of how corporations can make a positive difference. By turning barren land into a green oasis and building a thriving global business, Reliance has set a new benchmark for corporate sustainability.  “Mukesh Ambani’s mango venture isn’t just successful—it’s setting a new standard for how large companies can create value while caring for the planet and the people.”

Through this journey, mangoes have become more than just a summer delight; they have become a symbol of innovation, community support, and responsible business practices. With every harvest, Reliance Industries continues to show that the sweetest success comes from giving back to the land and the people who make it all possible.

Fresh Hurdles for H-1B Applicants as USCIS Demands Home Addresses and Biometrics

In a new complication for individuals seeking H-1B visas, federal immigration authorities are now requiring applicants to submit their home addresses and biometric data for H-1B and employment-based immigrant petitions. This move has raised concerns among immigration attorneys, who point out that requesting biometrics for these petitions is highly uncommon. The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has begun issuing Requests for Evidence (RFEs) asking for this additional information.

A Request for Evidence, or RFE, is an official notice issued by USCIS when it determines that more documents are needed to properly evaluate a petition. It should not be interpreted as a denial but rather as a normal step in the process when an application is incomplete or lacks sufficient documentation. According to the USCIS’s own policies, an RFE must clearly detail which eligibility requirements have not been satisfied, explain why the submitted materials are inadequate, and provide guidance on what further evidence could help fulfill the criteria.

These RFEs are a routine part of immigration procedures, particularly when there are missing documents, inconsistencies regarding project information, or a lack of adequate supporting evidence. However, the nature of the current RFEs has sparked unease among legal experts who feel that this particular type of request is out of the ordinary.

A critical question now being asked is whether this new development signals an effort to specifically target H-1B applicants as part of a broader crackdown on immigration.

Vic Goel of the immigration law firm Goel & Anderson shared his concerns with Forbes, highlighting how unusual the situation is. He noted, “The RFEs also fail to explain the nature of the adverse information, leaving employers and attorneys in the dark. It appears that DHS [Department of Homeland Security] may be using AI tools to flag individuals based on undisclosed data, possibly from social media or other government databases.” Goel emphasized that in typical H-1B and employment-based petition cases, biometric data collection has not been a standard requirement, making these RFEs highly atypical.

Further complicating the matter is the language used by USCIS adjudicators in the Requests for Evidence. As reported by Forbes, a USCIS adjudicator stated in one RFE, “We have encountered potentially adverse information related to the beneficiary. To continue processing your application or petition, we required an updated address for the beneficiary so that we may collect biometric data.” This phrasing has added to the confusion and concern among employers, attorneys, and applicants, as it hints at the presence of unspecified negative information without offering any concrete details.

The mention of “adverse information” ties into the wider context of increasing immigration enforcement actions under recent federal policies. It aligns with the broader trend of heightened scrutiny and vetting processes for immigrants, a shift that has been openly endorsed by political leaders.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio recently spoke about the importance of tightening immigration controls to ensure national security. In his remarks, Rubio emphasized the ongoing responsibility of the U.S. government to monitor visa holders even after a visa has been granted. He said, “US visa holders should know in no uncertain terms that the US government’s rigorous security vetting does not end once a visa is granted.” Rubio’s statement underlines the administration’s commitment to maintaining strict oversight over immigrants long after their initial entry into the country.

The practice of issuing RFEs for home addresses and biometrics without clearly identifying the adverse information has drawn strong reactions from the legal community. Many attorneys are questioning whether these measures are appropriate or legally justified given the traditional norms associated with employment-based petitions. Some believe that the government’s use of artificial intelligence tools and cross-referencing data from social media or other databases could raise concerns about privacy, transparency, and due process.

Legal experts are also concerned that this could be a precursor to a broader pattern of surveillance and enforcement that disproportionately impacts certain groups of immigrants. Without clear explanations from the government, employers are left uncertain about how to comply, and applicants are left wondering about the status and security of their cases.

Given the growing complexity and unpredictability surrounding immigration processes, many immigration attorneys are advising their clients to prepare meticulously and to respond promptly to any USCIS requests. They recommend ensuring that all personal information is accurate, all documents are up to date, and legal counsel is sought immediately upon receiving an RFE that involves biometric data collection.

Meanwhile, USCIS has not issued a formal explanation about the policy change or addressed concerns regarding the use of undisclosed data sources to evaluate immigrant petitions. Without such clarification, speculation continues about whether these RFEs are isolated incidents or part of a deliberate policy shift aimed at tightening control over employment-based immigration.

Overall, the combination of heightened scrutiny, vague allegations of “adverse information,” and new demands for biometrics is creating a chilling effect on potential immigrants and employers alike. Many fear that these changes could discourage talented professionals from seeking opportunities in the United States at a time when the country faces significant challenges in attracting global talent.

In sum, while Requests for Evidence are a normal part of the immigration process, the current wave of RFEs requesting home addresses and biometrics for H-1B applicants represents an unusual and potentially troubling development. As Vic Goel noted, “The RFEs also fail to explain the nature of the adverse information, leaving employers and attorneys in the dark.” Until USCIS offers greater transparency, uncertainty will continue to overshadow the immigration landscape, making it more challenging for individuals and businesses to navigate the system.

Melinda French Gates Embraces Change and Resilience in New Book “The Next Day”

When Melinda French Gates recounts a story, it feels like a trusted friend revealing a heartfelt secret. Her latest book, “The Next Day: Transitions, Changes and Moving Forward” (Flatiron, 176 pages, now available), does not come across as a traditional memoir or advice manual. Instead, it reads like a stroll with a wise companion who shares valuable life lessons without pretending to have all the answers or tying everything up neatly.

“I wrote this in the middle,” French Gates shared with USA TODAY during a call from her office near Seattle. “I’ve gone through some difficult times, and rather than writing safely from the other side, I wanted to write about when you are in those transitions.”

The book highlights moments from what she calls the most challenging decision of her life—the end of her 27-year marriage to Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates. It also delves into her experiences leaving home for college, grappling with motherhood and guilt, departing from the Gates Foundation last year, and finding inspiration from Alexis Carrington of “Dynasty” during her childhood.

While candid, the book avoids feeling like a confessional or a sensational tell-all. French Gates shares personal insights thoughtfully, always with the intent to assist others. It emerges as an ideal book for discussion groups and book clubs.

Known as a philanthropist, business leader, and champion for women and girls, French Gates committed $1 billion in 2019 toward enhancing women’s influence and leadership over a decade. In May of last year, she pledged another $1 billion through 2026 to further global progress for women. With three adult children and two grandchildren, French Gates finds herself at another exciting crossroads at age 60.

“Even on your darkest and hardest days, even when it’s scary or it feels horrible, there will be a better time. There will be a time when I will look back at this, and there must be something in here that will be beautiful,” she says. “Maybe I’m learning something. I try to say to myself now in the uncomfortable transitions, ‘It’s good to be uncomfortable.’ I have been through this before. I’ve been through change, not this kind of change. But I was better last time when I came out the other side.”

Throughout life, some women adopt the attitude, “I had to go through it, so you should too,” while others, like French Gates, believe, “I had to go through it, so I’ll work to make sure you don’t.” Her new book makes it clear that she belongs to the latter group, aiming to offer guidance to others navigating change.

One of the things she finds most rewarding is learning about the impact her work has beyond its initial release. Her 2019 book, “The Moment of Lift: How Empowering Women Changes the World,” inspired a wave of stories about inspiring women.

She genuinely brightened when told that her previous book had inspired a nonprofit in Guatemala to incorporate family planning and contraception education for girls completing high school. “I love this,” she says. “You never know how you inspire something when you put a book in the world.”

Initially, “The Next Day” was intended to be part of her 2024 Stanford University commencement address. “Life comes along, it happens to you and things change,” she explains. “There is a lot of beauty and lessons we can learn when the change comes and when transitions happen. I thought, ‘I’ve been through a fair number of transitions now. I’ll take the speech and be much more specific.'”

Though it may seem geared toward women in midlife transitions, the book resonates equally with new graduates and anyone contemplating a career change. French Gates is eager to hear how readers connect with it, saying, “I hope you’ll let me know in a year what comes from this.”

French Gates also reminisces about her childhood in Dallas, where characters like Alexis Carrington influenced her view of women’s roles in business and life. Watching “Dynasty” and “Dallas” back-to-back, she found inspiration in Carrington’s boldness.

“Alexis Carrington was a flawed character. She had sharp elbows. She was ruthless. But I liked that she was a business woman in a man’s world. There weren’t that many female characters who were business women on TV,” she says. “She was also a mom, but what I liked about her was the other women would get dressed up for dinner, and their clothes were beautiful, but she was out in the real world every day. She was competing. I thought it was the coolest thing ever. And I thought, ‘I want to be a working woman like her.'”

Today, her greatest inspirations come from her close circle of longtime friends. “Every Monday morning, whoever is in town, we walk. They have been like truth counsel over time. If I was afraid to take something to them Monday morning, I had to ask myself what is it about my values or what I did that made me uncomfortable with doing that,” she shares.

She includes deeply personal anecdotes, such as the loss of her friend John Neilson, whose wife, Emmy, remains one of her closest friends. Proceeds from the book will fund computer science education in honor of her parents and cancer research in Neilson’s memory.

“I think I helped carry her to the other side of her grief. … (Emmy) is one of the people who helped me cross the chasm of my grief when I made the very difficult decision that I needed to leave my marriage,” French Gates reflects. “There is a vulnerability in deep, deep friends of being known. The fact that you can be known by them and still be loved and still be OK even in some of your worst moments.”

Although Bill Gates has publicly spoken about their divorce, describing it as his “biggest regret,” French Gates approaches the topic more introspectively. She recognized the need to address it in her book because of its public nature and its profound impact on her personal growth.

“I put it from my perspective of what was helpful to me, in hopes to be helpful to others going through it,” she says. She focuses more on the decision to separate than on the divorce proceedings themselves.

“There was a whisper that kept coming. I knew things weren’t right… When more things and more came up or came to light later, in my case, I would have liked to have turned away from them. It would have been easier, it would have been convenient,” she explains. “But there was just this whisper there. This is not OK. I knew at some point in the deep place that I would be betraying myself if I didn’t at least pay attention to that whisper. What the whisper was saying to me was you need separation to make sense.”

She recounts the anxiety of informing her parents, married for 63 years, and the panic she felt considering her ex-husband’s reputation as “one of the toughest negotiators in the world.” She also shares a tender memory of lying in bed with her youngest daughter Phoebe when news of the divorce broke, laughing at memes while feeling far from celebratory.

She recounts sharing her story with journalist Gayle King to encourage others to listen to their inner voice.

Today, French Gates feels invigorated by the work ahead. “I never thought that when I got to 60 that I’d be so vibrant and wanting to work so much and wanting to take on new things,” she says. “It’s actually really, really exciting.”

Above all, she emphasizes the importance of embracing periods of uncertainty without rushing through them. “Make yourself pause and see the clearing. What is it I really want to do next?” she advises. “We have to be purposeful enough to let the pause come and not be afraid of it to rush to the other side.”

Stocks Rebound as Tech Giants Lead Rally Amid Tariff Talk Optimism

After opening the week with a steep drop, the stock market staged a strong recovery on Tuesday. The S&P 500 surged by 2.5%, led by solid gains in major technology companies including Apple, Amazon, and Meta. This turnaround helped recoup most of the earlier losses and renewed investor confidence following a turbulent start to the week.

One of the key factors driving Tuesday’s rally was a behind-closed-doors investor summit hosted by J.P. Morgan in Washington, D.C., where Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed attendees. According to a Bloomberg report that broke midday, Bessent indicated optimism about the U.S.-China tariff conflict. He reportedly suggested that he anticipated a de-escalation in the situation, describing the ongoing standoff as “unsustainable.” His remarks struck a hopeful chord with investors who have been rattled by market volatility in recent weeks.

Following the Bloomberg release, investors reacted quickly. Stock prices, which had been gradually rising throughout the morning, spiked after the news, driven by hope that tensions with China might ease and bring stability to global trade.

Meanwhile, the U.S. dollar, which usually sees increased demand during times of uncertainty as investors flee to safer assets, has not performed as expected. Amid President Trump’s ongoing tariff battles, the dollar has actually weakened against other currencies. The shifting and unpredictable nature of U.S. trade policy has caused concern in the markets. While the dollar managed to find some footing on Tuesday thanks to the broader stock market rebound, sentiment remains fragile. According to Bank of America’s most recent Global Fund Manager Survey, 61% of respondents believe the dollar is likely to decline in value over the coming year.

At the same time, alternative assets continued to see strong momentum. Bitcoin, often touted as a hedge against traditional, government-backed financial systems, crossed $90,000 on Tuesday for the first time in more than a month. This marked a significant milestone for the cryptocurrency, and some analysts believe it may be breaking away from traditional equity market patterns. Gold also saw a spike, reflecting continued investor concern about market instability. The precious metal, historically considered a safe haven in times of economic turbulence, briefly climbed above $3,500 an ounce on Tuesday for the first time.

Despite Tuesday’s market rebound, several troubling signals remain. One ongoing concern is President Trump’s continuing threats to remove Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell. This has cast a shadow over investor confidence, as any abrupt change in Fed leadership could have far-reaching consequences for monetary policy.

In addition, Bank of America Securities issued a report on Monday revising its global economic growth forecast downward. The firm trimmed its projection by 0.3%, pointing directly to the Trump administration’s erratic tariff policy as a contributing factor. “We expect a significant slowdown but not a recession,” the report stated, estimating the chances of a recession at 35%.

The Trump administration, however, is still promoting a narrative of nearing success in international trade negotiations. Officials have highlighted ongoing discussions with countries like Japan and India as evidence that deals are in the pipeline. Yet, new reporting by Politico casts doubt on the scale of these potential agreements. Rather than comprehensive trade deals, Politico revealed that the resulting documents might be limited to “memorandums of understanding,” with full negotiations stretching out for months to come.

As companies continue to report first-quarter earnings, further volatility in the markets is expected. Tesla, the electric vehicle company headed by Elon Musk, released its quarterly financial results on Tuesday evening. This came after a rough month for the company’s stock, which has fallen by nearly 15%. The results revealed a steep drop in net income, which fell by 71% in the first quarter. Analysts cited increasing competition from foreign automakers and ongoing questions about Musk’s leadership role as contributing factors to the poor financial performance.

Investors remain on edge, grappling with the implications of Trump’s unpredictable economic maneuvers, a potentially weakening dollar, and signs of slowing global growth. Although Tuesday’s market surge provided a welcome break from a stretch of losses, the broader outlook remains clouded by uncertainty and caution.

The response to Treasury Secretary Bessent’s remarks suggests that markets are still highly reactive to any signal of relief from geopolitical and trade-related pressures. His statement, in which he called the trade standoff with China “unsustainable” and said he expected it to ease, was enough to inject optimism and spark a rapid rally. Yet, this optimism rests on fragile ground, as fundamental challenges in global trade and economic policy remain unresolved.

Moreover, while alternative assets such as Bitcoin and gold are gaining traction as hedges, they also highlight a deep unease among investors. The surge in these assets indicates a search for security outside traditional markets, reflecting a growing lack of faith in conventional economic indicators.

The broader implications of Tuesday’s market rebound remain to be seen. It served as a momentary breather from the relentless downward pressure of recent weeks, but most analysts agree that the underlying conditions—geopolitical instability, policy uncertainty, and volatile corporate earnings—are far from resolved.

Adding to the unease is the continued tension surrounding the Federal Reserve. Trump’s persistent criticism of Chair Jerome Powell and suggestions that he may seek his removal have raised alarms in both political and financial circles. Such an action would be unprecedented and could disrupt the Fed’s independence, a cornerstone of its credibility and effectiveness.

Overall, while Tuesday’s events offered a momentary surge in investor sentiment, the market still faces a challenging road ahead. The sharp rise in stock prices, driven by a few encouraging comments and gains in tech stocks, stands in contrast to the broader landscape of economic instability and uncertain policymaking.

With trade talks dragging on and concrete agreements still out of reach, optimism may continue to fluctuate. Meanwhile, companies like Tesla underscore the real-world effects of this uncertainty, with earnings being squeezed by competition and the unpredictability of leadership.

Tuesday’s gains may be a sign that investors are eager for hope—but the fundamentals that sparked the recent selloff are still in play. Until there is more clarity on trade, the economy, and monetary policy, volatility is likely to persist.

Apple Ramps Up Plans to Manufacture Most U.S.-Sold iPhones in India by 2026 Amid Tariff Concerns

Apple is accelerating its strategy to produce the majority of iPhones sold in the United States at facilities in India by the end of 2026. This move comes as the company anticipates the possibility of increased tariffs on imports from China, which remains its primary manufacturing base, according to a source who spoke to Reuters on condition of anonymity due to the confidentiality of the planning process.

To realize this ambitious objective, Apple is engaged in urgent discussions with its major contract manufacturers Foxconn and Tata. These talks are part of a broader effort to shift a significant portion of its supply chain out of China and into India. “The U.S. tech giant is holding urgent talks with contract manufacturers Foxconn and Tata to achieve that goal,” the source told Reuters.

Requests for comments from Apple and Foxconn went unanswered, while Tata declined to provide any statement on the matter.

Apple currently sells over 60 million iPhones in the U.S. each year, with approximately 80 percent of those devices still being manufactured in China. The company’s latest plans suggest a substantial shift in global production lines, with India poised to play a pivotal role in Apple’s long-term strategy.

India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi has actively promoted the country as a global hub for smartphone manufacturing in recent years. However, higher import duties on mobile phone components compared to many other nations continue to make local production a costly affair for manufacturers.

The Reuters source highlighted the financial challenge Apple faces, noting that “for iPhones, manufacturing costs in India are 5-8% higher than in China, with the difference rising to as much as 10% in some cases.” These increased costs are largely due to India’s tariff structure, which imposes heavier duties on imported parts used in smartphone production.

Despite these economic hurdles, Apple has significantly boosted its manufacturing footprint in India in response to tariffs that were introduced under U.S. President Donald Trump’s administration. In March, the company shipped about 600 tons of iPhones worth $2 billion from India to the United States. This shipment represented a new record for both Tata and Foxconn, Apple’s major contractors operating in India. Foxconn alone accounted for smartphone shipments valued at $1.3 billion, according to a previous report by Reuters.

These moves are part of a larger strategy by Apple to insulate itself from the risks associated with geopolitical tensions and trade disputes between the U.S. and China. In April, the United States imposed 26 percent tariffs on imports from India, which were significantly lower than the over 100 percent duties levied on imports from China at the same time. While Washington has paused most import duties for a three-month period, the exception remains in place for Chinese goods.

The trade policies that emerged during Trump’s presidency, including high tariffs on Chinese products, prompted Apple and other global corporations to explore alternative manufacturing locations. While Trump’s administration has since indicated a willingness to de-escalate the trade tensions between the world’s two largest economies, the ongoing uncertainty has made supply chain diversification a critical priority for major technology companies like Apple.

The Financial Times was the first outlet to report Apple’s plans to increase iPhone production in India on Friday.

As part of its broader shift away from dependence on China, Apple has established India as a central pillar of its new manufacturing strategy. Foxconn and Tata, its two primary suppliers in the country, currently operate three production facilities, with two additional factories under construction. These developments suggest a long-term commitment by Apple to strengthen its presence in India and reduce its vulnerability to external trade shocks.

While the challenges of cost and infrastructure remain, India offers several strategic advantages for Apple. These include a growing skilled labor force, a government eager to attract foreign investment in manufacturing, and a large domestic market with increasing demand for smartphones and digital technology.

Apple’s plans also align with India’s broader economic and industrial ambitions. Under Prime Minister Modi’s “Make in India” initiative, the government has been encouraging international tech companies to establish and expand their manufacturing operations within the country. This push is part of an effort to transform India into a global manufacturing hub, create employment opportunities, and reduce the nation’s dependence on imports for electronics and other goods.

Nevertheless, despite the political and economic incentives, the shift to India has not been without its complications. The Reuters source pointed out that while India is being positioned for a critical role in Apple’s global manufacturing, “higher duties on importing mobile phone parts compared to many other countries means it is still expensive for companies to produce in India.” This tariff policy could undermine the cost-effectiveness of local production unless reformed or offset by other incentives.

Still, the momentum behind Apple’s India strategy appears strong. The fact that shipments from India reached $2 billion in a single month underscores the rapid pace of expansion. Moreover, the involvement of key partners like Foxconn and Tata—two of the most prominent manufacturing firms in the world—indicates that Apple is investing not just capital but also deep strategic resources into making its India plan a success.

The ongoing construction of two more factories further cements Apple’s commitment to India as a manufacturing base. With five facilities either operational or in the pipeline, Apple and its partners are laying down the infrastructure needed to eventually produce the majority of U.S.-sold iPhones in India by the targeted 2026 deadline.

Although the company has not publicly confirmed the timeline or offered specifics about its long-term plans, the behind-the-scenes negotiations with Foxconn and Tata, as well as record-setting exports, offer a strong indication of where things are headed.

In summary, Apple’s efforts to move more of its production to India reflect a larger global trend driven by trade disputes, rising labor costs, and the need for diversified supply chains. As Apple looks beyond China, India is emerging as a key partner despite its higher production costs. With five factories planned or in operation, and billions of dollars in shipments already flowing, Apple is well on its way to achieving its goal of manufacturing most iPhones sold in the U.S. within India by 2026.

The Fine Line of Fanboy Films in Malayalam Cinema: A High-Stakes Balancing Act

Malayalam cinema has long been known for its rich and diverse storytelling, but it also carries a dynamic tradition of “fanboy films”—mass entertainers centered around beloved stars like Mohanlal and Mammootty. These movies are engineered to thrill their fanbases, offering bombastic action sequences, striking visuals, punchy dialogues, and characters that tower over the screen. Their core aim is to evoke whistles, applause, and cheers from die-hard followers. However, this genre treads a very thin line between success and failure, as the emphasis on spectacle often overshadows substance.

The fanboy genre often sacrifices deep, intricate storytelling in favor of visual dazzle and larger-than-life depictions of its lead actors. While this formula can electrify theaters when executed well, it doesn’t always hit the mark. Films like ‘L2: Empuraan’ (2025) showcase how to successfully blend style and scope, achieving a polished and ambitious cinematic result. On the flip side, others like ‘Aaraattu’ (2022) serve as cautionary tales—projects that falter due to poorly executed narratives or misaligned viewer expectations.

The high stakes involved in such films lie in their dependence on star power. When a movie leans too heavily on its lead actor’s persona and neglects the broader cinematic experience, it risks alienating the general audience. While devoted fans may be thrilled, a wider demographic might find the film lacking in emotional depth or storytelling coherence. The director and scriptwriter are thus tasked with a difficult balancing act: incorporating fan service while still delivering compelling content that resonates with all viewers.

Adding too many elements to pander exclusively to fans or overloading the film with celebratory moments can actually backfire. When fan service overwhelms the narrative structure, it disrupts the balance necessary for the film to succeed on a larger scale. “Fanboy films,” therefore, represent a cinematic gamble, often falling somewhere between soaring success and major disappointment.

A perfect example of this tightrope walk is the multi-starrer film ‘Twenty-Twenty.’ Though it primarily catered to fans by assembling some of the biggest names in the industry, it managed to strike a balance with its moderately engaging story. While the content may not have been extraordinary, it had enough merit to keep general audiences entertained. The film exemplifies how even a fan-centric project can do well if it pays some attention to story and structure.

On the other hand, some movies aim for both fan delight and narrative quality but still manage to stand apart. Films like ‘Harikrishnans’ achieved this dual goal by providing both the pleasure of seeing two leading men—Mohanlal and Mammootty—together and delivering a story that appealed to wider sensibilities. When done right, such fan-driven films can truly captivate a broad spectrum of viewers.

Among underwhelming efforts in this category, ‘Aaraattu’ remains one of the most frequently cited examples. Starring Mohanlal, the film generated significant buzz before release but ended up disappointing many. Director B. Unnikrishnan has been open about the film’s failure and does not shy away from taking responsibility. Speaking to Vishal Menon, Unnikrishnan said, “I take full responsibility for the movie’s failure.”

In a separate interview, Unnikrishnan elaborated that the film was actually intended as a spoof, a satirical nod to Mohanlal’s past roles and legendary dialogues. Unfortunately, audiences didn’t perceive it in that light, and the intended humor failed to translate. He admitted, “Mistakes are part of the journey—we grow through them. I’m not affected by criticism or social media chatter. However, I do believe that criticism should be expressed with a sense of democracy and basic courtesy. Just because I respond to criticism doesn’t make me some kind of hero.”

This kind of honest reflection is rare, especially in an industry where public image often overshadows introspection. Unnikrishnan’s remarks also highlight another essential aspect of the fanboy genre: how vital it is for the creators to understand the pulse of the audience. Misjudging audience sentiment or tone can have serious consequences, as seen in ‘Aaraattu.’

Despite occasional missteps, there are stellar examples that prove a fanboy film can be both a commercial and critical success. One such example is Prithviraj Sukumaran’s directorial debut, ‘Lucifer.’ Unlike most fan-centric films, ‘Lucifer’ chose not to oversaturate the screen with its leading man, Mohanlal. Instead, it offered a well-crafted story written by Murali Gopy, filled with suspense, layered characters, and sharp dialogue. Mohanlal’s limited screen time became an asset, allowing for a slow build-up of his character’s mythos rather than relying on constant presence.

Prithviraj’s approach in ‘Lucifer’ was widely appreciated because it didn’t treat fan service as a crutch but rather as a tool to elevate the narrative. By blending style with substance, the film created a blueprint for how to approach fanboy cinema in a more mature and sophisticated manner. The movie wasn’t just a visual treat; it was a complete package that resonated across audiences. As Prithviraj himself has stated, “Nobody becomes a star. You can only aspire to be a good actor.”

His remark underscores the idea that true stardom isn’t simply about playing to fanfare, but about embracing quality, craftsmanship, and storytelling. It’s a lesson worth remembering for filmmakers aiming to make fan-oriented cinema. Striking a chord with fans doesn’t require abandoning artistic sensibilities; rather, it calls for integrating them meaningfully into the narrative framework.

Malayalam cinema’s flirtation with fanboy films is likely to continue, especially given the passionate following that stars like Mohanlal and Mammootty enjoy. These movies offer a unique blend of nostalgia, heroism, and excitement that few other genres can match. But as audiences evolve and become more discerning, the demand for thoughtful storytelling alongside star-driven moments is only going to grow.

In the end, the most successful fanboy films are those that not only respect the aura of the star but also honor the intelligence of the audience. When done right, they become memorable celebrations of cinema. When done wrong, they serve as reminders that even the brightest stars can’t carry a film without a solid foundation.

Daily Bed-Making: The Quiet Habit That Builds Strength, Resilience, and Self-Belief

I’ve always been intrigued by the simple rituals that quietly shape our daily lives—those often-overlooked routines that have the power to influence our mood and mindset. For some, it might be writing in a journal as soon as they wake up. For others, it’s enjoying the serenity of their first coffee. And then there’s the act of making the bed—a seemingly mundane habit that can actually carry deep psychological meaning.

Truthfully, I didn’t always pay attention to making my bed. In my twenties, I’d rush out of the house, leaving my bedding in a tangled heap. But over the years, especially through my work as a relationship counselor, I started noticing how the smallest routines can reflect larger emotional and behavioral traits.

I gave bed-making a shot, and to my surprise, I felt an immediate difference—not just in how my room looked, but in how I felt about myself.

At DM News, we love exploring how ordinary habits can have extraordinary impacts. And this particular habit—making your bed every morning—definitely qualifies. Here are seven quiet strengths I’ve found are often present in those who embrace this daily practice.

First, they demonstrate self-discipline. Discipline isn’t about forcing yourself into unpleasant routines. It’s more about creating structure in your life that helps you grow. Making your bed might seem trivial, but it signals to your brain that you’re in control. Stephen Covey once said, “Our character is basically a composite of our habits.” When you commit to even a small action like bed-making, you reinforce the idea that you can direct your day. That mindset tends to carry over into bigger decisions and challenges. It tells you, “I’m someone who follows through.”

Second, they practice mindful awareness. If you’ve ever taken the time to carefully tuck in your sheets, fluff your pillows, and smooth the comforter, you’ve probably noticed how grounding it feels. This isn’t just mindless housekeeping—it can be a small moment of mindfulness. Early in my counseling work, I encouraged anxious clients to adopt a calming daily task they could do slowly and with intention. Bed-making turned out to be a great fit. It gives people a reason to pause before diving into the day. As Susan Cain, author of Quiet, observed, small reflective rituals can be powerful, especially for introverts. But extroverts benefit too. Instead of jumping straight to emails or texts, you begin with presence—and that grounded feeling can carry through the day.

Third, they start the day with accomplishment. It’s easy to believe that big wins—like completing a major project—are the only way to feel successful. But even small victories can offer a psychological boost. Seeing your bed neatly made just five minutes after waking up gives you a sense of order and completion. Admiral William H. McRaven once said, “If you make your bed every morning, you will have accomplished the first task of the day.” That small success can create a ripple effect, preparing your mind to tackle what comes next.

Fourth, they value order and calm. Chaos in your environment often reflects internal stress. Coming home to a messy, unmade bed can amplify feelings of disorder, while walking into a room with a neatly made bed can create instant calm. I’ve recommended this habit to clients dealing with overwhelm, and they almost always tell me it makes a difference. Brené Brown has spoken about how physical or emotional clutter weighs us down. Tidying your space—starting with your bed—can create room for peace in your thoughts as well. It’s not about perfection but about giving yourself a space that feels stable.

Fifth, they’re consistent with the little things. We often associate consistency with major life goals—like fitness routines or career plans. But consistency is also in the small daily actions. I’ve seen that people who make their beds regularly are usually the same ones who meet deadlines, arrive on time, and follow through on promises. Tony Robbins put it best: “It’s not what we do once in a while that shapes our lives. It’s what we do consistently.” By being dependable in tiny details, you build a character of trust and reliability—even when no one’s watching.

Sixth, they develop a quiet confidence. A friend of mine—let’s call her Amanda—once shared how she’d struggled with self-esteem. Unsure of her strengths, she made a decision to start making her bed every morning. It seemed small, but it helped her build confidence. Over time, that daily act reminded her she could stick to commitments, even if they were just to herself. Eventually, she felt ready to ask for a raise and speak up at work. Warren Buffett once said, “The best investment you can make is in yourself.” Following through on simple promises, like arranging your bed, is an investment in self-trust. That trust translates into subtle yet impactful confidence—in posture, tone, and actions.

Seventh, they become more resilient to life’s bigger challenges. This final point may be the most important. Resilience isn’t innate—it’s built. Though bed-making might not seem related to emotional strength, it exercises the mental muscle of persistence. I recall a psychology study that showed a connection between consistent daily routines and better stress resilience. Those who stick with positive habits are often better equipped to manage difficulties. As Michelle Obama once said, “You may not always have a comfortable life. And you will not always be able to solve all of the world’s problems at once. But don’t ever underestimate the importance you can have.” Resilience is about doing what you can, day by day—even in the smallest ways.

In closing, I’ve come to see that making your bed is about far more than aesthetics. It symbolizes self-discipline, mindfulness, calm, confidence, and inner strength. It’s one of those powerful but humble actions that doesn’t shout for attention—but changes your attitude all the same.

If you’ve read my work before on building meaningful daily habits, you might already recognize how essential small routines can be. Bed-making stands out because it’s simple, quick, and repeatable—and it can set the stage for profound changes.

In my counseling practice and in my book Breaking The Attachment: How To Overcome Codependency in Your Relationship, I explore how awareness and change go hand in hand. Bed-making might seem worlds away from healing relational patterns, but there’s a common thread: it’s about choosing habits that empower rather than drain us. Whether it’s setting boundaries in your relationships or sticking to a morning ritual, it’s about lifting yourself up.

Of course, making your bed won’t magically solve all of life’s problems. But it’s a grounding practice—a small, steady anchor in a sometimes chaotic world. Like many forms of quiet strength, it doesn’t need applause. It just needs consistency.

So tomorrow morning, try it. Straighten your sheets, arrange your pillows, and give yourself that moment of calm. That one little act might be all it takes to start your day stronger, more centered, and more resilient.

Papal Election Drama ‘Conclave’ Sees Massive Surge in Popularity Following Pope Francis’ Death

As the Vatican readies itself for the election of a new pope, people worldwide are turning their attention to a cinematic portrayal of the process—by streaming the film Conclave. The movie, directed by Edward Berger and winner of this year’s Oscar for Best Adapted Screenplay, offers an intimate look into the Vatican’s secretive papal election rituals. Following the death of Pope Francis on Monday, the film witnessed a significant spike in viewership, according to entertainment data analytics firm Luminate.

Set against the backdrop of the Vatican, Conclave dives into the intricacies of the pope selection process, a ritual steeped in centuries-old tradition. Berger’s film takes creative liberties while staying largely faithful to the actual procedures, and features a power struggle among cardinals portrayed by renowned actors Ralph Fiennes, Stanley Tucci, and John Lithgow. The movie is distributed by Focus Features, which is owned by NBC News’ parent company, Comcast.

Since its initial release in October, the movie has amassed a devoted fan following online. Social media platforms have been flooded with viral memes and creative fan edits comparing the film to mainstream pop culture icons like The Real Housewives and Mean Girls. As tributes to Pope Francis continued to pour in from around the world, a growing number of both longtime fans and new viewers turned to Conclave to gain insights into what happens behind Vatican walls during such pivotal moments.

From Sunday to Monday, Luminate reported that viewership of Conclave surged by a staggering 283 percent. On Sunday, the film logged an average of 1.8 million minutes viewed. That figure leaped to 6.9 million minutes by Monday. Luminate compiles data from major streaming platforms including Netflix, Peacock, Paramount+, Disney+, and Max.

Despite the film’s dramatic rise in popularity, Focus Features did not respond to a request for comment on the recent streaming numbers.

On social media, many pointed out the uncanny parallels between the film’s storyline and the actual events surrounding the papal succession. The timing of Pope Francis’ death and the content of Conclave seemed to resonate with global audiences, sparking renewed discussion about the themes explored in the movie.

Among the voices chiming in was the administrator behind “Pope Crave,” a fan account on X dedicated entirely to Conclave. The person behind the account spoke with NBC News via email and requested anonymity, asking to be referred to only by their username due to the need for “separation” between their professional career and their “fandom extracurriculars.” Pope Crave, who commands a following of 16,000 on X, offered insight into the film’s relevance during a time of collective mourning and transition.

“I think there’s a lot of grief and pain attached to current events, and being able to use Conclave memes as a common/shared language of community offers some brevity and humor to a clandestine process and historical event that will significantly alter the trajectory of many peoples’ lives,” Pope Crave said.

When asked about the religious demographics of the film’s fan base, Pope Crave noted, “I cannot speak for the religious breakdown of Conclave fans, but it doesn’t shock me that Catholic fans of the film would be engaged in the actual papal conclave outcomes. And for the non-Catholic Conclave fans, I would hypothesize there’s something to be said about the abrupt relevance and sudden application of their film knowledge and fandom enthusiasm to a seismically important current global event that holds importance to over 1.25 billion practitioners (and even more non-believers).”

Michael Moreland, a professor specializing in law and religion at Villanova University, said the movie’s popularity highlights the enduring fascination with the Catholic Church’s ancient customs, even in a largely secular world. The papal conclave process involves cardinals from around the world, all under the age of 80, who are sworn to secrecy. They gather in the Sistine Chapel and cast paper ballots until one among them secures a two-thirds majority to become the next pope.

“All the charisma and the mystery around Catholicism and the ways in which these men in the College of Cardinals go about assembling and deliberating and voting in the secret process that no one except one of them has seen,” Moreland explained. “All of that is very fascinating.”

Moreland also noted that Conclave provides a fairly accurate portrayal of how potential papal candidates gain and lose traction during the voting rounds. However, he was critical of the film’s emphasis on political ideology, stating that the movie sometimes reduces the election process to a simplistic binary of left versus right.

“The significance of the theological and spiritual aspects of Catholicism and this process of electing a pope was kind of reduced into partisan politics,” Moreland remarked.

Coincidentally, Amazon Prime made Conclave available to stream on Tuesday, though Amazon clarified that the release was pre-scheduled and not timed with the pope’s passing. The availability of the film on Amazon added to its soaring popularity. By the end of the day Tuesday, the film had shattered its previous viewership records, with a reported 18.3 million views across all streaming services. This marked a massive 3,200 percent increase in week-over-week viewership, according to Luminate’s updated data.

Although many cast members from Conclave have yet to issue public statements regarding the death of Pope Francis, they previously spoke about the film’s topical relevance. At the Screen Actors Guild Awards in February, during a period when Pope Francis was critically ill, the cast commented on how current events had increased the film’s impact.

“The film has ended up extremely timely … and it’s about the social organism electing a leader,” said John Lithgow, who plays Cardinal Tremblay, one of the leading contenders for the papacy in the film.

“You cannot help seeing Conclave and not thinking what happens when different tribes quarrel with each other trying to decide on who is their leader,” he added. “That’s one big reason why people are paying attention to Conclave, beyond the fact that it’s simply a beautiful film that you just don’t see storytelling on film like that much anymore.”

The Vatican announced that Pope Francis’ funeral will be held at 10 a.m. local time (4 a.m. Eastern Time) on Saturday in St. Peter’s Square, in front of the iconic St. Peter’s Basilica. The conclave to elect his successor will follow the funeral service.

India Cracks Down on Pakistan Following Deadly Kashmir Attack That Killed 26

India has unveiled a series of punitive measures against Pakistan, just a day after 26 people were gunned down at a tourist destination in the Indian-administered Kashmir town of Pahalgam. The wide-reaching actions include the closure of the main border crossing, suspension of a historic water treaty, expulsion of Pakistani diplomats, and a directive ordering some Pakistani visa holders to exit the country within 48 hours.

The response follows one of the most devastating attacks in the troubled region in recent years, raising fears of a further deterioration in the already tense relationship between the nuclear-armed neighbors. Though Pakistan has denied involvement, the Indian government’s swift retaliation signals that it holds Islamabad, at the very least, indirectly accountable.

India and Pakistan have long been locked in a bitter dispute over the Kashmir region, which both nations claim in its entirety but govern in parts. Since their separation in 1947, the two countries have fought multiple wars over the territory, and clashes continue to erupt with alarming frequency. This latest incident threatens to deepen the rift further.

Indian authorities have been vocal in their anger and suspicion. Although there is no official confirmation, Indian intelligence agencies believe that a militant group known as the Kashmir Resistance orchestrated the attack. BBC News has not independently confirmed this allegation, and a manhunt for the perpetrators remained ongoing as of Wednesday evening.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi condemned the massacre and issued a strong message. “Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice,” Modi posted on X. “Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable and it will get even stronger.”

As part of its response, India declared it would suspend the Indus Water Treaty, a landmark agreement that has withstood decades of conflict and diplomatic hostility since its signing in 1960. The treaty delineates control of the Indus River and its tributaries between the two countries—granting India authority over the eastern rivers and Pakistan the western ones. Crucially, the treaty mandates that India must allow waters from the western rivers to flow into Pakistan, barring limited exceptions.

This move marks a significant departure from India’s usual diplomatic restraint concerning the water agreement and represents a sharp escalation in bilateral tensions. It also puts at risk a long-standing framework that has helped prevent even more friction between the two countries during past crises.

India’s retaliatory measures also include diplomatic expulsions. Pakistani military advisers stationed at the Pakistani embassy in Delhi were ordered to leave immediately, and additional expulsions are scheduled for the coming week, according to a government statement.

While India continues its investigation and hunt for the attackers, Pakistan’s leadership has convened its top security officials. Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar said that Pakistan’s National Security Council, the highest body handling the country’s military and security affairs, would meet on Thursday to formulate a response.

In the aftermath of the bloodshed, Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued a statement expressing sympathy for the victims. “We are concerned at the loss of tourists’ lives,” the ministry said, adding that Pakistan conveyed its condolences.

Yet, Indian Defense Minister Rajnath Singh made clear that India’s reaction would not be limited to catching the gunmen alone. He implied that those orchestrating such attacks from behind the scenes would also be targeted. “We will not only reach those who have perpetrated this incident but also those who, sitting behind the scenes, have conspired to commit such acts on the soil of India,” Singh said.

The deadly assault in Pahalgam has not only shocked India but also prompted global condemnation. Leaders from across the world have denounced the killings and expressed solidarity with the victims and their families. Within India, outrage has mixed with grief as the country comes to terms with the latest tragedy in a region too often marked by violence.

Eyewitness accounts painted a horrific picture of the event. Tourists, many with children, scrambled to escape as the gunmen opened fire. Chaos erupted at what had been a peaceful vacation spot nestled in the Himalayas.

Some bystanders reported that the attackers may have been targeting non-Muslims, although other witnesses described the shootings as indiscriminate. The majority of those killed were Hindu men, but the death toll also included a local Muslim resident.

The broader implications of the massacre are already beginning to show. The attack has shaken the confidence of the local tourism industry, which has seen a recent revival after years of unrest. “We cannot get over the fact that such an incident has occurred, and that too in the place we call heaven on earth,” said Akib Chaya, a hotel owner and member of the Kashmir Chamber of Commerce, during an interview with BBC’s Newshour.

“Tourists have been coming to Kashmir since the last three or four decades and they have never been touched,” Chaya added, underlining the sense of disbelief that has gripped the region’s residents.

Despite the various accounts from witnesses, the Indian government has not officially confirmed whether the attackers specifically targeted victims based on religion. This ambiguity adds to the complexity of the narrative and raises further questions about the motives behind the attack.

As the fallout continues to unfold, all eyes remain on how Pakistan will respond to India’s sweeping countermeasures. The decisions taken at Thursday’s National Security Council meeting may either dial down or further inflame the conflict.

This tragedy has once again brought Kashmir to the center of a geopolitical storm. With strong rhetoric from Indian leaders, stern diplomatic actions, and deep-seated mistrust between the two countries, the path forward remains fraught with uncertainty. As India seeks to pursue justice and security, the consequences of these developments may resonate far beyond the borders of Kashmir.

Deadliest Kashmir Attack Since 2019 Triggers Political and Military Ripples Across India and Pakistan

The militant assault that left at least 26 tourists dead in Pahalgam on Tuesday has emerged as the bloodiest attack in Indian-administered Kashmir since 2019. Unlike previous attacks primarily aimed at security forces, this one targeted innocent civilians vacationing in one of India’s most scenic regions. The brutality and symbolism of this strike go beyond the death toll—it marks a direct hit on the fragile image of peace and normalcy that India has worked to promote in the disputed territory.

The attack’s timing and location are significant. Pahalgam, known for its tranquil beauty and appeal to tourists, became the scene of a violent ambush that not only killed civilians but also shattered public confidence. For many analysts, the event highlights how volatile the situation remains in Kashmir, a region claimed in full by both India and Pakistan, yet governed in parts by each.

India’s reaction was swift. In a show of political and diplomatic muscle, Delhi responded by shutting down the main border crossing, suspending a crucial water-sharing agreement, and expelling Pakistani diplomats. More importantly, Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh assured the nation of a strong response, pledging action against not only the perpetrators but also those orchestrating such “nefarious acts” from behind the scenes.

Analysts largely agree that some form of military retaliation is all but certain. What remains uncertain is the scale, method, and consequences of such a response. “We are likely to see a strong response – one that signals resolve to both domestic audiences and actors in Pakistan. Since 2016 and especially after 2019, the threshold for retaliation has been set at cross-border or air strikes,” said military historian Srinath Raghavan to the BBC. “It’ll be hard for the government to act below that now. Pakistan will likely respond, as it did before. The risk, as always, is miscalculation – on both sides.”

Raghavan was referencing India’s significant retaliatory actions in 2016 and 2019. After 19 Indian soldiers were killed in the 2016 Uri attack, India conducted what it termed “surgical strikes” across the Line of Control (LoC), targeting militant bases in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. In 2019, the deadly Pulwama attack, which killed more than 40 paramilitary personnel, prompted Indian airstrikes on an alleged terrorist training camp in Balakot, marking India’s first air incursion deep into Pakistan since 1971. Pakistan retaliated with air raids, and the two nations briefly engaged in an aerial dogfight, resulting in the capture of an Indian pilot. While both sides demonstrated their military strength, they ultimately avoided a full-scale war.

Following these high-tension moments, a ceasefire agreement along the LoC was reached in 2021, which has largely held despite sporadic militant violence in Indian-administered Kashmir. But the recent attack, given its high casualty count and targeting of civilians, could test that uneasy truce.

Michael Kugelman, a foreign policy expert, stated that this incident could provoke a military response from India, especially if any degree of Pakistani involvement—real or perceived—is found. “The chief advantage of such a reaction for India would be political, as there will be strong public pressure for India to respond forcefully,” Kugelman told the BBC. “Another advantage, if a retaliation successfully takes out terrorist targets, would be restoring deterrence and degrading an anti-India threat. The disadvantage is that a retaliation would risk a serious crisis and even conflict.”

When it comes to India’s options, covert operations provide plausible deniability but may not satisfy the domestic political need to assertively reestablish deterrence, says Christopher Clary of the University at Albany. Clary identifies two primary avenues India could pursue. One is a resumption of cross-border firing, signaling the possible breakdown of the 2021 ceasefire. The other is more dramatic: airstrikes or even cruise missile attacks akin to the 2019 Balakot action.

“No path is without risks. The US is also distracted and may not be willing or be able to assist with crisis management,” Clary told the BBC, pointing to the broader geopolitical implications.

The nuclear dimension of India-Pakistan relations cannot be ignored. Both countries possess nuclear weapons, a factor that exerts a restraining influence on escalation but simultaneously increases the stakes of any miscalculation. “Nuclear weapons are both a danger and a restraint—they force decision-makers on both sides to act with caution. Any response is likely to be presented as precise and targeted. Pakistan may retaliate in kind, then look for an off-ramp,” Raghavan observed.

He drew parallels with recent conflicts such as those between Israel and Iran, where limited strikes were followed by attempts at de-escalation. However, he cautioned that such scenarios are inherently risky. “The risk is always that things won’t go according to script.”

Kugelman, reflecting on the 2019 Pulwama episode, noted, “Each country is comfortable using limited counter retaliation.” But he warned that India must carefully balance the political and strategic gains of a retaliatory move with the possibility of a deeper and more destructive conflict.

Hussain Haqqani, a former Pakistani ambassador to the US, echoed similar thoughts. He suggested that India may consider another round of limited “surgical strikes” similar to those in 2016. “The advantage of such strikes from India’s point of view is they are limited in scope, so Pakistan does not have to respond, and yet they demonstrate to the Indian public that India has acted,” Haqqani said in an interview with the BBC.

However, he also pointed out the risks of such a strategy. “Such strikes can also invite retaliation from Pakistan, which argues that it is being blamed in a knee-jerk reaction, without any investigation or evidence.”

Whatever course India chooses in response to this tragedy, the path forward remains treacherous. Any action may spiral into further violence, pushing the already tenuous peace in the region even farther out of reach. At the same time, India must grapple with internal questions about how such an attack could occur in what is considered one of the most secure and monitored areas.

“That such an attack occurred at the peak of tourist season,” Raghavan noted, “points to a serious lapse—especially in a Union Territory where the federal government directly controls law and order.”

As tension rises and decisions loom, both nations are left navigating a perilous landscape where every move could have profound consequences—not only for regional stability but also for the lives of millions caught in the crossfire.

Who Will Be the Next Pope? A Global Crossroads for the Catholic Church

The choice of the next pope holds significant implications for the Catholic Church and its 1.4 billion baptized followers worldwide. Yet, the process to determine Pope Francis’s successor is expected to be unusually open and difficult to predict for several reasons.

The College of Cardinals, consisting of senior church officials, will gather in the Sistine Chapel for a conclave, where they will engage in discussions and then vote repeatedly until one candidate secures a majority. Although 80% of the cardinals were appointed by Pope Francis, their selections reflect diverse ideologies and backgrounds, rather than a singular “progressive” or “traditionalist” identity.

For the first time ever, less than half of the voting cardinals will be European, opening the door for non-European leadership. This diversity makes predicting the outcome more complicated than in past conclaves. Many are speculating whether the cardinals might choose an African or Asian pope, or possibly an experienced figure from the Vatican bureaucracy.

Among the potential frontrunners is Cardinal Pietro Parolin of Italy, age 70. A quiet yet influential figure, Parolin served as the Vatican’s Secretary of State and acted as Pope Francis’s top aide. He has managed the Church’s central administration and is known for emphasizing diplomacy over strict doctrinal adherence. While some see this as a weakness, others consider it a strength. Still, Parolin has taken conservative positions, notably calling Ireland’s legalization of same-sex marriage in 2015 “a defeat for humanity.” Despite his prominence, he is aware of the saying, “He who enters a conclave as a pope, leaves it as a cardinal,” underscoring the unpredictability of the process. While Italians have historically dominated the papacy, recent shifts suggest this may not be the case this time.

From Asia, Cardinal Luis Antonio Gokim Tagle of the Philippines, 67, is another key contender. With extensive experience as a pastoral leader, he is often referred to as the “Asian Francis” for his social advocacy and compassion for migrants. Cardinal Tagle opposes abortion and euthanasia, labeling abortion “a form of murder.” However, in 2015, he called on the Church to soften its stance on gay people, divorced individuals, and single mothers, arguing that rigid attitudes had caused lasting harm. He emphasized that “each individual deserved compassion and respect.” A potential candidate in the 2013 conclave, Tagle previously said of such speculation, “I treat it like a joke! It’s funny.”

From Africa, Cardinal Fridolin Ambongo Besungu of the Democratic Republic of Congo, 65, emerges as a prominent figure. Serving as Archbishop of Kinshasa, he was appointed by Francis and is a strong conservative voice. He has rejected blessings for same-sex marriages, declaring that such unions “are considered contradictory to cultural norms and intrinsically evil.” Despite religious violence in his country, he has advocated for religious plurality: “Let Protestants be Protestants and Muslims be Muslims. We are going to work with them. But everyone has to keep their own identity.” This inclusive view may be seen as conflicting with some cardinals’ missionary outlook.

Another African candidate is Cardinal Peter Kodwo Appiah Turkson of Ghana, aged 76. Considered for the papacy in 2013, he was once the bookmakers’ favorite. In 2013, he said, “I’m not sure whether anyone does aspire to become a pope.” Although conservative, he has publicly opposed laws criminalizing homosexuality in African countries, stating during a 2023 BBC interview that “homosexuality should not be treated as an offence.” In 2012, he was criticized for alarmist remarks about Islam in Europe but later apologized. A former funk band guitarist, Turkson brings charisma and energy to the role.

From Europe, Cardinal Peter Erdo of Hungary, 72, is respected in the continent and beyond. He led the Council of European Bishops’ Conferences for a decade and maintains connections with African clerics and Orthodox leaders. Known for his conservative values, Erdo also has experience navigating Hungary’s political landscape under Prime Minister Viktor Orban. During the 2015 migrant crisis, he controversially argued that welcoming refugees could constitute human trafficking.

Veteran Italian cardinal Angelo Scola, now 83, was a leading candidate in 2013 but ultimately wasn’t elected. Although over the age to vote, he remains eligible for selection. Recently, he published a book on old age with a preface written by Pope Francis, who remarked that “death is not the end of everything, but the beginning of something,” signaling his esteem for Scola. However, the focus on age may not appeal to cardinals seeking a dynamic new leader.

From Germany, Cardinal Reinhard Marx, 71, is a seasoned Vatican figure and former top adviser to Pope Francis. But in 2021 he offered to resign over serious mistakes in tackling child sexual abuse in Germany’s Catholic Church. In 2021, he offered to resign, acknowledging failures, but Francis declined. Two years ago, Marx stepped down from the Pope’s Council of Cardinals, which many interpreted as a career setback.

Another veteran is Cardinal Marc Ouellet of Canada, who turned 80 and is therefore excluded from voting. Twice considered papal material in previous conclaves, he formerly oversaw the selection of bishops worldwide. A conservative, he has endorsed clerical celibacy and opposed women priests, though he has advocated more leadership roles for women, stating, “Christ is male, the Church is feminine.”

There’s also Cardinal Robert Prevost of the U.S., aged 69. Born in Chicago, he previously served as a missionary and archbishop in Peru. Two years ago, Pope Francis appointed him head of the Vatican office that selects bishops. He is viewed as a reformer, but his relative youth and past allegations of covering up abuse in Peru—denied by his diocese—could complicate his candidacy.

Among traditionalists, Cardinal Robert Sarah of Guinea, 79, has deep conservative support. Once the Church’s youngest archbishop at age 34, he later led the Vatican’s liturgical office. Though retired, he remains influential among those wary of Francis’s reforms. Raised by a fruit-picker father, Sarah is respected for his doctrinal commitment.

From Jerusalem, Cardinal Pierbattista Pizzaballa, 60, brings unique geopolitical insight. Ordained in Italy but a longtime resident of Jerusalem, he has been Latin Patriarch for five years. His understanding of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is unmatched, and he described the city as “the heart of the life of this world.” Yet his youth and close alignment with Francis may reduce his appeal to cardinals desiring change.

Lastly, Cardinal Michael Czerny, 78, born in former Czechoslovakia and raised in Canada, shares Francis’s Jesuit background. Active in Africa and Latin America, Czerny is known for his progressive work, such as founding the African Jesuit AIDS Network. He currently leads the Vatican’s social justice office. Although admired, the idea of back-to-back Jesuit popes may be a stretch.

As speculation continues, what remains clear is that the next pope could come from any corner of the globe, and the decision will shape the direction of the Church for decades to come.

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day

In a landmark event at New York City Hall on April 22, 2025, Mayor Eric Adams officially declared April 24, 2025, as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day. The declaration was made in recognition of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s enduring legacy of universal love, peace, and altruistic service to humanity, marking a historic tribute to the global spiritual leader on his 100th birth anniversary.

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 1The proclamation ceremony took place in a formal setting and was presented by Deputy Commissioner Mr Dilip Chauhan. He was joined by officials from the Mayor’s Office and representatives of the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council, who gathered to witness this significant occasion. The proclamation celebrates Bhagawan’s life and philosophy, reflecting the city’s appreciation for his spiritual teachings and humanitarian work.

During the event, a written message from Sri RJ Rathnakar, the Managing Trustee of the Sri Sathya Sai Central Trust, was read and submitted. This was accompanied by thoughtful remarks from various members of the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council. Attendees also viewed a special documentary created by the Sri Sathya Sai Media Centre in Prasanthi Nilayam. The film highlighted the widespread humanitarian efforts inspired by Bhagawan, portraying the global reach of his mission and the transformative impact of his followers around the world.

The Mayor’s proclamation acknowledged the selfless contributions of Sri Sathya Sai volunteers across the UnitedNew York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 2 States. These include food distribution, hygiene kit supply, and youth education initiatives based on human values. Their tireless dedication was recognized as a continuation of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s teachings, emphasizing love, service, and compassion.

Additionally, Mayor Adams commended the leadership of both the Sri Sathya Sai Central Trust and the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council. He specifically recognized several key figures for their guidance and commitment to the mission: Mr RJ Rathnakar, Mr Nimish Pandya, Mr Sundar Swaminathan, Mr Kalyan Ray, Dr Axay Kalathia, Dr Balu Karanam, Dr Geetha J Kamath, Mrs Geetha Mohan Ram, Prof Koteswara Rao, and Mr Sundar Venugopalan. The Mayor’s office paid tribute not only to these leaders but to all volunteers who continue to embody Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s timeless message: “Love All, Serve All – Help Ever, Hurt Never.”

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 3One of the central figures present at the event, Sundar Venugopalan of the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council in Flushing, New York, accepted the proclamation on behalf of the community. Reflecting on the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba, he emphasized that the core principle of all religions is fundamentally the same. “Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s main teaching was that the essence of all religions is one, urging us to see the divine spark within each and every creation,” Venugopalan stated. He added that Sai Centers around the world, including those in New York, promote spiritual growth and encourage service-oriented community engagement. “This centennial year, we are committed to expanding our service to those in need right here in New York City,” he affirmed.

The moment carried deep spiritual and emotional significance for the devotees and volunteers who have long workedNew York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 4 in the spirit of Bhagawan’s teachings. The proclamation from a city as diverse and globally influential as New York carries symbolic weight, reinforcing the universality of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s message and mission. In the words of the organizers, “We offer our deepest gratitude to Bhagawan for this divine blessing. This recognition from New York City—one of the world’s most vibrant and diverse cities—beautifully echoes Bhagawan’s vision of global unity, service, and spiritual harmony.”

As New York officially joins the global celebration of the centennial of Sri Sathya Sai Baba, the proclamation serves as a testament to the enduring relevance of his teachings. It also reinforces the vital role that spiritual values and selfless service continue to play in shaping communities across the globe. With this recognition, the city affirms its solidarity with the countless devotees and volunteers who strive every day to live by the ideals laid down by the revered spiritual teacher.

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 5The ceremony, enriched by heartfelt expressions and multimedia tributes, concluded with renewed enthusiasm among the community to continue their work. The video documentary presented during the event provided a compelling overview of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s global outreach efforts—ranging from free medical care and educational services to disaster relief and interfaith dialogue initiatives. These efforts were shown to be coordinated and implemented by volunteers and organizations inspired by his guidance and values.

The Mayor’s proclamation itself is a formal expression of appreciation for a legacy that has transcended religious, cultural, and national boundaries. It draws attention to how spiritual teachings can inspire tangible acts of compassion and upliftment, even in major metropolitan hubs like New York. By setting aside a day to honor Sri Sathya Sai Baba, the city also honors the philosophy that service to humanity is service to the divine.

The observance of Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day on April 24, 2025, stands as a meaningful gestureNew York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 6 not only for his devotees but also for anyone committed to the ideals of love, unity, and humanitarian service. As emphasized by the proclamation, the legacy of Bhagawan continues to be felt through the actions of his followers who “Love All, Serve All” and live by the principle to “Help Ever, Hurt Never.”

For many of the attendees and for the broader spiritual community, this recognition represents a sacred milestone. It is a celebration not only of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s life and works but also of the timeless values he promoted. The proclamation from New York City ensures that his centennial will be remembered as a moment that brought together people of diverse backgrounds in the shared pursuit of harmony and compassionate service.

With the celebrations continuing worldwide, the proclamation from New York adds a powerful chapter to the centennial commemorations. It reinforces the idea that spiritual legacies can indeed shape public discourse and policy, even in modern urban centers. As the city honors Sri Sathya Sai Baba with this special day, his followers find renewed inspiration to continue his mission of service, love, and unity in every corner of the world.

Terror Attack in Pahalgam Leaves 28 Dead, Mostly Tourists, as India Grapples with Aftermath

Srinagar: In what is being described as one of the most lethal terrorist assaults in Kashmir in recent years, at least 28 civilians, many of whom were tourists, lost their lives and several others were injured when gunmen opened fire indiscriminately in Baisaran Valley near Pahalgam, located in the southern district of Anantnag.

Among those killed in the attack were two foreign nationals and two local residents, according to police sources. However, the identities of the victims have not been officially disclosed as authorities work to confirm the details.

Eyewitnesses at the scene recounted harrowing moments of sudden violence and confusion. According to one witness, “We heard sudden gunshots, and people started screaming and running for cover. It all happened very quickly.” The attackers, reportedly dressed in military-style uniforms, emerged unexpectedly and unleashed automatic gunfire on a group of visiting tourists, creating widespread panic and chaos.

Jammu and Kashmir’s Chief Minister Omar Abdullah characterized the incident as a “gruesome and calculated massacre.” He acknowledged the sheer scale of the assault, stating that it was “much larger than anything we’ve seen directed at civilians in recent years.” While the exact number of casualties is still being verified, the state government has committed to releasing the official figures soon.

The Resistance Front (TRF), an outfit believed to be affiliated with the Pakistan-based terrorist organization Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), has reportedly claimed responsibility for the attack. Intelligence officials believe the militants may have crossed over from the Kishtwar region in Jammu and traveled through Kokernag in South Kashmir before reaching Baisaran. The route they took suggests a high level of planning and coordination.

Immediately after the shooting, security forces initiated an extensive search operation in the dense forests surrounding the Baisaran Valley. High-ranking officers from both the police and the army’s counter-terrorism units arrived at the location to lead rescue efforts and oversee the evacuation of survivors.

The attack has struck a particularly sensitive nerve as it occurred just ten weeks ahead of the annual Amarnath Yatra, a major Hindu pilgrimage that attracts thousands of devotees each year. Pahalgam, where the deadly assault took place, functions as one of the key base camps for the pilgrimage. Authorities believe the choice of location and timing—during the spring tourist season—was a strategic move aimed at destabilizing the Kashmir Valley and frightening potential visitors.

In the immediate aftermath, numerous travel agencies reported a spike in cancellations, reflecting the nationwide shock and fear that the attack has generated. The violent incident has sent tremors across the country and renewed concerns over the security situation in Jammu and Kashmir.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who is currently on an official visit to Saudi Arabia, condemned the incident in the strongest terms. He promised that the perpetrators would face justice and reaffirmed India’s determination to continue fighting terrorism. “I strongly condemn the terror attack in Pahalgam, Jammu and Kashmir. Condolences to those who have lost their loved ones. I pray that the injured recover at the earliest. All possible assistance is being provided to those affected. Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice… they will not be spared! Their evil agenda will never succeed. Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable, and it will get even stronger,” he posted on X.

Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha also expressed outrage over the attack and offered assurances that those responsible would be held accountable. In a message posted on X, he stated, “Spoke to the DGP & Security officials. Army and J&K Police teams have rushed to the area and launched search operations.” His post aimed to reassure the public that swift action was being taken.

People’s Democratic Party (PDP) president and former chief minister Mehbooba Mufti also voiced strong condemnation of the violence. She described the attack as cowardly and unacceptable. “I strongly condemn the cowardly attack on tourists in Pahalgam, which tragically killed one and injured several. Such violence is unacceptable and must be denounced,” she wrote on X.

The broader implications of this attack are likely to resonate for some time. With Kashmir’s tourism industry still recovering from years of conflict and uncertainty, this latest act of violence threatens to undermine those fragile gains. The region, known for its breathtaking landscapes and cultural richness, had recently begun to see a revival in tourism, which many hoped would lead to long-term economic and social stability.

Security analysts note that targeting civilians, especially tourists, is a tactic aimed at achieving maximum psychological impact. By instilling fear and disrupting the normal rhythm of life, terrorist groups attempt to create an environment of instability and insecurity. This assault, they argue, fits within that broader strategy and must be countered with both tactical operations and a strategic overhaul of security planning in sensitive regions.

As the search for the attackers continues, security forces remain on high alert across the Valley, particularly in areas connected to the upcoming Amarnath pilgrimage. Enhanced surveillance, stricter checkpoints, and intelligence coordination are being prioritized to prevent any follow-up attacks.

Meanwhile, grieving families and a shocked nation are left to mourn the loss of innocent lives. The hope among many is that the response to this tragedy will be both swift and effective—not only in apprehending the culprits but in addressing the broader security gaps that allowed such an attack to take place.

Authorities have urged citizens and tourists to remain vigilant but not to succumb to fear. Efforts are underway to restore confidence through visible security presence and ongoing communication from local officials. However, the wounds of this tragedy will take time to heal, and its shadow may linger over the region’s fragile peace for months to come.

IMF Warns of Sharp Global Slowdown Amid Trump Tariffs and Economic Uncertainty

The global economy is expected to experience a significant deceleration largely due to the impact of President Donald Trump’s tariffs and the lingering uncertainty surrounding them, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) announced on Tuesday.

According to the IMF’s latest World Economic Outlook, worldwide economic growth is now projected to be only 2.8 percent for the current year. This marks a noticeable downgrade from the 3.3 percent growth forecast the Fund had issued in January. The outlook doesn’t improve much in the near future either. By 2026, global growth is anticipated to reach just 3 percent—again, a downgrade from the earlier estimate of 3.3 percent.

Both the United States and China, the two largest economies in the world, are facing notable slowdowns, the report stated. The United States is expected to grow by only 1.8 percent this year. That’s a significant drop from the IMF’s previous forecast of 2.7 percent and is also a full percentage point lower than the U.S. growth rate recorded in 2024. While the IMF does not foresee a recession for the United States, it has raised the probability of one occurring this year from 25 percent to approximately 40 percent.

Meanwhile, China’s economic prospects are also dimming. The IMF now expects China’s economy to grow by 4 percent in both 2025 and 2026. This figure represents a reduction of about half a percentage point from the IMF’s earlier predictions for the country.

Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas, the IMF’s chief economist, commented on the broader implications of these shifts in global economic momentum. “We are entering a new era,” he said. “This global economic system that has operated for the last eighty years is being reset.”

In essence, the IMF’s updated projections paint a picture of a world grappling with the consequences of rising trade barriers and policy uncertainty. These changes are not isolated to one country or region, but rather reflect a broader transformation in the underlying dynamics of the global economy.

The IMF’s warning adds weight to growing concerns among economists and policymakers who have been wary of the long-term consequences of the protectionist measures enacted during Trump’s presidency. Those policies included sweeping tariffs on imports from key trade partners, including China, and led to prolonged trade tensions that shook investor confidence and disrupted global supply chains.

The Fund emphasized that the lasting effects of those tariffs continue to reverberate across the global economic landscape. They have added friction to international trade, discouraged investment, and increased costs for businesses and consumers alike. While the tariffs were initially introduced with the intention of protecting American industries and narrowing the trade deficit, the IMF’s findings suggest they have had broader negative repercussions.

According to the report, the combination of policy uncertainty and tariff-related disruptions has played a central role in weakening global output. While some of the economic deceleration may be attributed to cyclical factors, such as the natural slowing of economies after periods of rapid growth, the IMF points out that structural shifts are also underway.

The reset of the global economic system, as referenced by Gourinchas, likely points to the ongoing fragmentation of the world economy into competing blocs. With geopolitical tensions rising and countries increasingly focusing on domestic resilience, the decades-long era of globalization appears to be giving way to a more fragmented and uncertain world order.

This transformation has made it more difficult for multinational businesses to operate seamlessly across borders, slowed innovation that relies on cross-border collaboration, and increased the complexity of managing supply chains. These developments, in turn, have made it more difficult for economies to bounce back quickly after shocks.

The IMF’s data indicates that the slowdown is not just limited to the United States and China. Other economies are also experiencing reduced momentum, although the Fund did not provide specifics for every region in this particular update. The report, however, implies that the ripple effects of the U.S.-China trade tensions are being felt far and wide.

Despite these sobering projections, the IMF stopped short of predicting a global recession. While growth is slowing, it remains positive across most major economies, and there are still pockets of resilience that could help sustain moderate expansion in the near term.

Still, the IMF’s increased estimate of a 40 percent chance of a U.S. recession indicates a significant degree of caution. This revision reflects growing concern over tight monetary policies, softening consumer spending, and weakening investment trends. The economic uncertainty tied to geopolitical factors and future trade policies only adds to that caution.

The shift in the IMF’s forecast underscores the fragile nature of the current recovery phase. Many economies are still contending with the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, supply chain disruptions, and inflationary pressures. These ongoing challenges have complicated the policy choices facing central banks and governments around the world.

Gourinchas’ remark about a reset of the global economic system highlights the broader sense of transformation that is underway. With traditional assumptions about trade, investment, and cooperation now being questioned, economic institutions and policymakers are being forced to reevaluate their approaches.

The IMF’s report is likely to intensify debates about how best to adapt to this new landscape. Questions around whether to maintain open markets or lean further into economic nationalism are becoming increasingly urgent, especially as global growth cools and inequality widens.

In conclusion, the IMF’s revised outlook signals a critical turning point for the global economy. The effects of Trump-era trade policies continue to be felt, and the uncertainty they introduced has made the path forward more complicated. As the world navigates this period of transition, the focus will be on how well countries can adapt to the new realities of a slower, more fragmented global economy.

With the global growth forecast now set at 2.8 percent for this year and 3 percent for 2026, the IMF has sent a clear message: the era of stable, predictable globalization is fading. The new chapter will likely involve more economic headwinds, tighter coordination challenges, and evolving strategies to maintain growth in a changing world.

“We are entering a new era,” Gourinchas reiterated, “This global economic system that has operated for the last eighty years is being reset.”

Harvard Sues Trump Administration Over Federal Funding Freeze and Alleged First Amendment Violations

Harvard University has launched a legal battle against the Trump administration after the federal government froze billions of dollars in funding allocated to the Ivy League institution. The lawsuit, filed on Monday, is a major development in an ongoing standoff between Harvard and  President Donald Trump’s administration, rooted in disputes over university policies on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI), admissions, and faculty hiring.

The decision to sue the government comes after Harvard refused to comply with directives to dismantle its DEI programs and make substantial changes to its academic and administrative policies. The university contends that the Trump administration retaliated by cutting off funding, threatening its tax-exempt status, and targeting its ability to enroll international students.

“Moments ago, we filed a lawsuit to halt the funding freeze because it is unlawful and beyond the government’s authority,” Harvard President Alan Garber announced Monday. The lawsuit, filed in a Massachusetts district court, asserts that the government’s actions violate the First Amendment and asks the court to block further punitive measures, rule the administration’s demands unconstitutional, and restore the university’s funding.

According to the legal complaint, “The Government wielded the threat of withholding federal funds in an attempt to coerce Harvard to conform with the Government’s preferred mix of viewpoints and ideologies.” Harvard argues that the funding freeze constitutes an abuse of federal power and is an unlawful attempt to force ideological conformity within academic institutions.

The filing also references similar funding freezes at other elite universities, stating that such actions have occurred without sufficient justification or explanation. “To date, the Government has — with little warning and even less explanation — slashed billions of dollars in federal funding to universities across America, including Brown, Columbia, Cornell, Princeton, the University of Pennsylvania, and Northwestern,” the lawsuit reads. These sudden financial penalties have left affected institutions in the dark about the specific reasons behind the government’s decisions.

While the Trump administration has defended its actions by citing a lack of progress on fighting antisemitism on campus, Harvard argues that the issue is being used as a pretext to impose sweeping and unrelated changes to university governance and policy. The university maintains that it is actively working to combat antisemitism, but it says the demands imposed by the administration go well beyond that concern.

“All told, the tradeoff put to Harvard and other universities is clear: Allow the Government to micromanage your academic institution or jeopardize the institution’s ability to pursue medical breakthroughs, scientific discoveries, and innovative solutions,” the lawsuit states. Harvard warns that acquiescing to the administration’s demands would undermine the independence and mission of academic research institutions nationwide.

The Hill has contacted the White House for a statement in response to the lawsuit but has not yet received a reply.

President Trump, however, has been vocal on social media, launching personal attacks on the university and its leadership. “Harvard is a JOKE, teaches Hate and Stupidity, and should not longer receive Federal Funds,” he posted last week. In his comments, Trump criticized the university’s senior officials, claiming they have “ridiculously high salaries” and labeling them as some of the “WORST and MOST INCOMPETENT” administrators in higher education.

“Leftist dopes,” Trump added, “are teaching at Harvard, and because of that, Harvard can no longer be considered even a decent place of learning, and should not be considered on any list of the World’s Great Universities or Colleges.”

In a message to the Harvard community, President Garber highlighted the far-reaching consequences of the funding freeze. He emphasized that critical research projects with significant public health implications are at risk due to the government’s actions. “Research that the government has put in jeopardy includes efforts to improve the prospects of children who survive cancer, to understand at the molecular level how cancer spreads throughout the body, to predict the spread of infectious disease outbreaks, and to ease the pain of soldiers wounded on the battlefield,” Garber explained.

He continued by warning that emerging breakthroughs in treating chronic illnesses could also be stifled. “As opportunities to reduce the risk of multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer’s disease, and Parkinson’s disease are on the horizon, the government is slamming on the brakes,” he said. According to Garber, the real victims of the government’s decision will be “future patients and their loved ones who will suffer the heartbreak of illnesses that might have been prevented or treated more effectively.”

The case is expected to draw the attention and possibly the support of other academic institutions, many of which have faced similar federal scrutiny under the Trump administration. Harvard’s willingness to confront the government in court may be viewed as a potential turning point for universities feeling pressure to conform to political demands in exchange for federal funding.

As the legal challenge unfolds, the outcome could have significant implications not only for Harvard’s autonomy but for academic freedom and the financial stability of higher education institutions across the country. The lawsuit seeks not only to restore Harvard’s funding but to establish legal boundaries on how far a federal administration can go in influencing university policy and practices through financial leverage.

By taking a firm legal stance, Harvard is signaling that it intends to defend its principles and research mission against what it sees as unconstitutional overreach. The university’s leadership believes that upholding academic freedom and resisting political coercion is essential to the pursuit of knowledge and the integrity of higher education.

With the lawsuit now moving forward in the courts, all eyes will be on how the judicial system responds to a high-profile conflict between one of the nation’s most prestigious universities and a president who continues to wield significant influence. The final ruling could shape the future of the relationship between universities and the federal government, particularly in terms of funding, free speech, and institutional independence.

Google Faces Mounting Legal Pressure as Courts Rule Against Its Online Search and Ad Tech Monopolies

Google’s stronghold on the tech industry appears increasingly unstable after two significant antitrust defeats within the past year. On Thursday, a federal judge ruled that the tech giant has maintained an unlawful monopoly in advertising technology. This decision follows an earlier ruling, just eight months prior, in which a separate judge found Google guilty of violating antitrust laws through its monopoly over online search.

As the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) continues to push for structural remedies, both sides are preparing for another court battle next week focused on the appropriate penalties in the search monopoly case.

“It’s a massive blow to Google,” said Jeffrey Shinder, founding partner of the antitrust law firm Shinder Cantor Lerner. “There’s no avoiding that conclusion.”

Shinder emphasized the magnitude of the ruling, adding, “Two of the pillars of its power over the internet and the adjacent ecosystems that surround the internet … have been declared unlawful and have a serious cloud over their future.”

In the latest case, U.S. District Judge Leonie Brinkema concluded that Google holds monopolistic control over two distinct areas in the advertising technology sector. Ad tech serves as the digital infrastructure connecting publishers and advertisers to sell and purchase ad space.

Judge Brinkema found that Google dominated both the market for publisher tools and the ad exchange system that links publishers with advertisers. While simply dominating a market is not inherently illegal, Brinkema determined that Google crossed the legal line by tying its ad tech products together and enacting policies that stifled competition. These actions, the judge ruled, allowed Google to gain and maintain its monopoly in violation of antitrust law.

According to Dan Ives, an analyst at Wedbush Securities, “Google will fight this, but it was clearly a gut punch, and they’re going to have to go back to the drawing board to look at business model tweaks, depending on what the appeal process looks like.” He also noted, “I don’t believe it structurally changes their business model, but it clearly is a sign that they’re going to have to adjust their advertising strategy.”

Despite the defeat, Google cited parts of the ruling as a partial win. Brinkema did not find that Google had created a monopoly in a separate market for advertisers, nor did she conclude that Google’s past acquisitions in the ad tech space were anticompetitive. These findings could potentially limit the severity of the remedies the court may impose.

Former Federal Trade Commission Chair William Kovacic explained, “It will tend to moderate remedy rather than to lay a foundation for a bolder remedy.” He added, “At the same time, this is the second time in a short while that a court, indeed a thoughtful judge in both cases, has decided that they did have monopoly power and that they used it improperly.”

Google’s vice president of regulatory affairs, Lee-Anne Mulholland, announced the company’s plans to appeal the unfavorable portions of the ruling. “We disagree with the Court’s decision regarding our publisher tools,” she said in a statement. “Publishers have many options, and they choose Google because our ad tech tools are simple, affordable and effective.”

The company also intends to challenge the previous ruling related to its search engine. In that case, U.S. District Judge Amit Mehta determined that Google maintained its dominance in online search through exclusive contracts with device manufacturers and web browsers.

Before Google can proceed with appeals, it must first confront the DOJ in court once again. This time, the dispute will focus on the appropriate remedies for Google’s search engine monopoly. That hearing is expected to last three weeks, with Judge Mehta aiming to deliver a verdict by August.

As part of the DOJ’s proposed remedies, the government has asked the court to require Google to divest from Chrome, arguing that its control of the web browser blocks fair market access. If that fails to sufficiently limit Google’s dominance, the DOJ has also floated the idea of separating Android from Google’s other operations.

Initially, there was uncertainty about whether the Trump administration would continue pushing for such drastic measures. Last fall, President Trump expressed skepticism about breaking up Google, voicing concerns that it could inadvertently strengthen China.

Nonetheless, last month the Trump-era DOJ confirmed it is still actively seeking to dismantle Google’s control over Chrome.

Google has strongly opposed these proposals, arguing that they extend beyond the legal scope of the case and could harm both consumers and innovation. In a pretrial brief filed Monday, the company asserted that Chrome and Android are closely integrated into Google’s core systems.

“Their result-oriented purpose is to force consumers, browser developers, and sellers of Android mobile devices to use rival search engines—even though rivals are demonstrably inferior to Google and consumers overwhelmingly prefer Google,” the brief stated.

While the ad tech and search cases are legally distinct, their overlapping nature may influence the court’s thinking on remedies. Kovacic remarked, “I’m wondering if there will be some effort in the search case, and later in this one, to think about what solution should the court be looking for in light of what’s happened in the ad tech case.”

Jariel Rendell, a partner at Jenner & Block who formerly worked in the DOJ’s antitrust division, highlighted the broader implications of the twin decisions against Google. “For the first time, the Antitrust Division sued the same company in two different cases, in two different courts, over two distinct sets of alleged antitrust violations — and litigated both cases simultaneously,” he said in a statement. “And the Division won both.”

Rendell added, “Despite resource constraints, they’re now better positioned — and more emboldened — to take on even bigger antitrust challenges.”

These rulings against Google reflect a wider trend of legal action targeting major tech companies. Over the past few years, the DOJ and the FTC have launched multiple high-profile cases against firms such as Amazon, Apple, and Meta.

Just this week, Meta found itself in the courtroom as CEO Mark Zuckerberg spent three days testifying about the company’s acquisitions of Instagram and WhatsApp. Analysts suggest the recent ruling against Google further intensifies the scrutiny facing all of Big Tech.

“It adds to the overhang that Google, Meta, Apple, Amazon are facing in the Beltway,” Ives said. “The walls are caving in. The strong have gotten stronger in Big Tech, but the regulatory headwinds are there.”

He concluded, “It’s not just going to be about paying fines. They’re going to have to tweak some of their business models, open up to third parties, and there clearly could be an impact there.”

Signs Your Marriage Is Still Worth Saving: Key Indicators of Hope and Healing

When you’re asking yourself whether your marriage is worth saving, you’re probably standing at a difficult juncture. You may feel caught in the same painful routines, disconnected from your partner, and uncertain if things can genuinely improve. The growing emotional distance and a shaky connection can leave you wondering if there’s anything still holding the relationship together.

Even the strongest relationships encounter moments of frustration or doubt, raising questions about whether the love you once shared still exists. While not every marriage is meant to last, sometimes walking away is indeed the healthiest decision. Still, other relationships may hold the potential for healing—if both partners are genuinely willing to invest in growth and reconnection.

The goal isn’t to force a fairy tale ending. It’s about assessing whether something meaningful still lies beneath the surface and if both individuals are prepared to make the necessary effort to move forward. Here are four clear signs that your marriage may still be worth saving.

One of the most overlooked truths in troubled marriages is that the path to healing doesn’t always begin with fixing the relationship as a whole. More often, it starts with each person taking personal responsibility and doing their inner emotional work. When one or both partners begin to reflect, regulate emotions, and evolve personally, it creates positive ripple effects in how they communicate and connect.

Building happiness independently and still choosing to invest in your relationship each day lays a powerful foundation for lasting transformation. Research indicates that individuals with higher levels of well-being tend to experience greater marital happiness over time, whereas those with lower emotional health are more likely to remain in unhappy marriages. Additionally, individual distress often spills over into the marriage, causing added strain.

Supporting this, a 2024 study focusing on distressed women in individual therapy found that “two out of three participants showed notable improvement in marital satisfaction and commitment.” This suggests that individual therapeutic approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can positively impact the relationship—even when only one partner undergoes treatment.

If both you and your spouse are open to acknowledging your emotional challenges and committed to working through them—whether that means managing stress, healing past wounds, or forming better habits—there’s a real possibility for your marriage to evolve. Growth may begin alone, but it opens the door for transformation together.

Another hopeful sign is a shared willingness to improve communication. Communication is essential in any relationship, yet as stress builds, even everyday conversations can turn into recurring conflicts. A major indicator that a marriage can be saved is when both people want to learn new, healthier ways of relating to each other.

A 2021 study published in BMC Women’s Health found that married women who learned effective communication skills experienced fewer marital conflicts, lower emotional burnout, and an improved overall quality of life. Although the study focused on women, the principle that good communication supports emotional health and reduces relationship strain is universal.

Clear, compassionate communication can make navigating conflict easier and increase emotional intimacy. The way you express yourself—and your willingness to listen—matters just as much as the content of what’s being said. If both partners recognize existing communication issues and are willing to take active steps to change, it’s often a sign that the relationship isn’t broken beyond repair, but rather in need of renovation.

Every relationship goes through its share of emotional wounds—instances of disappointment, pain, or disconnection. While such moments are difficult, they can also present opportunities for healing if both individuals are open to confronting the past and working through it. True healing happens when both people choose to move forward without sweeping things under the rug.

Forgiveness plays a vital role in this process. It isn’t merely about letting go of resentment—it also helps eliminate harmful behaviors and encourages couples to adopt healthier approaches. As researchers note, “forgiveness reduces harmful conflict behaviors and increases constructive efforts toward relationship building.”

Couples who choose forgiveness are more likely to communicate with empathy, break free from negative cycles, and show greater commitment to rebuilding their bond. But forgiveness only works when both people are fully engaged in healing and willing to hold themselves accountable. It should never be used to excuse ongoing harm or avoid difficult conversations.

When partners are prepared to revisit painful topics with honesty and empathy, and choose to show up differently—extending grace and learning from the past—it’s often a clear indicator that there’s still a strong foundation to build upon.

Making mistakes is inevitable in any relationship, but what sets healthy partnerships apart is how people respond when they mess up. A marriage can often be saved when both partners consistently own up to their behavior, apologize sincerely, and refrain from blaming the other.

Studies show that the timing and manner of an apology significantly influence how it’s received. Experts explain that apologies are most effective when they come after the hurt person has expressed their emotions and felt understood. Apologizing too quickly may feel dismissive, whereas waiting and truly listening allows for what researchers term “ripeness”—a point when the individual is more open to forgiveness.

As the research suggests, “when a partner is allowed to voice what hurt them and the other person shows real understanding,” it builds trust and makes the apology more credible. The wounded partner is also more likely to believe that the same mistake won’t happen again.

If both you and your spouse are willing to admit your faults and learn from them, it reflects the kind of emotional maturity and mutual respect that often means your marriage has a future.

Sometimes, being unsure about your marriage isn’t a sign of failure but an invitation to pause and reflect. When the path ahead feels uncertain—not a definitive yes or no—it might mean it’s time to reframe the question. Instead of asking “Should we stay together?” it may be more revealing to ask, “Are we both willing to put in the effort to build something better?”

Relationships are dynamic. As people grow and change, so do their needs and expectations. Rather than aiming to return to how things once were, couples may need to courageously envision what the relationship could become—with greater awareness and intention.

If you’re questioning whether to stay in your marriage, remember that uncertainty is not a final judgment. It can be a powerful opportunity to assess if growth—both personal and mutual—is still possible. Healing is rarely straightforward, but when both partners are committed to evolving, it might mark the start of something even more meaningful than what existed before.

Pope Francis’ Legacy Looms Large Over Upcoming Conclave as Cardinals Prepare to Elect New Pontiff

With the passing of Pope Francis on April 21 at the age of 88, over a billion Catholics around the world are grieving the loss of a leader who deeply influenced the Church for over a decade. As mourning continues, cardinals from every corner of the globe are preparing to journey to Rome for the traditional process of selecting a new leader of the Roman Catholic Church.

This upcoming election, which will take place within the sacred halls of the Vatican in the coming weeks, will be significantly shaped by the influence of Pope Francis himself. Despite his passing, Francis is poised to have an unusually strong impact on the conclave’s outcome due to the high number of cardinals he personally appointed during his 12-year tenure.

Unlike some of his predecessors, Francis took care to populate the College of Cardinals with clergy who aligned with his vision for the Church. Specifically, he ensured that the vast majority of cardinals eligible to vote in the conclave — those under the age of 80 — were of his choosing. This became particularly decisive in September 2023, when he officially crossed a key threshold. By that time, Francis had appointed over two-thirds of the conclave’s voting members, the minimum proportion needed to elect a new pope under current ecclesiastical law.

According to data compiled by Religion News Service, as of April 21, there are 135 cardinals who are under 80 and therefore eligible to vote in the papal election. Of those, a staggering 108 — or 80% — were selected by Pope Francis himself. In contrast, 16.3% were appointed by Pope Benedict, while only 3.7% were selected by Pope John Paul II. This overwhelming majority places Francis in a historically powerful position posthumously, with his appointments likely to steer the direction of the next papacy.

To put this in perspective, when Francis was elected to the papacy in 2013, the makeup of the electorate looked quite different. At that time, 57.9% of voting cardinals had been appointed by Pope Benedict, who had just stepped down from the papacy. Meanwhile, 42.1% of the cardinals in that conclave had been appointed by Pope John Paul II. These numbers underscore the extent to which Francis has reshaped the College of Cardinals during his time as pope.

Beyond just the numerical dominance, Francis’ influence is also evident in the evolving demographic and geographic composition of the College of Cardinals. The group set to elect the next pope is more globally representative than ever before. In 2013, Italian cardinals made up almost 25% of the conclave. That share has now dropped to just 12.6%, marking a significant shift away from longstanding Italian dominance in papal elections.

Meanwhile, the representation from Asia has grown significantly. Back in 2013, Asian cardinals accounted for just 8.8% of the conclave. Today, that number has nearly doubled, reaching 17%. The presence of African cardinals has also expanded from 8.8% to 13.3%, reflecting a broader trend of greater inclusion from traditionally underrepresented regions.

Europe’s overall share in the conclave has seen only a slight dip. In 2013, European cardinals made up about 28% of the voting body, and today they comprise roughly 26.7%. North America, on the other hand, has seen its influence wane slightly, with its share falling from 17.5% to 14.1%. South America, the continent from which Pope Francis hailed, has seen a modest increase in its representation, growing from 11.4% to 13.3% over the course of his papacy.

The implications of these demographic changes for the upcoming vote remain uncertain. Pope Francis’ time in office was defined by his commitment to issues such as poverty, the rights of immigrants, and environmental sustainability. He often chose cardinals who shared his pastoral priorities and global outlook. However, predicting how these cardinals will vote is not always straightforward. Cardinals aren’t the same as members of Congress with specific party loyalties, and voting outcomes can sometimes be difficult to predict.

The conclave itself is a deeply spiritual process, carried out in secrecy and guided by centuries of tradition. While Pope Francis’ appointments may lean toward a particular vision of Church leadership, individual cardinals often approach the election with a personal sense of discernment rather than ideological alignment. Furthermore, conclaves have historically been subject to unexpected developments and last-minute shifts, which could still alter the makeup of the electorate slightly before voting begins.

Nevertheless, barring any unforeseen changes, the next pope will be elected by a group of men largely hand-picked by Francis himself. This means that whoever succeeds him is likely to reflect, at least in part, the values and global perspective that he championed during his time as the spiritual leader of the Catholic Church.

Francis’ long-term legacy, therefore, will not only be defined by the reforms and teachings he delivered during his papacy, but also by the mark he has left on the very process of papal succession. His ability to shape the next generation of Church leadership ensures that his influence will endure well beyond his lifetime. As the Church prepares to elect a new Bishop of Rome, it will do so under the watchful shadow of a pope who transformed its leadership landscape.

As the cardinals gather to elect a new leader, one thing is clear: Francis’ imprint is everywhere — in the faces, experiences, and worldviews of those who will cast their votes. Whoever becomes the next pope will be chosen by a group largely hand-selected by Pope Francis himself.

White House Reportedly Exploring Replacement for Hegseth Amid New Leak Controversy

The White House has initiated a quiet search for a potential replacement for Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, according to a U.S. official familiar with the matter who was not authorized to speak publicly. This development comes in the wake of another controversy involving Hegseth, who is once again under scrutiny for allegedly leaking sensitive military information in a group chat.

According to the source, Hegseth disclosed classified details in a private group conversation using the Signal messaging app on his personal phone. The recipients of this information reportedly included his wife, brother, and legal counsel. The content of the chat allegedly included minute-by-minute updates on U.S. airstrikes targeting Houthi positions in Yemen. This incident is said to have occurred in March, around the same time that Hegseth relayed similar classified information to senior officials at the White House through another Signal group. That group inadvertently included a journalist.

The premature disclosure of strike information could have placed American pilots in harm’s way had it been intercepted by enemy forces. Already, Houthi militants have successfully downed two U.S. Predator drones, raising concerns about potential lapses in operational security.

Despite the allegations, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt denied any effort to replace Hegseth. In a statement posted on X, she declared, “President Trump stands strongly behind him.” President Trump echoed this sentiment during a press interaction at the White House, dismissing the controversy as overblown. “He’s doing a great job — ask the Houthis how he’s doing,” the president remarked.

Hegseth also pushed back against the allegations during a White House Easter event held earlier in the day. “This is what the media does, they take anonymous sources from disgruntled former employees, and then they try to slash and burn people, ruin their reputation. It’s not going to work with me,” Hegseth said in his defense.

The defense secretary’s comments appear to reference the abrupt exits of four high-ranking Pentagon advisers last week. One of them, former Defense Department spokesperson John Ullyot, resigned and subsequently published a strongly-worded opinion article describing recent events at the Pentagon as a “full-blown meltdown” marked by internal disputes that, according to him, are undermining President Trump’s administration.

Three other Pentagon officials—Dan Caldwell, Colin Carroll, and Darin Selnick—were also removed from their positions and escorted out of the building. These individuals were accused of leaking information to the media, although they have denied any wrongdoing. The trio issued a joint statement on X labeling their removal as “unconscionable” and emphasizing that they had not been informed about the specific nature of the alleged leaks.

“All three of us served our country honorably in uniform — for two of us, this included deployments to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. And, based on our collective service, we understand the importance of information security and worked every day to protect it,” they wrote in their statement.

Caldwell and Selnick, in particular, have long-standing professional ties with Hegseth, having collaborated with him at Concerned Veterans for America, a conservative advocacy group that has influenced veterans’ policy in recent years.

The unfolding drama has not gone unnoticed by lawmakers. Senator Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire, a Democrat and a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, criticized Hegseth’s actions and pointed to the larger issue of his qualifications for the job. “But we must not forget that ultimate responsibility here lies with President Trump for selecting a former weekend TV host, without any experience successfully leading a large and complex organization, to run our government’s biggest department and make life and death decisions for our military and country,” she stated.

While the White House maintains public support for Hegseth, the internal deliberations about his future suggest a growing concern over the implications of his actions. The fact that the leak could have compromised national security has escalated the urgency of the situation, particularly as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East and the U.S. military maintains a delicate operational presence in the region.

The controversy has also shed light on the potential security vulnerabilities that arise from using personal devices and encrypted messaging apps for sensitive communications. The Signal app, while popular for its end-to-end encryption, is not authorized for the transmission of classified material by U.S. government officials. The revelation that Hegseth may have used it to share top-secret operational data with non-government individuals raises serious questions about protocol adherence and information governance at the highest levels of national defense.

The March leak incident is particularly alarming because of its proximity to real-time operations. Intelligence and defense analysts worry that such breaches, if exploited by foreign actors, could jeopardize not only the safety of military personnel but also the success of U.S. missions abroad. Given that adversaries such as the Houthis have already demonstrated their ability to down advanced American drones, any additional vulnerabilities could be catastrophic.

Although the administration has made no official announcements regarding a search for a new defense secretary, the internal discussions suggest that the controversy surrounding Hegseth has reached a critical point. The situation could develop further depending on whether more details emerge about the extent and impact of the leaks, and whether Congress or the intelligence community demands a formal investigation.

As the Pentagon reels from internal discord and high-level departures, questions remain about morale within the department and the future direction of U.S. military leadership. If more officials continue to speak out, or if further security lapses come to light, the administration could be forced to re-evaluate its stance on Hegseth despite the president’s current support.

In the meantime, the defense secretary remains defiant, attributing the backlash to politically motivated leaks and disgruntled former colleagues. Whether that narrative will hold up under increasing scrutiny is yet to be seen. The situation underscores the complex and high-stakes nature of leadership at the Pentagon, especially during a time of global instability and growing threats.

For now, Hegseth remains in his position, bolstered by public endorsements from President Trump and the White House. However, the growing controversy surrounding his handling of classified information has sparked concerns that may ultimately determine his political and professional future.

Trump’s Renewed Attacks on Fed Chair Shake Markets and Fuel Global Economic Jitters

U.S. financial markets were rocked once again as President Donald Trump escalated his public criticism of Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, branding him “a major loser” over the central bank’s decision not to cut interest rates. The president demanded that Powell take immediate action to lower borrowing costs in a bid to stimulate the American economy.

Using social media as his platform, Trump urged Powell to slash interest rates “pre-emptively,” accusing the Fed chair of being too slow to react to the evolving economic landscape. “There can be a SLOWING of the economy unless Mr. Too Late, a major loser, lowers interest rates, NOW,” the president declared in his online post.

Trump’s latest remarks come amid growing concern that his own economic policies—particularly aggressive tariffs—have contributed to market instability and increased the risk of a recession. His ongoing feud with Powell, whom he appointed during his first term in office, has only deepened the market unease.

As a result of the heightened tensions and economic anxiety, U.S. stock indexes suffered steep losses. The S&P 500, a barometer of 500 of America’s most significant companies, dropped by approximately 2.4% on Monday. Since the beginning of the year, the index has declined by around 12%. The Dow Jones Industrial Average mirrored that performance, also falling 2.4% and registering a year-to-date loss of roughly 10%. Meanwhile, the tech-heavy Nasdaq fared even worse, shedding more than 2.5% and posting a staggering 18% decline since January.

The market jitters weren’t confined to the U.S. On Tuesday, trading remained subdued in most Asia-Pacific markets. Japan’s Nikkei 225 closed slightly lower by about 0.1%, and Australia’s ASX 200 declined by roughly 0.3%. In contrast, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng Index managed a modest gain of about 0.3%.

European markets also reflected the global unease. In early trading, the UK’s FTSE 100 edged down by about 0.05%, while Germany’s DAX index fell by 0.5%. France’s CAC 40 registered a more pronounced drop of 0.6%.

Ordinarily, the U.S. dollar and government bonds are viewed as safe havens during market turmoil. However, even these assets have come under pressure. The dollar index, which gauges the greenback’s strength against a basket of currencies including the euro, fell on Monday to its lowest point since 2022.

In another sign of market unrest, yields on U.S. government bonds climbed on Tuesday, indicating that investors are demanding higher returns to hold onto Treasuries. This trend reflects a lack of confidence in the near-term stability of the U.S. economy.

At the same time, gold prices soared to a record high, breaching the $3,500 per ounce threshold. The surge in the precious metal’s value signals investors’ preference for assets deemed more secure amid uncertain times. Gold is traditionally seen as a safe haven when economic conditions become volatile.

Susannah Streeter, head of money and markets at Hargreaves Lansdown, pointed to multiple global factors boosting gold’s appeal. “No long-term resolution [is] in sight for conflicts around the world, particularly in Ukraine and Gaza,” she noted. “There are also concerns about the risk that geo-political tensions escalate as opportunities in the Arctic are eyed by the US and Russia,” she added.

Meanwhile, tensions are not just limited to economic policies and markets. On the global diplomatic front, China has issued a warning to other nations, urging them not to “appease” the U.S. in trade negotiations. The comments come amid increasing skepticism of American leadership in global economic matters.

Despite the heightened uncertainty, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently stated that a global recession remains unlikely, even with the pressures stemming from U.S. tariffs. However, the IMF also warned that its upcoming country-by-country growth forecasts would include “notable markdowns.”

President Trump’s criticisms of Powell are not new. Throughout his first term, he repeatedly expressed dissatisfaction with Powell’s approach to interest rates and even reportedly considered firing him. Following his return to office, Trump has continued to pressure Powell to cut borrowing costs.

This latest attack followed Powell’s remarks cautioning that Trump’s tariff policies could contribute to inflation and impede economic growth. Trump ramped up his criticism last Thursday by publicly calling for Powell’s removal. “Powell’s termination cannot come fast enough,” he wrote on social media.

The idea of dismissing the Fed chair is controversial and could face significant legal hurdles. The Federal Reserve has traditionally operated with a high degree of independence to insulate it from short-term political influence. Powell has previously told reporters that he does not believe the president possesses the legal authority to fire him.

Still, the Trump administration appears to be exploring options. One of Trump’s top economic advisers confirmed that discussions about removing Powell were underway, noting this on Friday—a day when the U.S. stock market was closed.

These developments coincide with the spring meetings of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, where top financial policymakers have gathered in Washington. The heightened political pressure on the Fed has become a central topic of concern at the gatherings.

Christopher Meissner, an economics professor at the University of California, Davis, and a former IMF employee, explained to the BBC’s Today programme that political interference in central banking was more common in the past. “However, the past 30 or 40 years what we’ve learned is that central bank independence is the key to financial stability and low inflation. And I think this is a major reversal and we have to watch out for it,” he warned.

Streeter echoed this view, emphasizing the importance of insulating monetary policymakers from political influence. “The independence of central banks is seen as critical to ensure long-term price stability, ringfencing policymakers from short-term political pressures,” she said.

Looking ahead, the IMF will release its latest economic projections shortly. These forecasts are expected to reflect growing concerns about U.S. economic performance and its potential ripple effects worldwide. “They used to say ‘When the US sneezed, the rest of the world caught a cold’. It’ll be really curious to see if that continues,” said Meissner. “However, I think people are expecting a pretty significant downturn in the US in the coming months… and that can’t be good for the rest of the world.”

Streeter noted that Trump’s policy decisions have undermined the global perception of the U.S. as a stable economic leader. “Yields on 10-year US Treasuries have held onto their recent rise above 4.4%. It’s another sign of unease about the direction of the US economy, amid worries that policies playing out could keep inflation higher and slow growth, and flags the anxiety rattling through the markets right now,” she said.

US Vice President JD Vance Begins First India Visit with Spiritual Tour of Akshardham Temple

US Vice President JD Vance, accompanied by his wife Usha Vance and their children—Ewan, Vivek, and Mirabel—commenced his first official visit to India with a spiritual and cultural stop at the Swaminarayan Akshardham temple in New Delhi. The visit served as an expression of the deepening ties between the United States and India and marked the beginning of Vance’s four-day tour across the country, scheduled from April 21 to April 24.

The Vance family embraced Indian traditions during their visit, with Ewan and Vivek donning traditional kurta-pyjamas, and Mirabel appearing in a vibrant anarkali dress. Together, the family explored the intricate design and spiritual grandeur of Akshardham, experiencing firsthand India’s cultural richness and heritage. As noted in an official press statement, the family admired the temple’s message of harmony, the importance of family values, and the timeless wisdom embedded in Indian traditions.

“The visit symbolises the shared values of faith, peace, and unity that continue to strengthen ties between India and the United States,” the official release stated, underscoring the broader diplomatic significance of Vance’s presence at such a spiritually important site.

In the temple’s guest book, Vice President Vance expressed his gratitude and admiration for the monument’s spiritual ambiance and architectural brilliance. He wrote, “Thank you all so much for your hospitality and kindness in welcoming me and my family to this beautiful place. It is a great credit to India that you built a beautiful temple with precision and care. Our kids, in particular, loved it. God bless.”

According to Akshardham temple spokesperson Radhika Shukla, Vance’s family spent nearly an hour exploring the temple complex, deeply engaged with its spiritual essence and artistic magnificence. “The whole family was here for around 55 minutes. Their experience of one hour inside was unforgettable,” Shukla said, as reported by news agency ANI.

She elaborated on the sequence of the visit, highlighting that the family began their temple tour at the Charanarvind, the sacred footprints of Lord Swaminarayan. They then proceeded to the Bharat Upvan, a landscaped garden that left a strong impression on them. Following that, they moved to the Gajendra Peeth, an intricately carved platform adorned with depictions of elephants. “They were very overwhelmed by the carvings,” Shukla noted. The family then made their way to the upper levels of the temple, where they had darshan—spiritual viewing—of the idol of Lord Swaminarayan in the sanctum sanctorum and offered prayers for world peace.

Earlier in the day, Shukla had shared insights into the anticipation surrounding the visit. “The Vice President and the Second Lady are arriving for the Darshan at Akshardham Temple. She has Indian roots… They are coming here directly from the airport… They will first have the darshan of the replica of Lord Swaminarayan and then they will see the architecture of the temple,” she explained.

The Vance family had flown into New Delhi’s Palam Airport and were received with traditional Indian hospitality. Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw welcomed them upon arrival, underscoring the diplomatic weight of the trip. The Vice President’s broader itinerary includes stops in Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra—an agenda crafted to deepen and advance the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.

As part of the official reception, Vance was also honored with a ceremonial Guard of Honour, reflecting the importance India places on the relationship with the United States and the respect extended to visiting dignitaries.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, posted a welcome message on the platform X (formerly Twitter), stating: “A very warm welcome to @VP JD Vance, @SLOTUS Mrs. Usha Vance, & the US delegation to India! Received by Minister of Railways and I&B @AshwiniVaishnaw at the airport.” The post also highlighted the purpose of the visit, adding, “The Official Visit (21-24 Apr) spanning Delhi, Jaipur & Agra is expected to further deepen the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.”

In anticipation of the visit, hoardings welcoming Vice President Vance were placed near Palam Airport, visually reflecting the positive diplomatic sentiment around the high-profile arrival. The tour, starting with a spiritual and cultural experience at Akshardham, signals an emphasis on people-to-people connections and shared values between the two democracies.

The Akshardham temple, known for its intricate carvings, cultural exhibits, and serene atmosphere, served as a powerful venue to highlight these shared values. The choice to begin the Vice President’s tour at such a symbolic location underlined a mutual commitment to unity, respect for tradition, and the peaceful coexistence of diverse beliefs.

While Vance’s political engagements will take him to other key Indian cities in the following days, the personal and heartfelt start to the visit at Akshardham allowed for a moment of reflection and connection that transcended official protocols. For Vance and his family, the stop was more than ceremonial—it was a meaningful immersion into the cultural and spiritual essence of India.

As India and the United States continue to build on their global partnership, visits like these emphasize not only political alignment but also a deepening understanding of each other’s values and traditions. Vance’s warm words in the guest book, his children’s traditional attire, and the family’s engagement with the temple’s spiritual offerings all contributed to a powerful image of goodwill and mutual respect.

With three more days of engagements ahead in cities rich with history and diplomatic importance, Vance’s visit aims to solidify key areas of cooperation while also providing moments of personal and cultural bonding. Whether through strategic dialogues or shared spiritual experiences, the India-US partnership continues to evolve as one built on common ideals, cultural respect, and a shared vision for global peace and progress.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to Announce National Ban on Artificial Food Dyes in Push to “Make America Healthy Again”

Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. is preparing to unveil a significant policy change that would prohibit certain artificial food dyes in the United States. The initiative, described as a major health reform, is set to be formally announced during a press conference on Tuesday, according to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).

While the agency has not disclosed a specific timeline for the ban’s implementation, it confirmed on Monday that Kennedy plans to phase out synthetic dyes derived from petroleum. This action is being promoted as a “major step forward in the Administration’s efforts to Make America Healthy Again,” as stated by HHS.

These synthetic dyes are commonly found in a wide range of food products, including candies, beverages, breakfast cereals, and snacks. Scientific studies have linked these artificial additives to neurological issues in some children, raising public health concerns about their widespread use.

The plan aligns with promises Kennedy made during last year’s presidential campaign alongside Donald Trump, where he vowed to combat the proliferation of artificial food dyes and heavily processed food products if appointed to lead the nation’s top health agency.

This announcement follows a related move earlier this year by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), which declared that Red Dye 3 would be banned from food and pharmaceutical products in the U.S. starting in 2027. The decision was based on research showing that the dye caused cancer in animal studies. The state of California had already enacted a ban on the same dye in 2023.

The Center for Science in the Public Interest (CSPI), a nonprofit focused on nutrition advocacy, has long raised concerns about the health risks of petroleum-based dyes. According to CSPI, most artificial colorings used in processed foods are derived from synthetic chemicals made from petroleum.

Examples of these synthetic dyes include Blue 1, which is often used in baked goods and candy; Red 40, found in soft drinks, candy, pastries, and even pet foods; and Yellow 6, another additive frequently used in baked items and beverages. These substances are ingredients in many familiar and widely consumed products such as Skittles, Gatorade, Kool-Aid, and M&M’s.

CSPI President Dr. Peter Lurie, who previously served as an FDA official, was critical of the role these dyes play in the modern food supply. “The only purpose of the artificial food dyes is to make food companies money,” said Dr. Lurie. He argued that the dyes serve no nutritional value and primarily function to make processed foods appear more appealing, especially to young consumers.

“Food dyes help make ultra-processed foods more attractive, especially to children, often by masking the absence of a colorful ingredient, like fruit,” he explained. “We don’t need synthetic dyes in the food supply, and no one will be harmed by their absence.”

Dr. Lurie’s criticism is echoed by Marion Nestle, a former professor of nutrition at New York University, who noted that major food companies have already demonstrated the ability to eliminate synthetic dyes in countries with stricter regulations.

For instance, in Canada, Kellogg uses natural ingredients such as carrot juice and watermelon juice to color Froot Loops cereal, a stark contrast to the artificial dyes used in the same product marketed in the United States. Nestle pointed out this discrepancy as evidence that removing synthetic dyes is a feasible and relatively simple transition for food manufacturers.

She also weighed in on the ongoing debate about the safety of these dyes. “They clearly cause behavioural problems for some – but by no means all – children, and are associated with cancer and other diseases in animal studies,” said Nestle. While not all children are affected, the risks observed in laboratory animals and anecdotal cases among children have been enough to prompt precautionary action.

“Enough questions have been raised about their safety to justify getting rid of them, especially because it’s no big deal to do so,” she added. “Plenty of non-petroleum alternative dyes exist and are in use.”

Historically, other nations have already taken steps to restrict or eliminate artificial food colorings. In 2008, the United Kingdom’s health ministry decided to begin phasing out six synthetic food colorings, completing the transition by 2009. The European Union also enforces a series of regulations that include outright bans on certain dyes and mandatory warning labels on others that remain in circulation.

In the United States, Kennedy’s national push against artificial dyes is beginning to gain momentum at the state level. Just last month, West Virginia implemented a ban on synthetic dyes and preservatives in food products. Similar legislative efforts are now being introduced in various other statehouses, signaling a growing bipartisan interest in reforming food safety regulations.

Kennedy’s campaign to eliminate synthetic food dyes may ultimately reshape the American food landscape, bringing the country’s food safety standards more in line with those in Europe and other parts of the world. His effort underscores a broader public health initiative to reduce exposure to potentially harmful additives and prioritize transparency and natural ingredients in the food supply.

At Tuesday’s press conference, further details regarding the planned timeline and scope of the ban are expected. While it remains unclear how soon the policy will be enforced, the announcement has already sparked dialogue among public health experts, food manufacturers, and policymakers.

With public awareness around processed foods and their additives increasing, Kennedy’s move may set the tone for future health reforms under his leadership. Whether through federal regulation or state legislation, the initiative represents a turning point in the ongoing debate over what constitutes safe and responsible food production in America.

As more information becomes available, industry stakeholders and health advocates alike will be watching closely to see how this policy unfolds and what it could mean for food production, labeling, and consumer choice across the nation.

Paula Radcliffe Earns Prestigious Six Star Medal After Completing Boston Marathon

British long-distance running legend Paula Radcliffe has achieved a remarkable milestone by earning the prestigious Six Star Medal, awarded to runners who complete all six of the world’s major marathons. This honor was sealed after the four-time Olympian crossed the finish line at the Boston Marathon.

At 51 years old, Radcliffe completed the challenging Boston course in an impressive time of 2 hours, 53 minutes, and 44 seconds. This performance placed her 117th out of 12,447 women who participated in the event, a testament to her enduring athleticism and determination despite retiring from competitive racing nearly a decade ago.

The Six Star Medal is a coveted award in the global running community, granted to athletes who have successfully finished the six major marathons in the world: Tokyo, Boston, London, Berlin, Chicago, and New York City. By completing the Boston Marathon, Radcliffe has now joined this elite group of runners who have conquered each of these iconic races.

Radcliffe, who officially stepped away from competitive running in 2015, returned to the marathon scene in March of this year when she participated in the Tokyo Marathon. That event marked her first marathon in ten years, reigniting her passion for long-distance running and paving the way for her to complete the final marathon she needed to earn the Six Star distinction.

Over the course of her illustrious career, Radcliffe carved out a place for herself as one of the greatest marathoners in history. She held the women’s marathon world record for an extraordinary 16 years, setting a blistering time of 2:15:25 in 2003. Her record was eventually surpassed in 2019 by Kenya’s Brigid Kosgei, who clocked a time of 2:14:04 at the Chicago Marathon. Still, Radcliffe’s achievement remained a historic benchmark for over a decade and a half.

In addition to her long-standing world record, Radcliffe’s marathon legacy includes a trio of victories at both the London and New York City marathons. She also triumphed at the Chicago Marathon in 2002, further cementing her status as one of the dominant forces in the sport during her prime.

Radcliffe’s connection to the Boston Marathon extends far beyond this latest race. More than three decades ago, she claimed her first international medal in Boston when she captured gold in the junior race at the 1992 World Cross Country Championships. That victory marked the beginning of her rise on the international stage and set the foundation for a career filled with record-breaking performances and marathon victories.

This year’s Boston Marathon was notable for more than just Radcliffe’s milestone. The women’s elite race saw Kenya’s Sharon Lokedi take first place in a spectacular performance. Lokedi crossed the finish line in 2 hours, 17 minutes, and 22 seconds, shattering the previous women’s course record of 2:19:59 that had stood since 2014. Her achievement represented a breakthrough in Boston Marathon history, trimming more than two-and-a-half minutes off the existing record and asserting her dominance on the global marathon stage.

In the men’s elite race, another Kenyan runner, John Korir, claimed victory with a finishing time of 2:04:45. Korir’s performance further highlighted Kenya’s continued excellence in long-distance running, as the country maintained its legacy of producing world-class marathon champions.

Radcliffe’s return to marathon running and completion of the Six Star series has inspired fans and fellow athletes alike. Her enduring love for the sport, combined with her competitive spirit, remains evident in her ability to perform at a high level even years after retiring from professional racing.

In achieving the Six Star Medal, Radcliffe joins a growing number of runners from around the world who have set out to complete the full slate of world marathon majors. For many, earning this medal represents the pinnacle of personal endurance and commitment to the sport. For Radcliffe, it adds yet another accomplishment to a career already filled with extraordinary feats.

Her participation in the Boston Marathon not only capped her Six Star journey but also served as a homecoming of sorts to the city where her international success first began. The significance of that connection was not lost on observers, who recognized the full-circle nature of Radcliffe’s latest achievement.

Radcliffe has long been a source of inspiration for aspiring runners. Her resilience, focus, and unmatched work ethic helped her overcome injuries and setbacks throughout her career. Even now, years after stepping away from professional competition, she continues to motivate athletes by showing that age is no barrier to achieving great things in sport.

Reflecting on Radcliffe’s career, it is impossible to ignore the sheer breadth of her accomplishments. From setting world records to dominating major marathons, and now to completing all six of the marathon majors, she has consistently pushed the boundaries of what is possible in distance running. Her performance in Boston underscores her status as a living legend in the sport.

Although the Boston Marathon was not about competing for the podium this time around, Radcliffe’s run was every bit as meaningful. It was a celebration of endurance, of dedication to the sport, and of the journey that brought her to this point. Her finish time of 2:53:44 would be impressive for any amateur runner, but for Radcliffe, it was about much more than the clock—it was about completing a personal goal and commemorating a lifelong passion.

With the Six Star Medal now in her possession, Radcliffe’s marathon story has a fitting new chapter—one that honors both her historic past and her ongoing connection to the sport she helped elevate.

“Running will always be a part of who I am,” Radcliffe said previously about her relationship with the sport. Her performance in Boston, decades after her first taste of international success, reflects the truth of those words.

As thousands of runners from around the world continue to chase their own Six Star dreams, Paula Radcliffe’s journey stands as a shining example of excellence, perseverance, and the enduring power of passion.

Pope Francis Dies at 88: Catholic Church Enters New Era of Transition

Pope Francis has passed away at the age of 88, the Vatican announced, marking the end of a papacy that began with history-making significance and ended with humility. According to the official statement, the head of the Roman Catholic Church “returned to the house of the Father” at 07:35 local time on Easter Monday, passing away in his residence at Casa Santa Marta. As the first Latin American pope and the first Jesuit to hold the role, his leadership marked a shift in the Church’s trajectory.

His death was formally verified following traditional protocol, with the head of the Vatican’s health department and Cardinal Chamberlain Kevin Joseph Farrell confirming the event.

Pope Francis’s body has now been taken to his private chapel where a discreet ceremony will be held. It will be placed in a single coffin, a notable deviation from the typical triple-coffin tradition observed in the funerals of previous popes.

The Pope had taken steps to simplify his own funeral arrangements back in 2024. Among the notable changes he introduced were the elimination of private viewing for cardinals and limiting the procession to a single public viewing inside St Peter’s Basilica, which will follow a ceremonial march led by the camerlengo.

Even within the basilica, Pope Francis’s body will not be elevated on a platform, marking yet another departure from prior custom. Like his predecessor, he will be buried with symbolic items that reflect his role as Supreme Pontiff. These include the pallium, a liturgical vestment used by popes and metropolitan archbishops, the rogito, a document outlining his key accomplishments during his papacy, and bags of silver, gold, and copper coins equal in number to the years he served.

In a 2023 interview, the Pope had shared that a tomb had already been prepared for him at the Basilica of St Mary Major, his favorite church in Rome. This basilica, though located on Italian soil, is considered part of Vatican territory and houses the tombs of other popes as well.

The Pope’s funeral and interment ceremonies are expected to conclude by Saturday. Following his passing, Cardinal Farrell sealed his living quarters at Casa Santa Marta. It was here that Pope Francis chose to reside during his time in office, rather than the more traditional papal apartment.

Another symbolic act that follows a Pope’s death has also taken place: the ceremonial destruction of the Pope’s fisherman’s ring. This ring, used to sign official documents, is smashed with a ceremonial hammer in front of the College of Cardinals, signifying the end of his authority. This act ushers in the “Sede vacante” or vacant seat period, when the Church prepares to select a new pontiff.

The role of the Pope is seen by Catholics as the successor to Saint Peter, giving him spiritual authority over the Church’s 1.4 billion members. This connection is believed to trace directly to Jesus Christ, placing the Pope as a vital spiritual guide. While the Pope’s teachings, along with the Bible, guide Catholic doctrine, his authority is not recognized by other Christian denominations such as the Protestants and the Orthodox.

The selection of a new pope now lies with the College of Cardinals. Of the 135 cardinals currently eligible to vote — those under the age of 80 — Pope Francis himself appointed 108 of them. This greatly increases, though does not assure, the chances that the next Pope may align with his vision of a more inclusive and progressive Church.

Though European cardinals continue to dominate in numbers, the Catholic Church’s demographic footprint has shifted. Nearly a quarter of voting cardinals now come from Asia, reflecting broader changes in global Catholicism.

During the conclave, all eligible cardinals will reside at Casa Santa Marta. This five-story guesthouse features 106 suites, 22 single rooms, and a state apartment. Pope Francis lived in Suite 201 throughout his papacy.

Each day, the cardinals will walk along the Via delle Fondamenta to the Sistine Chapel where the voting takes place. During this time, strict isolation is enforced; no communication with the outside world is allowed.

Faithful followers will gather in St Peter’s Square, watching closely for smoke signals from the chimney of the Sistine Chapel. Black smoke indicates no decision has been reached, while white smoke announces the election of a new pope.

Papal conclaves are cloaked in secrecy, making them difficult to predict. After entering the Sistine Chapel, the cardinals cast votes in multiple rounds. The first afternoon sees a single vote, followed by up to four rounds daily. A two-thirds majority is required for any candidate to be chosen.

Votes are cast on paper slips bearing the Latin phrase “I elect as Supreme Pontiff,” followed by the name of the chosen candidate. Each cardinal, in order of seniority, places their slip into a large gilded urn. Three assistants, known as scrutineers, tally the votes as they’re read aloud. All ballot papers are then sewn together and burned.

Chemical compounds are used to control the color of the smoke emitted — white for a successful election, black for an inconclusive vote. Bells will also ring to clarify the announcement for the gathered crowd.

If after three days no decision is reached, the cardinals may pause for a day of prayer. They can then take another break after every seven rounds. If a decision remains elusive after 33 ballots, the process narrows to a runoff between the two leading candidates — though the winner must still meet the two-thirds requirement.

“Unlike other world governments, these men are not aligned with any particular political parties so one never knows exactly what their priorities are, where they stand on controversial issues and what they will have top of mind when they cast their ballot. All of it adds up to a lot of intrigue and very little certainty,” observed BBC’s Davide Ghiglione in Rome.

Historically, conclaves have lasted from a few days to several years. The longest lasted nearly three years beginning in 1268. However, procedural changes over time have streamlined the process. Since the early 1900s, conclaves have averaged three days in length. The most extended one in the 20th century occurred in 1922, lasting five days. Both Pope Benedict XVI and Pope Francis were chosen after just two days.

As cardinals deliberate, they do so beneath Michelangelo’s renowned frescos, including “The Last Judgement,” which features scenes of resurrection, salvation, and damnation. These vivid images serve as powerful visual reminders of the spiritual weight of their task.

Two temporary furnaces have been installed in the chapel to manage smoke signals. One is used to burn ballots, and the other assists with producing the distinctive colored smoke that signals the outcome.

Upon election, the new Pope must formally accept the role and declare his chosen papal name before the College of Cardinals. When elected, Pope Francis chose his name in honor of St Francis of Assisi, inspired by Brazilian Cardinal Claudio Hummes. As he later recalled, “Do not forget the poor,” Hummes had said to him during the momentous occasion.

Traditionally, popes adopted their own names until over 500 years ago when symbolic naming began. This trend, intended to simplify or evoke continuity, is why names like John became common among pontiffs.

The newly elected pope will be taken to the “Room of Tears” — an antechamber where he dons his papal attire. Emotional reactions have earned the room its nickname. Pope Francis notably declined the ornate red cape, opting instead for a plain white cassock, a gesture that signaled humility.

At last, the new pope will emerge onto the balcony of St Peter’s Basilica, addressing the world with the words, “Annuntio vobis gaudium magnum… habemus papam!” — “I announce to you a great joy… we have a Pope!” Crowds will cheer, celebrating the start of a new chapter for the Roman Catholic Church.

USPS Plans New Stamp Price Hike Effective This July, Including Forever Stamps

The cost of mailing letters and postcards in the United States is set to rise once again later this year, as the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) moves forward with plans to increase stamp prices. While the changes are not yet in effect, customers still have a window of opportunity to purchase stamps at current prices before the proposed adjustments are implemented.

Among the most notable changes is the planned increase in the cost of a Forever Stamp, which is widely used for sending first-class letters. The USPS has submitted a proposal to raise the price of a Forever Stamp from its current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents. While the suggested increase must still receive the formal green light from the Postal Regulatory Commission, approval is expected, as the commission has historically authorized previous price adjustments.

If the proposed hike is confirmed, the new rate of 78 cents will take effect starting July 13. That means consumers looking to save money on future postage have until July 12 to buy Forever Stamps at the existing 73-cent price. Since Forever Stamps do not expire and remain valid regardless of any future rate increases, purchasing them now allows customers to hedge against future mailing costs.

The USPS explained that the decision to raise prices stems from a broader need to shore up its financial foundation and ensure the sustainability of long-term plans. “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan,” the agency said in a statement. This strategic roadmap outlines the USPS’s objectives for modernization, service improvements, and cost-efficiency over the next decade.

But the price adjustment won’t be limited to just Forever Stamps. The Postal Service is also proposing increases for a range of other commonly used mailing products. For example, the cost of sending a metered 1-ounce letter is expected to go up by five cents, climbing from 69 cents to 74 cents. Domestic postcards, another popular mailing option, will also see a notable rise in price, jumping from 56 cents to 62 cents.

International mailing options are not exempt from the upcoming changes either. The price of international postcards is slated to increase slightly from $1.65 to $1.70. The same applies to international letters weighing up to one ounce, which are set to rise from $1.65 to $1.70 as well. Additionally, the fee for adding an extra ounce to domestic letters is expected to increase modestly from 28 cents to 29 cents.

This scheduled hike in postal rates marks the first price adjustment of 2025 and continues a recent trend of frequent changes to stamp costs. The most recent increase occurred on July 24, 2024, when the price of a Forever Stamp went from 68 cents to 73 cents. Prior to that, a two-cent rise was implemented in January 2024, when prices climbed from 66 cents to 68 cents. Even earlier, in 2023, the rate for a Forever Stamp increased from 63 cents to 66 cents, reflecting a steady escalation in mailing expenses over the past two years.

These repeated increases reflect the USPS’s broader efforts to respond to evolving economic conditions, including inflation, declining mail volumes, and rising operational costs. Each rate change is part of an ongoing attempt to ensure the agency can maintain its service commitments and invest in needed infrastructure improvements.

While some consumers may be frustrated by the prospect of paying more for postage, the USPS emphasizes that the financial realities it faces require proactive steps to secure the system’s long-term viability. According to USPS officials, the 10-year Delivering for America plan serves as a vital framework for achieving this goal, guiding the agency through necessary reforms, efficiency upgrades, and customer-focused innovations.

The plan is designed to help the Postal Service adapt to the changing dynamics of communication and commerce, which have shifted significantly in recent years. With the growth of digital communication and e-commerce, traditional letter mail has seen a steady decline, putting pressure on USPS revenue. In contrast, package delivery has become a larger focus area, requiring investment in new technology and logistical capabilities.

By adjusting stamp prices and other mailing fees in line with these developments, USPS aims to strike a balance between affordability for customers and the financial health of its operations. As such, while the price changes may be unwelcome for some, they are part of a larger effort to future-proof the nation’s postal system.

To avoid being affected by the higher rates, consumers are encouraged to purchase Forever Stamps and other mailing products before the new prices kick in on July 13. Buying before July 12 ensures access to the lower prices, allowing individuals and businesses alike to manage mailing costs more effectively over time.

The Forever Stamp, in particular, remains a practical and popular choice for many Americans due to its ability to lock in postage value even after multiple price changes. As rates continue to rise, these stamps offer a simple and cost-effective way to stay ahead of inflation and postal rate adjustments.

In summary, the proposed postal rate increases represent a continuation of USPS’s strategy to strengthen its financial footing and modernize its services through the Delivering for America initiative. While the changes must still be approved, they are expected to go into effect on July 13. Until then, customers still have a chance to purchase stamps and other mail services at the current rates.

As USPS puts it, the price hikes are essential to meet its future goals: “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan.”

With inflation and financial pressure on federal services unlikely to ease soon, such steps may become more common in the years ahead. For now, those who rely on USPS for personal or professional communication may want to act quickly before the new rates arrive.

Next Pope Likely to Shift Catholic Church Back Toward the Center

The next leader of the Roman Catholic Church could come from Africa, Italy, Sri Lanka, or even the United States. However, experts suggest that no matter where the new pontiff hails from, the person elected to succeed Pope Francis—who died Monday at age 88—will likely steer the Church back toward the ideological center.

Pope Francis, who led the Catholic Church for 12 years and represented 1.4 billion faithful globally, often sparked controversy among traditionalists with his progressive stances. His support for LGBTQ Catholics and decision to restrict the traditional Latin Mass were among the reforms that drew criticism from conservatives within the Church.

Now, with his passing, the College of Cardinals faces the task of choosing a successor who could bring a new tone to Church leadership. “Whoever is elected will be of a centrally conservative disposition; after 12 years of Pope Francis ‘stirring things up,’” said Serenhedd James, editor of Britain’s Catholic Herald magazine. “I think the cardinals will want someone who will take a different, calmer approach.”

Rev. Patrick Mary Briscoe, editor of Our Sunday Visitor magazine, echoed a similar sentiment. He said the next pontiff is likely to bring “a renewed clarity of doctrine” and focus more on internal Church governance than external engagement.

The process of electing a new pope will begin within 20 days of Francis’ death. A conclave of 120 cardinals under the age of 80—out of the 138 who make up the full College of Cardinals—will gather in the Vatican to choose the next spiritual leader of the Church.

The voting process includes four ballots per day until a new pope is chosen. If 30 rounds pass without a result, voting narrows to the top two candidates. One of them must receive a two-thirds majority to be elected.

Francis, during his papacy, significantly reshaped the College of Cardinals by appointing members from diverse backgrounds and perspectives. Briscoe noted that the new members are “extremely familiar with each other” due to this shift in leadership style. He also pointed out that Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, the 91-year-old dean of the College, may quietly influence the proceedings. Despite his age, Re was kept in his position by Francis and has strong knowledge of both older and newer cardinals.

Several candidates are seen as front-runners to become the next pope. These names have been ranked by Italian Vatican expert Gaetano Masciullo and Vatican analysts Edward Pentin and Diane Montagna of the College of Cardinals Report. The list includes individuals from a range of theological viewpoints, from progressive to conservative.

Cardinal Luis Tagle of the Philippines, aged 67, is often seen as a protégé of Pope Francis. However, his standing may have been weakened after alleged “shortcomings” were uncovered during his leadership of Vatican charity Caritas International. According to Masciullo, Tagle “has expressed very ‘open’ opinions on issues such as Communion for non-sacramentally married couples and homosexuality, suggesting that universal moral principles may ‘not apply in all situations.’”

Cardinal Pietro Parolin, 70, who currently serves as the Vatican’s Secretary of State, is another top contender. An Italian with diplomatic experience, Parolin is considered a moderate figure. Though he has taken some conservative positions, his willingness to cooperate with Communist China has raised eyebrows. Nevertheless, he is seen as having a “high chance” of being elected due to his broad international experience and ties.

From France, Cardinal Jean-Marc Aveline, 66, is reportedly a favorite of Francis. Aveline is described as an intellectual and personable figure. Masciullo, however, labeled him a “dangerous contender” due to his popularity among left-leaning Church circles. He is known for advocating for strong decentralization within the Catholic Church, a position that could prove controversial.

Another notable candidate is Cardinal Willem Jacobus Eijk, 71, from the Netherlands. A trained physician and theologian, Eijk strictly adheres to Catholic doctrine, even when his views are unpopular. He opposes same-sex blessings, gender-transition therapies, and the ordination of women. His firm stances on doctrine are likely to attract support from conservative cardinals. His administrative skills also enhance his credibility as a potential pope.

Cardinal Malcolm Ranjith, 77, serves as the Archbishop of Colombo in Sri Lanka. His election would mark a historic elevation of an Asian leader to the papacy. Known for aligning with both the late Pope Benedict XVI’s theological conservatism and Francis’ advocacy for the poor and environmental issues, Ranjith could represent a unifying figure. Masciullo remarked that many consider Ranjith “as perfectly aligned with Benedict XVI.” His origin from South Asia, a region where Catholicism is rapidly growing, adds to his appeal.

Then there’s Cardinal Robert Sarah, 79, a deeply traditionalist former Vatican official from Guinea. Sarah has vocally opposed Pope Francis’ limitations on the Latin Mass and the Church’s openness to blessings for same-sex couples. These views have made him a favorite among the Church’s conservative factions. If elected, Sarah would become the first African pope since the fifth century.

While these six cardinals are widely viewed as leading candidates, it is technically possible for any baptized male Catholic to be elected pope. Canon law expert Edward Peters noted that if a non-ordained Catholic were chosen, they would need to be ordained and elevated to the role of bishop before their papacy could be formalized.

However, most experts agree that the election of a non-cardinal is nearly impossible. Christopher Bellitto, a history professor at Kean University, bluntly stated, “Odds of someone other than a cardinal being elected … are lower than a snowball’s chance in hell.” He explained that the last time such a choice was made was in 1378, which sparked the Western Schism, a crisis that saw rival claimants to the papacy and was only resolved in 1417.

Bellitto also referenced another instance from 1294, when a hermit named Celestine V was elected pope despite his lack of experience. Celestine later resigned, and the Italian poet Dante placed him “at the doorway of hell” in his literary work Inferno as a symbol of weak leadership.

The upcoming conclave is therefore expected to remain within traditional bounds, with the cardinals choosing one of their own to lead the Catholic Church into its next chapter. Despite the global reach of Catholicism and the potential for surprise, the consensus among Vatican watchers is that the new pope will likely represent a more centrist, stabilizing force after the eventful and reform-minded tenure of Pope Francis.

World Leaders Mourn Pope Francis, Recall His Legacy of Compassion, Dialogue, and Humility

Soon after the passing of Pope Francis on Monday, tributes poured in from leaders across the world who remembered the first Latin American pontiff as a spiritual beacon and a champion of the marginalized. The Pope, who was 88 years old and had been suffering from a prolonged illness, left a lasting impression on political and religious figures worldwide.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi honored Pope Francis by calling him “a beacon of compassion, humility and spiritual courage.” Reflecting on his interactions with the Pope, Modi said, “I fondly recall my meetings with him and was greatly inspired by his commitment to inclusive and all-round development. His affection for the people of India will always be cherished. May his soul find eternal peace in God’s embrace.”

From the United States, President Donald Trump also extended his condolences on his social media platform, Truth Social, stating, “Rest in Peace Pope Francis! May God Bless him and all who loved him!”

Senator J.D. Vance, currently in India on an official visit, shared a heartfelt message, recalling his last encounter with the Pope. “I just learned of the passing of Pope Francis. My heart goes out to the millions of Christians all over the world who loved him. I was happy to see him yesterday, though he was obviously very ill. But I’ll always remember him for the below homily he gave in the very early days of COVID. It was really quite beautiful. May God rest his soul.”

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni mourned deeply, writing, “The news saddens us deeply, because a great man and a great shepherd has left us.” She added, “I had the privilege of enjoying his friendship, his advice and his teachings, which never failed even in moments of trial and suffering.” She recalled his message during the Via Crucis, where he highlighted “the power of the gift, which makes everything flourish again and is capable of reconciling what in the eyes of man is irreconcilable.” Meloni praised his call for the world “to follow a path that does not destroy, but cultivates, repairs, protects.” Concluding her tribute, she said, “His teaching and his legacy will not be lost. We greet the Holy Father with hearts full of sadness, but we know that he is now in the peace of the Lord.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin also acknowledged Pope Francis’ role in fostering better relations between religious communities. In a message to Cardinal Kevin Joseph Farrell, Camerlengo of the Holy Roman Church, Putin said, “Throughout the years of his pontificate, he actively promoted the development of dialogue between the Russian Orthodox and Roman Catholic Churches, as well as constructive cooperation between Russia and the Holy See.” He added, “In this sad hour, I would like to convey to you and the entire Catholic clergy my words of sympathy and support.”

French President Emmanuel Macron lauded the Pope’s solidarity with the vulnerable, saying, “Throughout his pontificate Pope Francis had always sided with the most vulnerable and the most fragile, and that he did this with a lot of humility. In this time of war and brutality, he had a sense for the other, for the most fragile.”

German Chancellor Friedrich Merz noted the Pope’s global impact, stating, “Francis will be remembered for his tireless commitment to the weakest in society, to justice and reconciliation. Humility and faith in God’s mercy guided him in this.” Merz emphasized how the Pope “touched people worldwide, across denominational boundaries” and extended his thoughts to the faithful worldwide who are mourning.

Israeli President Isaac Herzog expressed his condolences, focusing on the Pope’s interfaith efforts. “I send my deepest condolences to the Christian citizens of Israel, to the Christian communities in the Holy Land, and to the entire Christian world – on the loss of their spiritual father, Pope Francis,” he wrote. Herzog praised the Pope as “a man of immense faith and great mercy,” who prioritized the poor and peace efforts. “He saw great importance in deepening ties with the Jewish world and in promoting interfaith dialogue as a way to achieve mutual understanding and respect,” Herzog said. He concluded by expressing hope that “his prayers for peace in the Middle East and the return of the kidnapped will soon be answered.”

From Argentina, Pope Francis’ homeland, President Javier Milei also shared a heartfelt message: “It is with profound sorrow that I learned this sad morning that Pope Francis, Jorge Bergoglio, passed away today and is now resting in peace.” Milei acknowledged their past disagreements but said, “Despite differences that seem minor today, having been able to know him in his goodness and wisdom was a true honor for me.”

Before his papacy, Francis, born Jorge Mario Bergoglio, served as Archbishop of Buenos Aires. During his youth, he rose through the ranks of the Jesuit order, offering spiritual guidance during Argentina’s politically difficult years, particularly the military dictatorship known as the Dirty War from 1976 to 1983.

King Charles of the United Kingdom offered a touching tribute, emphasizing the Pope’s legacy of unity and empathy. “His Holiness will be remembered for his compassion, his concern for the unity of the Church and for his tireless commitment to the common causes of all people of faith, and to those of goodwill who work for the benefit of others,” he said.

Kenyan President William Ruto praised Francis’ moral clarity and inclusive leadership. “He exemplified servant leadership through his humility, his unwavering commitment to inclusivity and justice, and his deep compassion for the poor and the vulnerable. His strong ethical and moral convictions inspired millions across the world, regardless of faith or background.”

Lebanese President Joseph Aoun reflected on Francis’ longstanding support for Lebanon. “We in Lebanon, the land of diversity, feel the loss of a dear friend and a strong supporter. The late Pope always carried Lebanon in his heart and prayers, and he always called on the world to support Lebanon in its ordeal,” he said. “We will never forget his repeated calls to protect Lebanon and preserve its identity and diversity.”

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy expressed gratitude for the Pope’s prayers and encouragement during challenging times. “He knew how to give hope, ease suffering through prayer, and foster unity. He prayed for peace in Ukraine and for Ukrainians,” Zelenskyy wrote. “We grieve together with Catholics and all Christians who looked to Pope Francis for spiritual support. Eternal memory!”

Philippine President Ferdinand Marcos Jr declared his deep admiration: “I love this pope. The best pope in my lifetime as far as I’m concerned.” Marcos described him as “a man of profound faith and humility,” adding, “Pope Francis led not only with wisdom but with a heart open to all, especially the poor and the forgotten.”

Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva highlighted Francis’ commitment to justice and environmental advocacy. “Pope Francis lived and spread in his daily life the love, tolerance and solidarity that are the basis of Christian teachings,” he wrote. Citing the Pope’s alignment with the ideals of Saint Francis of Assisi, Lula said, “The Argentine, Jorge Bergoglio, tirelessly sought to bring love where there was hatred. Unity where there was discord.” Lula noted how Francis “brought the issue of climate change to the Vatican” and “vigorously criticized the economic models that led humanity to produce so many injustices.” He stressed that the Pope “always stood by those who need it most: the poor, refugees, young people, the elderly and victims of war and all forms of prejudice.” Lula concluded by noting the personal impact Francis had on him and his wife, Janja. “On the occasions when Janja and I were blessed with the opportunity to meet Pope Francis and be received by him with great affection, we were able to share our ideals of peace, equality and justice. Ideals that the world has always needed. And will always need. May God comfort those who today, all over the world, suffer the pain of this enormous loss. In his memory and in honor of his work, I decree seven days of mourning in Brazil.”

Pope Francis’ legacy as a humble servant, a spiritual reformer, and a global voice for peace will continue to resonate far beyond his time.

Pope Francis Dies at 88: A Revolutionary Papacy That Transformed the Church

Pope Francis, the transformative leader of the Catholic Church known for his efforts to modernize its mission and message, has passed away at the age of 88. The Argentine-born pontiff, who made history as the first pope from the Americas and the first Jesuit to ascend to the role, died on Easter Monday. His death was confirmed by Cardinal Kevin Farrell in an official Vatican statement.

“Dearest brothers and sisters, with deep sorrow I must announce the death of our Holy Father Francis,” said Cardinal Farrell. “At 7.35am this morning, the Bishop of Rome, Francis, returned to the house of the Father. His entire life was dedicated to the service of the Lord and His Church. He taught us to live the values of the Gospel with fidelity, courage and universal love, especially in favour of the poorest and most marginalised. With immense gratitude for his example as a true disciple of the Lord Jesus, we commend the soul of Pope Francis to the infinite merciful love of the One and Triune God.”

Francis made history in many ways. He was the first pope born or raised outside Europe in over 1,200 years and assumed the papacy in 2013, leading the Roman Catholic Church’s 1.3 billion followers through an era marked by both internal reform and global challenges. His health had been declining for some time, with the Pope relying on a wheelchair or cane following multiple surgeries, including major abdominal procedures. In February, he was hospitalized with pneumonia in both lungs and spent over a month recovering in Rome’s Gemelli hospital, only being discharged on March 23.

His passing came just a day after he had blessed thousands gathered at St Peter’s Square during Easter Sunday celebrations. Despite his frailty, he made an unexpected appearance in the popemobile, delighting the crowd with a ride through the piazza. He had also met briefly with U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance that day.

As per centuries-old Vatican protocols, the camerlengo — the official responsible for overseeing church property — confirmed the death by calling out Pope Francis’ baptismal name, Jorge Mario Bergoglio, three times without receiving a response. Upon this, he declared the Pope deceased and began notifying Vatican staff and the public.

The Pope’s death sets in motion a traditional nine-day mourning period and the lead-up to a new papal election. The funeral Mass is expected to be held in St Peter’s Square, and Francis will be buried between four and six days following his death, in accordance with the Universi Dominici Gregis, the document guiding the papal transition. While most popes are buried beneath St Peter’s Basilica, Francis had previously expressed his wish for a simple service and burial at the Basilica of Santa Maria in Rome, marking the first time since Pope Leo XIII in 1903 that a pope will be laid to rest outside the Vatican.

Within 15 to 20 days, more than 140 cardinals from around the globe will arrive at the Vatican to begin the conclave, the highly secretive election process to choose the next pope. During the conclave, the cardinals will be sequestered in the Sistine Chapel, cut off from all forms of communication, until a new pontiff is elected by a two-thirds majority. The announcement of the new pope will come in the traditional form: white smoke emerging from the Sistine Chapel chimney.

Born in Buenos Aires in 1936, Francis’ papacy began under unique circumstances. He succeeded Benedict XVI, who resigned in 2013, becoming the first pope to step down in six centuries. The unexpected transition created a period of dual pontiffs living within the Vatican, and despite the unusual arrangement, Francis and Benedict formed a close personal relationship. Benedict passed away at the end of 2022.

As the 266th pope in the Church’s two-millennia history, Francis took leadership during a particularly turbulent time. The Catholic Church was reeling from widespread sexual abuse scandals, suffering from financial disarray, and sharply divided between conservative and liberal factions. While he didn’t alter Church doctrine, Francis radically changed the tone and focus of Vatican leadership. He immediately targeted clericalism, aimed to uplift the laity, promoted women to influential positions in Church bureaucracy (though he stopped short of ordaining them), and spoke out firmly on climate change.

Francis gained a reputation for compassion, especially toward society’s marginalized, but his gentle demeanor did not extend to clergy who failed to address misconduct. He was unafraid to challenge conservative elements within the Church and dismissed bishops who had mishandled sexual abuse cases. His determination to reform Vatican governance led him to create an anti-corruption body that conducted audits of Church-owned institutions.

During the most recent synod, Francis urged Catholics globally to envision a more inclusive Church, advocating for “an ever more symphonic and synodal church.” He described the Church as an orchestra, cautioning that no single section should dominate. Referring to his role as a “conductor,” he emphasized the need for “creative fidelity” in uniting differing voices within the Church.

Despite his many efforts, his attempts to rebalance the Church’s power structure and amplify the voices of laypeople, especially women and those on society’s fringes, met limited success. In one of his early interviews, Francis remarked that the Church should not fixate on issues like abortion, same-sex marriage, and contraception, stating that “everyone knew what the church taught” on these matters.

In a strategic move to shape the future of the Church, Francis appointed 21 new cardinals in late 2024. With this, roughly 80 percent of the current College of Cardinals — the body responsible for electing the next pope — are now his appointees. This shift significantly increased representation from Asia and Africa, a reflection of Francis’ mission to expand the Church’s reach in the developing world. His 2015 visit to the Philippines marked the largest papal event in history, drawing over six million attendees for the final Mass in Manila, surpassing World Youth Day 1995 at the same location.

Yet, Francis’ tenure was not without internal strife. He faced strong opposition from conservative members within the Church, most notably when an essay surfaced in early 2023, widely believed to have been written by the late Cardinal George Pell. The piece labeled Francis’ papacy a “catastrophe” and accused the Vatican under his leadership of being at a political “low ebb.” It also criticized him for “grave failures to support human rights in Venezuela, Hong Kong, mainland China, and now in the Russian invasion.”

Nevertheless, Pope Francis leaves behind a profound legacy. He may not have fundamentally altered Church doctrine, but he reshaped the Church’s image, reoriented its priorities toward justice, inclusion, and humility, and opened doors for global voices long marginalized in the institution’s highest circles. His papacy will be remembered as one that dared to challenge tradition while calling for unity, compassion, and courage in a divided world.

The World Bids Farewell to Pope Francis, A Tireless Advocate for Peace, Equality, and the Environment

The All India Catholic Union (AICU) has expressed deep sorrow over the passing of Pope Francis, remembering him as a beacon of hope and humanity in an era marked by strife, division, and environmental crisis. In a heartfelt statement released after news of his death at the Vatican, the AICU joined Catholics worldwide in mourning the loss of a spiritual leader whose unwavering commitment to peace, fraternity, and justice earned him admiration across the globe.

“We will miss a lodestar who redefined for us the love of Jesus Christ for the world, expressing it in his focus for victims of wars and climate change, of gender issues and religious, racial and ethnic hate. Above all, we have lost a friend of the laity, a friend of the poor,” said Elia Vaz, the national president of the AICU, along with other office bearers in their joint statement.

Though initially known to only a select few in Latin America, Pope Francis quickly rose from relative obscurity to global recognition after becoming the Pope. His compassionate approach, down-to-earth demeanor, and unwavering voice against injustice won him widespread affection. The world took to the way he communicated—not only his words, but also the courage with which he challenged those who perpetuated violence and hatred.

During his tenure as the head of the Catholic Church, Pope Francis made bold and necessary moves to reform the institution. He spearheaded efforts to clean up the Vatican’s financial systems and reduce bureaucratic red tape, bringing greater transparency and accountability to a centuries-old institution. These reforms were not just limited to internal matters; he also took significant strides in strengthening ties with other faiths, especially Islam, fostering a spirit of interfaith dialogue and cooperation.

His global outreach extended beyond religious matters. Pope Francis took clear and public stands on geopolitical issues, condemning the wars in Gaza and Ukraine. His consistent call for peace in the face of violent conflict highlighted his role not just as a religious leader but also as a global moral authority. He didn’t shy away from political controversy when lives and dignity were at stake, instead using his platform to appeal to world leaders and citizens alike to choose compassion over conflict.

The Vatican, under his leadership, also addressed the modern world’s scientific and ethical challenges. He led the Church to engage in contemporary discussions, including those on artificial intelligence, showing that faith and science can coexist and support each other in navigating an increasingly complex world. His commitment to environmental issues, particularly climate change, was one of the defining features of his papacy. Through encyclicals and public speeches, he urged both leaders and ordinary citizens to take responsibility for the planet’s health, advocating for sustainable living and protection of natural resources.

But perhaps what endeared Pope Francis most to ordinary Catholics was the personal connection he fostered with the faithful. He was not seen as a distant authority but as someone who genuinely cared for and understood the struggles of everyday believers. His Synods, particularly the one focused on the Family, invited lay participation on an unprecedented scale, allowing Catholics from around the world to feel heard and included in the Church’s future. His call to “walk together” was more than a metaphor—it was a tangible step toward making the Church more participatory and inclusive.

For women and children, regardless of their geography—be it Gaza, India, or Africa—Pope Francis was a source of support and inspiration. He broke centuries of tradition by appointing women to key roles in the Church, positions historically reserved for men. These changes were not just symbolic but represented a genuine shift toward gender inclusivity within the religious hierarchy. By giving women greater responsibility and voice in the Church, he opened doors for more balanced leadership in the future.

Young people, too, found a friend in Pope Francis. His outreach to youth through events like World Youth Day and his social media presence helped bridge the generational gap, making religion accessible and relevant in a rapidly changing world. He emphasized listening to the younger generation, valuing their insights and aspirations for a more just and compassionate society.

Even as illness gradually diminished his strength, Pope Francis showed no sign of slowing down. His energy and passion for reform remained undiminished almost until the very end. His passing leaves behind unanswered questions about what additional transformations he may have envisioned for the Church. “We will forever wonder what together reforms he had in mind, to make the Church ever more relevant in the lives of the people at this turn of history,” the AICU noted, capturing the collective sentiment of many Catholics around the world.

His legacy, however, is far from complete. The AICU and countless others in the Catholic community now look toward his successor with hope. There is an earnest desire that the momentum of change initiated by Pope Francis will not only be preserved but also expanded upon. His tenure has set a precedent—one where the Church actively engages with the pressing moral and social issues of the day while remaining rooted in compassion and humility.

As the Catholic Church enters a period of transition, the memory of Pope Francis will continue to inspire. His unwavering stance on peace, inclusivity, and care for creation has left an indelible mark not just on the Church but on humanity as a whole. His life was a testament to the belief that leadership grounded in empathy and courage can indeed transform the world.

For millions, Pope Francis was not just a Pope—he was a symbol of hope in dark times, a shepherd who walked with his flock, and a leader who never stopped believing in the goodness of humanity. As the AICU and the global community bid farewell, his vision of a more united, just, and sustainable world will live on in the hearts and actions of those he inspired.

Seven Countries Where Expats Find Happiness Without High Costs

“My old man used to say, ‘Happiness is not a matter of intensity but of balance and order and rhythm and harmony.’” This sentiment rings especially true when considering life abroad. Living overseas can feel like walking a tightrope, trying to juggle financial responsibilities with the pursuit of a fulfilling life. Yet, striking the right balance between joy and affordability isn’t as unattainable as it might seem. In fact, some countries have become expat favorites precisely because they offer both happiness and financial ease.

If you’ve ever wondered, “Where can I live happily and affordably?” then take note. Seven countries stand out where expatriates claim they are living more joyfully while also spending less. These nations offer much more than cheap beer or sunny weather. Let’s explore what makes each destination unique—and why they might be the answer to your happiness and budget goals.

Portugal

Portugal consistently ranks high among the most desirable destinations for expatriates, and it’s easy to see why. With stunning coastlines, rich history, and mouthwatering cuisine, it offers a deeply satisfying lifestyle. But what really makes Portugal shine is its affordability. Compared to many Western countries, living costs here—especially housing and food—are substantially lower.

Beyond just saving money, expats in Portugal frequently highlight the friendly locals and a slower pace of life that prioritizes family and community. “Portugal offers a quality of life that’s hard to beat without putting a massive dent in your bank account,” the original writer observes. For anyone seeking both peace of mind and financial balance, Portugal may just be the perfect fit.

Thailand

Thailand, affectionately known as the “Land of Smiles,” is a dream destination for many expats. With its ancient temples, lush landscapes, and world-famous street food, the country offers an experience unlike any other. But what makes it truly attractive is its low cost of living.

As someone who lived in a comfortable condo in Bangkok once noted, “From rent to meals, everything is surprisingly affordable.” More than that, it’s the Thai philosophy of ‘Sanuk’—the idea of finding joy in everything—that creates an uplifting atmosphere. Whether chatting with street vendors or attending local festivals, life in Thailand is filled with genuine, infectious happiness. It’s a place where both your wallet and your spirit feel full.

Mexico

Mexico is a country full of life and color, with streets often echoing with music, laughter, and celebration. While it faces its own set of challenges—including traffic congestion and certain social issues—many expats still find immense value in calling Mexico home.

The affordability of daily living is a major draw. Good food, affordable housing, inexpensive healthcare – it’s all there for you to seize . Yet, the heart of Mexico lies in its people. Their warmth and resilience stand out, and integrating into local life often feels effortless. The nation’s rich traditions and welcoming communities make it a compelling choice for anyone ready to embrace a country that is “not perfect, but beautifully real and economically viable.”

Vietnam

Vietnam is one of Southeast Asia’s hidden gems, blending centuries-old traditions with modern growth. From bustling markets to peaceful rice fields, the country offers a visually and culturally rich experience. Better yet, it’s incredibly affordable.

Housing, food, transportation – it’s all remarkably affordable, emphasizing how budget-friendly life can be. But the appeal goes beyond numbers. Vietnamese communities are closely knit, and the country’s vibrant culture encourages joy and camaraderie. “Life here is lived in vibrant color and high volume,” making it ideal for those seeking both economic comfort and emotional connection.

Indonesia

Indonesia, a sprawling archipelago with over 17,000 islands, offers a mix of cultures and cost-effective living that’s hard to resist. Whether you’re in the heart of Jakarta or relaxing in a Balinese villa, life here is considerably cheaper than in most Western countries.

Affordability aside, Indonesia’s cultural ethos stands out. “The Indonesians have a term called ‘gotong royong’, which refers to the spirit of mutual aid and cooperation,” the article explains. This communal spirit fosters a warm and inclusive environment for newcomers. Expats are especially drawn to Bali, known as the “Island of the Gods,” where the cost of living is low and the quality of life is high. For those in search of both tropical beauty and financial ease, Indonesia checks all the boxes.

Costa Rica

Costa Rica, nestled in Central America, is a country that lives by the motto “Pura Vida,” or “pure life.” It’s more than just a phrase; it’s a way of life that reflects a deep appreciation for well-being, nature, and community. Living costs—ranging from rent to groceries to healthcare—are modest, allowing residents to live comfortably on a budget.

More importantly, the spirit of the Costa Rican people, known as “Ticos,” enhances the overall living experience. The article shares a touching anecdote: “I remember reading about an expat who fell ill and was touched by how the local community came together to support him.” Such acts of kindness demonstrate that Costa Rica is a place where people genuinely care for each other. If you’re looking for a lifestyle rooted in empathy, simplicity, and sustainability, Costa Rica is a strong contender.

Malaysia

Malaysia is a unique blend of tradition and modernity. Skyscrapers rise beside temples, and bustling cities like Kuala Lumpur offer all the amenities of the West at a fraction of the cost. “The cost of living is significantly lower here,” the article points out, making it a haven for expats watching their budget.

What makes Malaysia particularly welcoming is its community-oriented culture. “The locals live by the concept of ‘gotong-royong’, a spirit of cooperation and mutual assistance,” notes the original writer. This cultural value makes it easy for expats to integrate and feel at home. Additionally, the country’s high-quality and affordable healthcare system means that wellness doesn’t come with a hefty price tag. In Malaysia, happiness isn’t fleeting—it’s part of everyday life.

Final Thoughts

The idea of living abroad, in a place where you’re both happier and financially stable, may seem like a far-off fantasy. But as these seven countries prove, it’s very much within reach. “Remember, it’s not just about the cost of living. It’s also about the richness of life.”

From Portugal’s coastal charm to Vietnam’s spirited streets, each destination offers its own unique version of happiness and affordability. And while every country has its quirks and challenges, the warmth of the people, the sense of belonging, and the joy of simple living are what truly matter.

Choosing the right country to call home isn’t just about money. It’s about finding a place where your heart feels full and your life feels complete—without emptying your bank account in the process.

Pope Francis, Global Spiritual Leader and Champion of the Poor, Dies at 88

Pope Francis, the first Jesuit and first Latin American pontiff in the nearly 2,000-year history of the Catholic Church, passed away at the age of 88 on Easter Monday, April 21, 2025, in his residence at the Vatican. The news was confirmed by Cardinal Kevin Farrell, the Camerlengo of the Holy Roman Church, who described the pontiff’s final moments as peaceful and surrounded by close aides and medical staff.
A Historic Papacy Comes to an End
Born Jorge Mario Bergoglio on December 17, 1936, in Buenos Aires, Argentina, Pope Francis ascended to the papacy on March 13, 2013, following the historic resignation of Pope Benedict XVI. He was the first non-European pope in over 1,200 years and brought a fresh, pastoral perspective to a Church long dominated by Eurocentric traditions. His election marked a significant moment of hope for the global South and for Catholics seeking reform, compassion, and inclusivity.
Known widely as the “People’s Pope,” Francis used his papacy to focus the Church’s attention on the marginalized — refugees, the poor, and victims of abuse — and to emphasize mercy over judgment. His leadership style was defined by humility: from choosing modest papal apartments over the opulent Apostolic Palace to embracing interfaith dialogue and environmental stewardship.
The Final Days
Pope Francis’s health had been a growing concern over the last year. He had suffered from chronic respiratory issues dating back to a lung infection in his youth. In early April 2025, he was diagnosed with double pneumonia. Despite his condition, he insisted on delivering a brief Easter Sunday blessing to a crowd of over 40,000 in St. Peter’s Square. It was to be his final public appearance.
The Vatican released an official statement at 8:15 a.m. Rome time, announcing his death: “His Holiness Pope Francis returned to the house of the Father at 7:35 a.m., Easter Monday, April 21, 2025. He passed peacefully in prayer, having lived his final days with grace and faith.”
A Legacy of Reform and Relevance
Over his 12-year tenure, Pope Francis made significant changes to the Church’s approach on global issues:
•Social Justice: He championed the rights of immigrants and called for humane responses to migration crises across Europe and the Americas.
•Environment: In 2015, his encyclical Laudato Si’ became a landmark document urging environmental action and responsible stewardship of the Earth.
•Church Reform: Francis cracked down on financial corruption within the Vatican and restructured various governing bodies to improve transparency.
•Inclusivity: While upholding traditional Church teachings, Francis softened the language toward divorced Catholics, the LGBTQ+ community, and those outside the Church, often stating, “Who am I to judge?”
Despite internal opposition, especially from conservative factions within the Church, Francis remained a unifying figure for the world’s 1.3 billion Catholics.
Global Mourning and Honors
Condolences and tributes have poured in from leaders and communities worldwide.
U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance, who visited the Pope earlier this month, called him “a spiritual beacon not only for Catholics but for all people of goodwill.” Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi described him as “a global statesman whose message of peace and compassion deeply touched India.” European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen praised his “undaunted commitment to the poor and vulnerable.”
In a rare move, Italy’s Serie A football league postponed all seven scheduled matches for the day in mourning, highlighting the Pope’s influence far beyond the religious realm.
Funeral Arrangements and Papal Transition
Following tradition, Pope Francis’s body will lie in state in St. Peter’s Basilica for several days to allow faithful from around the world to pay their respects. The funeral is scheduled for Friday, April 25, and will be attended by global dignitaries, faith leaders, and millions of mourners.
In accordance with his personal wishes, Pope Francis will be buried at the Basilica of St. Mary Major in Rome, a place he visited frequently and held close to his heart. This marks the first time since 1903 that a pope will be buried outside Vatican grounds.
The College of Cardinals will convene in early May to begin the papal conclave. Currently, 135 cardinal electors under the age of 80 are eligible to vote. The conclave is expected to begin between May 6 and May 11, with the world watching closely to see who will carry forward Francis’s legacy.
A Pope for the Times
Pope Francis leaves behind a Church that is more engaged with the modern world, more attentive to the voices on the margins, and more transparent in its governance. While his papacy was not without controversy, particularly on issues such as gender roles and clergy abuse, his legacy is one of transformation, compassion, and moral courage.
As Cardinal Pietro Parolin, the Vatican Secretary of State, remarked: “He brought Christ closer to the people, and the people closer to Christ. In life and in death, he remained a shepherd to the very end.”
The world mourns the loss of a spiritual leader, reformer, and symbol of unity in a divided age.

Pope Francis Visits Rome’s Regina Coeli Prison, Offering Presence and Prayer in Holy Week Tradition

On the afternoon of April 17, Pope Francis made a deeply personal visit to Regina Coeli, the historic prison situated along the Tiber River in Rome. The visit, carried out without fanfare or large announcements, was in keeping with the Pope’s established tradition of spending Holy Thursday in solidarity with those on society’s margins. This year, although he was unable to perform the symbolic washing of feet, a hallmark of his previous Holy Week visits to prisons, the Pope made it clear that his intention to connect with the incarcerated remained steadfast. “I like to do each year what Jesus did on Holy Thursday, the washing of feet, in a prison,” he said. “This year I can’t, but I can and want to be near you. I pray for you and for your families.”

The pontiff arrived quietly at the prison at around 3 p.m., avoiding ceremonial protocols. He was received with warmth by prison director Claudia Clementi and members of the penitentiary staff before he made his way to the prison’s central rotunda. There, approximately 70 inmates had gathered in anticipation of his visit. These inmates came from diverse backgrounds and nationalities, all sharing a common commitment to the prison’s faith formation and catechetical programs led by the chaplain. The Pope’s arrival was not treated as a staged event; rather, it was a sincere and intimate encounter rooted in mutual respect and shared humanity.

The Pope’s presence in Regina Coeli carried a message that transcended spoken words. After a brief period of silent prayer, he moved unhurriedly through the rotunda, personally greeting each individual inmate. There were no formal speeches or scripted interactions—just meaningful moments of connection. Often, these encounters took place in silence, with the Pope’s gaze or gesture communicating volumes. These moments were filled with emotion, drawing attention to the deep compassion and humility that have come to define Francis’ papacy.

Despite not delivering a homily or organized address, the Pope did lead the group of inmates in reciting the Lord’s Prayer. Following this shared act of faith, he offered his blessing to all those present. His visit, though brief—lasting only about thirty minutes—left a profound impact. After blessing the inmates and exchanging final greetings, he quietly departed the prison grounds.

As he exited the gates of Regina Coeli, journalists managed to capture a few parting words from the Pope. In his customary humble manner, he offered a poignant reflection on his recurring visits to correctional facilities. “Every time I enter a prison, I ask myself: ‘Why them and not me?’” he said. These words underscored his recognition of the vulnerability and unpredictability that shape every human life. He seemed to reject the notion of moral superiority, emphasizing instead the shared human condition that binds all people—whether free or imprisoned.

When asked by reporters how he experiences Easter personally, the Pope’s response was simple yet telling. “As I can,” he replied. That brief statement carried a weight of humility, honesty, and universality—expressing the idea that faith, especially during the solemn time of Holy Week, is a journey shaped by personal circumstances, limitations, and sincerity.

Pope Francis’ visit to Regina Coeli stands as a testament to his unwavering commitment to minister to those often forgotten or stigmatized by society. Since the beginning of his papacy, he has consistently prioritized pastoral outreach over pomp, choosing to serve and connect with people where they are, especially those who suffer or are marginalized. His repeated visits to prisons during Holy Week reflect a deep theological conviction—an understanding of mercy, redemption, and the importance of presence over pronouncements.

Though he was physically limited this year from performing the traditional act of washing feet—a gesture that symbolizes service, humility, and love—his physical presence among the inmates spoke just as powerfully. His intention was unmistakable: to accompany, to listen, to bless, and to bring the message of Easter hope into the walls of a prison.

The Pope’s actions at Regina Coeli were in line with the values he has continually preached throughout his pontificate: closeness over distance, compassion over judgment, and the power of human dignity over social labels. Rather than standing above the inmates as a religious authority figure, he stood among them as a fellow pilgrim—someone aware of life’s fragility and the ever-present potential for both brokenness and redemption.

This visit marked another chapter in Pope Francis’ evolving legacy of hands-on, relational ministry. In choosing to spend part of Holy Week not in a grand cathedral but inside a prison, he reinforced his belief that the true meaning of Easter lies not only in liturgical celebration but in reaching out to the forgotten, the rejected, and the suffering.

In an era where religious leaders often face criticism for being out of touch with real-world suffering, Pope Francis continues to break the mold. His willingness to engage directly with those behind bars—offering not solutions, but solidarity—echoes the essence of Christ’s message during Holy Week: a message of love that embraces even the most abandoned.

For the inmates of Regina Coeli, the Pope’s visit offered more than just a blessing. It was a moment of recognition and grace, a reminder that they are seen, remembered, and valued. For the world observing from outside the prison walls, it was yet another example of Pope Francis’ unique pastoral approach—one grounded in humility, driven by empathy, and centered on the Gospel’s call to serve.

With his quiet half-hour at Regina Coeli, Pope Francis gave the world a glimpse of what Holy Thursday looks like when lived with authenticity: not as a spectacle, but as a sacred moment of encounter, of broken barriers, and of shared humanity.

Kerala Teen Sidhanshu Sivan to Chair Children’s Jury at Prestigious Giffoni Film Festival

In a remarkable recognition, 14-year-old Sidhanshu Sanjeev Sivan from Kerala has been chosen to preside over the children’s jury at the 55th edition of the Giffoni International Film Festival in Italy. The prestigious event, one of the world’s most celebrated children’s film festivals, is scheduled to take place from July 18 to 28 this year.

Currently a Class XI student at Loyola School in Thiruvananthapuram, Sidhanshu hails from the illustrious Sivans family, often referred to as Malayalam cinema’s first family. His roots in filmmaking run deep, with multiple generations of his family having made significant contributions to Indian cinema.

Sidhanshu’s father, Sanjeev Sivan, is a prominent filmmaker, while his mother, Deepti Pillay Sivan, is also an acclaimed director in the Malayalam film industry. His paternal lineage includes several legendary names in Indian cinema. His grandfather, the late Sivan, was a celebrated photographer and filmmaker who received multiple National Awards for his contributions to the field. His uncle, Santosh Sivan, is considered one of India’s finest cinematographers and has also been a recipient of several National Awards for his work. The family recently mourned the loss of another notable member, Sidhanshu’s uncle, Sangeeth Sivan, who passed away in May 2024. He was a director best known for his work on the Malayalam blockbuster ‘Yoddha’ starring Mohanlal.

This latest honour for Sidhanshu reflects the continuation of the family’s cinematic legacy. He will chair a jury that includes children from around the world. “Sidhanshu will chair a jury comprising children from various countries,” said his father, Sanjeev Sivan. The international jury panels at the Giffoni Festival are made up of about 600 young participants in each section, making it a dynamic platform for young minds to engage with cinema.

Sidhanshu is not new to the spotlight. He stepped into the world of acting with the film ‘OzhukiOzhukiOzhuki’, which was directed by his father. Most recently, he appeared in a double role in the film Achappa’s Album, known by its English title Grampa’s Album. This time-travel themed children’s film was directed by his mother, Deepti Pillay Sivan, and produced by the National Film Development Corporation (NFDC).

Achappa’s Album received a notable platform when it was screened in a special market section at the European Film Market (EFM) during the Berlinale 2025. The film’s warm reception and international exposure underscore the kind of storytelling and artistic creativity that the Sivans family continues to bring to the screen.

The film is a fantasy-laden coming-of-age story that delves into intergenerational relationships. It has been praised for its emotional depth, imaginative storytelling, and subtle humour. Audiences from across the globe have found the narrative both touching and entertaining. The film’s themes of connection between different generations, and its blend of realism with fantasy, have allowed it to strike a chord with a wide audience.

Sidhanshu’s growing presence in children’s cinema is also evident in his involvement in an upcoming mystery film titled Detective Ujjwakan. The project is directed by Sophie Paul and is expected to further showcase his acting abilities.

With his involvement in projects helmed by both his parents and backed by significant institutions like the NFDC, Sidhanshu is already carving out a niche for himself in the world of cinema. His selection to chair the jury at the Giffoni Festival is not only a personal milestone but also a reflection of the growing influence of Indian children’s cinema on the global stage.

The Giffoni International Film Festival, held annually in the town of Giffoni Valle Piana in southern Italy, is widely regarded as one of the most significant film events for children and youth. It provides young film lovers with an opportunity to watch films from different cultures and take part in discussions, workshops, and interactions with filmmakers and other creatives from around the world.

Being chosen to chair a jury at such a renowned festival is a rare honour, especially for someone so young. The experience promises to be not only a great learning opportunity for Sidhanshu but also a chance to interact with other young jurors and filmmakers from various cultural backgrounds.

His father, Sanjeev Sivan, expressed pride in his son’s achievement, calling it a significant moment for the family. He noted that such international exposure at a young age is invaluable. “Sidhanshu will chair a jury comprising children from various countries,” he reiterated, underscoring the importance of the cross-cultural engagement the festival promotes.

Sidhanshu’s rise also highlights how the legacy of the Sivans family continues to evolve with each generation. While his grandfather laid the foundation and his uncles brought national and international recognition to the family name, Sidhanshurepresents a new chapter—one where the traditions of storytelling and visual creativity are carried forward through fresh perspectives and youthful enthusiasm.

This new phase of his journey reflects a blend of old and new, of heritage and innovation. Through his acting roles and now as a jury chair at Giffoni, Sidhanshu seems poised to continue his family’s legacy while also crafting his own path in the evolving world of cinema.

His work in Achappa’s Album and his selection for Giffoni are just early milestones, but they signal a promising future. The film’s success and its international attention prove that Indian children’s films can resonate globally, especially when they are built around strong narratives and authentic performances.

As Sidhanshu heads to Italy to fulfill his duties at the Giffoni Film Festival, there is a strong sense of pride not just within his family, but also among those following Malayalam cinema. It is a moment that celebrates youthful talent, rich cinematic heritage, and the power of storytelling to bridge generations and cultures.

From a family steeped in film tradition to the international stage in Italy, Sidhanshu’s journey is a compelling story of talent, legacy, and opportunity. The spotlight is now on this young talent from Kerala, who represents both the promise of youth and the enduring power of a creative lineage.

Scientists Reconstruct LUCA: The Ancient Microbe That Sparked All Life on Earth

Every leaf on a plant, feather of an eagle, or even a smear of pond scum shares the same underlying code of life, written in just four DNA letters. Ribosomes interpret this genetic script, assembling 20 standard amino acids and powering cells using the universal energy molecule ATP. This remarkable uniformity across all life continues to intrigue scientists, who are chasing an age-old mystery: if the recipe is nearly identical everywhere, who authored the original version?

The answer appears to lie in LUCA, the Last Universal Common Ancestor—a long-extinct organism that existed at the evolutionary crossroads between Bacteria and Archaea.

The astonishing consistency in biology’s language and tools points to a shared origin.Living systems are not fond of coincidence. A single genetic alphabet, the same protein-making machinery, and a universal energy currency add up to more than luck.This raises the question of just how far back the shared biological toolkit extends.

To explore that, researchers led by Dr. Edmund Moody from the University of Bristol examined thousands of genomes. They aimed to trace the common genetic features of life back to their source. “The evolutionary history of genes is complicated by their exchange between lineages,” Moody explained. “We have to use complex evolutionary models to reconcile the evolutionary history of genes with the genealogy of species.”

Instead of applying strict thresholds, the team let the data determine which genes might have belonged to LUCA. Their analysis uncovered roughly 2,600 genes, similar in number to what’s found in many modern bacteria. Dr. Tom Williams, a co-author, emphasized the strength of their approach. “One of the real advantages here is applying the gene-tree species-tree reconciliation approach to such a diverse dataset representing the primary domains of life, Archaea and Bacteria. This allows us to say with some confidence – and assess that level of confidence – in how LUCA lived.”

Previous efforts to identify LUCA’s genetic makeup produced widely varying estimates, ranging from a minimal 80 genes to over 1,500 gene families. This new analysis, however, suggests LUCA was much more than a primitive organism. The 2,600-gene profile reveals a highly capable microbe, complete with membrane pumps, DNA repair systems, and the capacity to synthesize simple lipids.

Significantly, LUCA also had the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway—a set of chemical reactions that link carbon dioxide and hydrogen to produce acetate and energy. This process suggests LUCA could feed and energize itself without external assistance. That challenges earlier theories which imagined early life as simplistic, passively relying on geological activity to evolve.

Instead, LUCA appears to have been a robust and versatile creature, well-suited for the newly cooled Earth where liquid water could persist. Gene-tracing techniques suggest LUCA lived approximately 4.2 billion years ago—just a few hundred million years after the planet’s formation.

“We did not expect LUCA to be so old, within just hundreds of millions of years of Earth formation. However, our results fit with modern views on the habitability of early Earth,” said Dr. Sandra Álvarez-Carretero. During that ancient time, Earth’s surface was chaotic, with frequent asteroid collisions and widespread volcanic eruptions. Yet hydrothermal vents on the seafloor may have provided stable, warm habitats rich in metals like iron, nickel, and sulfur—minerals that could drive the very same chemical reactions found in LUCA’s genome.

LUCA’s reliance on the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway fits perfectly with this setting, where vent chemistry could have been transformed into sustenance and power. But LUCA’s stable existence didn’t last long.

“Our study showed that LUCA was a complex organism, not too different from modern prokaryotes. What is really interesting is that it clearly possessed an early immune system, showing that even by 4.2 billion years ago, our ancestor was already engaged in an arms race with viruses,” noted Professor Davide Pisani.

The presence of genes resembling modern CRISPR systems—a microbial immune defense—implies that viruses were already attacking cells at the dawn of life. These viral invasions didn’t just threaten LUCA; they helped shape it. Viral infections can shuffle genes between hosts, accelerating the development of new enzymes and metabolic processes. This constant threat may have driven early cells to adapt rapidly, passing on their innovations to future generations.

Although LUCA had significant capabilities, it was not alone. It likely coexisted with a diverse community of microbes, each contributing to a shared ecosystem. “Its waste would have been food for other microbes, like methanogens, that would have helped to create a recycling ecosystem,” said Tim Lenton from the University of Exeter.

In modern hydrothermal vent ecosystems, acetate-producing organisms and methane-makers exchange chemical byproducts, stabilizing their environment and creating balanced energy systems. It’s possible a similar arrangement existed billions of years ago, long before photosynthesis evolved.

These early microbial collaborations could have regulated carbon and hydrogen flows, and even smoothed out extreme changes in temperature and pH. Such cooperative systems might have paved the way for more complex evolutionary developments.

Understanding LUCA’s world and abilities isn’t just a historical exercise—it has implications for both science and the search for extraterrestrial life. “The findings and methods employed in this work will also inform future studies that look in more detail into the subsequent evolution of prokaryotes in light of Earth history, including the lesser-studied Archaea with their methanogenic representatives,” explained Professor Anja Spang from the Royal Netherlands Institute for Sea Research.

Professor Philip Donoghue underscored the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in this research. “This brought together data and techniques from across multiple fields,” he said. By pooling knowledge from genetics, geology, evolutionary biology, and microbiology, the team was able to reconstruct a clearer picture of life’s origins than any single discipline could have achieved on its own.

Donoghue also emphasized how quickly ecosystems formed on early Earth. “This suggests that life may be flourishing on Earth-like biospheres elsewhere in the universe,” he concluded.

The quest to understand LUCA is far from over. Each new genome collected from ocean sediment or desert soil adds more details to the picture. With sequencing technologies becoming faster and more affordable, scientists will continue to identify ancient gene families and search for traces of early viruses in microbial DNA.

Future expeditions that drill into untouched seafloor vents could uncover life forms that echo LUCA’s lifestyle, linking geological processes directly with genetic history. Although many questions remain, one conclusion is clear: life didn’t stumble onto the scene—it arrived fully equipped, ready to face viruses, and eager to reshape its surroundings. Today, every living organism still carries a spark from that ancient ancestor.

Globalization and Marriage: A Double-Edged Transformation Across Societies

The influence of globalization on marriage has sparked wide-ranging debates, with perspectives varying significantly on whether its effects are detrimental or transformative. While critics argue that globalization contributes to the erosion of marital stability by reshaping societal values, inducing economic stress, and promoting non-traditional partnerships, proponents highlight its potential to enhance gender equality and expand options for family life. The topic remains highly nuanced, as the overall impact appears to vary depending on cultural, economic, and personal factors.

One key argument suggesting that globalization leads to reduced marital stability revolves around the disruption of traditional social values. As societies become more interconnected, long-standing beliefs about marriage, family roles, and personal relationships often face challenges. A study published by the International Journal of Novel Research and Development (IJNRD) supports this view, observing that “globalization can erode traditional family values and social norms, leading to changes in attitudes towards marriage and family life.” This shift may lead individuals to question the importance or relevance of formalized marriage, opting instead for alternative forms of relationships that align better with contemporary lifestyles.

In addition to changing values, globalization is also closely associated with growing economic pressure, which can impact marital relationships. Economic instability, including job insecurity and rising inequality, can increase tension within households and reduce the resilience of marital bonds. A study conducted by Lupine Publishers warns that “globalization can lead to increased economic inequality and job insecurity, potentially putting strain on relationships and marriage.” This financial stress may manifest in conflict over roles and responsibilities, ultimately weakening the institution of marriage for many couples across different economic backgrounds.

The emergence and growing acceptance of alternative relationship structures also contributes to a possible decline in traditional marriage. Globalization fosters cultural exchange and exposure to different lifestyles, including cohabitation and long-term partnerships without legal or religious recognition. These evolving norms may make conventional marriage less central in some societies. As TODAY.com highlights, “globalization can lead to the acceptance and prevalence of non-traditional relationship models, such as cohabitation, which may decrease the emphasis on marriage as a primary social institution.” In some communities, the once-standard expectation of marriage is now one of many possible paths individuals may choose for intimate partnerships.

Another factor often cited as influencing marital dynamics is the transformation of gender roles. As globalization accelerates, traditional expectations regarding men and women’s roles within a marriage are undergoing significant changes. Women, in particular, are increasingly engaging in the workforce, gaining access to education, and asserting their autonomy. While these developments can foster greater equality, they can also cause friction in households where more conventional gender norms persist. The United Nations comments on this shift, stating that “globalization can lead to changes in traditional gender roles and expectations, potentially impacting the dynamics within marriage and family life.” These changes may result in role renegotiations, and in some cases, conflict, particularly in societies where shifts in gender dynamics are met with resistance.

Yet, while globalization has been linked with marital strain and shifts in traditional norms, other scholars and analysts see it as a force for progress and diversification in family life. One of the most significant benefits observed is the increased autonomy of women. As societies modernize, women gain greater economic and social independence, which may lead to more fulfilling and equitable marriages. The United Nations highlights this positive development, noting that “globalization can empower women economically and socially, potentially leading to more equitable marriages and a greater focus on personal fulfillment within relationships.” These improvements in gender equity may contribute to stronger relationships based on mutual respect and shared goals, rather than dependence or obligation.

In line with this perspective is the growing diversity in family forms. Rather than adhering to a single template of marriage, individuals today have more flexibility to choose relationship models that best reflect their values and aspirations. This diversification allows people to structure their family lives in ways that feel most authentic to them. According to the Institute for Family Studies, “globalization can lead to a wider range of family structures and relationship models, allowing individuals to choose what best suits their needs and preferences.” From single-parent households to blended families and non-marital partnerships, the modern family now exists in many different forms, driven in part by the forces of globalization.

Another frequently mentioned benefit is the increased emphasis on personal growth and individual goals in marriage decisions. Globalization fosters broader educational and career opportunities, greater mobility, and exposure to various cultural ideals. These conditions empower individuals to reflect more deeply on what they want from marriage and life. Rather than marrying out of societal pressure, people are now more likely to make intentional and well-considered choices. As TODAY.com explains, “globalization can encourage individuals to prioritize their personal goals and values, potentially leading to more deliberate and fulfilling marriage choices.” This shift suggests that while fewer people may marry in traditional ways, those who do are more likely to be entering relationships grounded in compatibility and shared aspirations.

The overall conclusion, however, is that globalization’s impact on marriage cannot be understood through a one-size-fits-all lens. Instead, its effects vary greatly based on the surrounding cultural, social, and economic context. A study by Indiana University Bloomington encapsulates this perspective, stating that “globalization’s impact on marriage is multifaceted and depends on various factors, including cultural context, economic conditions, and individual preferences. While some argue that it undermines traditional marriage, others see it as a catalyst for change and the development of more diverse and equitable family forms.”

Ultimately, the relationship between globalization and marriage reflects the broader tensions of a world in flux. On the one hand, long-standing structures and expectations are being questioned or even dismantled, leading to feelings of uncertainty or instability for some. On the other, these very shifts create space for new models of partnership—ones that emphasize equality, autonomy, and authenticity. Whether globalization weakens or strengthens the institution of marriage may depend less on globalization itself and more on how societies choose to respond to the changes it brings.

Rahul Gandhi Set for Two-Day US Visit, to Speak at Brown University and Engage with Indian Diaspora

Rahul Gandhi, India’s Leader of Opposition, is scheduled to undertake a two-day trip to the United States starting April 21. This visit will include a series of engagements focused on academic interaction and community outreach, especially with the Indian diaspora in the U.S.

During his visit, Gandhi will be heading to Rhode Island, where he will participate in a key event at Brown University. He is expected to take part in a session titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” at the Watson Institute for International and Public Affairs. This event is being organized by the Saxena Center for Contemporary South Asia and is slated to be held on April 21. As part of this academic exchange, Gandhi will also interact with Brown University’s faculty members and students, providing them with insights into Indian politics and governance from the perspective of the opposition.

Aside from the university session, the Congress leader will also meet with members of the Indian-American community during his U.S. visit. These meetings are expected to include interactions with non-resident Indians as well as representatives of the Indian Overseas Congress, which functions as the international arm of the Indian National Congress party. The Indian Overseas Congress plays an important role in engaging with the global Indian diaspora and promoting the Congress party’s ideology abroad.

Pawan Khera, the chairman of the Congress party’s media and publicity department, confirmed the details of Gandhi’s itinerary through a post on X, formerly known as Twitter. In his post, Khera stated, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.”

This upcoming trip marks Gandhi’s second visit to the United States in the span of a few months. His previous U.S. tour took place in September 2024, during which he addressed faculty and students at the University of Texas. That visit also included meetings with various Indian diaspora groups in Texas and the nation’s capital, Washington, D.C. These interactions have become part of Gandhi’s broader efforts to connect with Indians abroad and present his party’s vision on international platforms.

In addition to the University of Texas, Gandhi has delivered speeches and participated in dialogues at several renowned international academic institutions. These include appearances at Harvard University, the University of Cambridge, and Stanford University. Through these engagements, he has sought to present his thoughts on democracy, economic development, and the social challenges facing India. His academic outreach is viewed as part of a broader attempt to rebrand his political persona and expand his influence beyond Indian borders.

Brown University, where Gandhi is scheduled to speak during his upcoming visit, is one of the oldest and most prestigious universities in the United States. Founded in 1764, the Ivy League institution has a long-standing reputation for academic excellence and political engagement. Over the years, it has hosted a variety of global political leaders and public intellectuals, serving as a platform for high-level discussions on international affairs.

The event titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” is expected to draw significant attention from students, faculty, and members of the South Asian community in the region. With the growing interest in India’s political dynamics ahead of the next general elections, Gandhi’s thoughts on current national issues are likely to be closely followed. His appearance at Brown University is anticipated to provide him an opportunity to articulate his vision for India and present his critique of the current government in a global forum.

This kind of academic interaction is not new for Gandhi, who has made it a point to include such discussions during his international visits. These engagements often allow him to explain the Congress party’s stance on matters ranging from economic policy to social justice, and to underline the importance of democratic institutions in India. They also provide him with a space to address questions and criticisms in a relatively open and intellectually oriented environment.

In addition to addressing academic audiences, Gandhi’s outreach to the Indian-American community has also been a consistent part of his international itinerary. The Indian diaspora in the United States has played an increasingly influential role in shaping political perceptions and promoting bilateral ties between the two nations. Engaging with these communities allows Gandhi to build networks of support and understanding that can be strategically valuable, especially as India continues to play a larger role in global affairs.

The Indian Overseas Congress, which coordinates many of these diaspora engagements, has been instrumental in organizing meetings and forums for Gandhi during his visits. These interactions often serve dual purposes: strengthening the Congress party’s presence among overseas Indians and allowing Gandhi to gauge the concerns and expectations of expatriate communities. Such dialogues can also be an opportunity to correct misconceptions and present the Congress’s political agenda directly to a global Indian audience.

Gandhi’s recent travels to foreign universities and diaspora hubs highlight a broader strategy by the Congress party to rebuild its image and international credibility. In contrast to the more centralized and nationalistic messaging of the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), the Congress leader has often emphasized themes of democratic resilience, inclusivity, and global cooperation in his foreign engagements.

While the impact of such visits on domestic electoral politics may be limited, they do contribute to shaping global narratives about India and its leadership. Gandhi’s appearances on international stages are covered widely by both Indian and global media, influencing how Indian politics is perceived abroad.

His choice of Brown University for his next academic appearance fits into this pattern of aligning with reputed institutions that foster open discussion. As he prepares for the event and subsequent interactions, both his supporters and critics will be watching closely to see how effectively he uses the platform to project his political philosophy and connect with younger, globally-minded audiences.

With India set to enter another election cycle in the near future, Gandhi’s overseas engagements, including his forthcoming U.S. visit, are likely to be viewed through both diplomatic and political lenses. They reflect a continuing effort by the Congress leader to maintain visibility, build international rapport, and strengthen ties with communities that can indirectly influence India’s external image and internal discourse.

In summary, Rahul Gandhi’s two-day visit to the United States on April 21 and 22 includes a major speaking engagement at Brown University in Rhode Island, along with meetings with Indian-American community members and Congress party affiliates. As Pawan Khera noted, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.” This marks another chapter in Gandhi’s continued effort to blend academic dialogue, community interaction, and international outreach as he seeks to play a leading role in shaping India’s political future.

India Assists Students Facing U.S. Visa Issues as Bilateral Engagement Deepens

India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) announced on April 17 that its diplomatic missions in the United States are actively engaging with Indian students affected by recent revocations of F-1 visas, offering them support and guidance. This development comes as multiple Indian nationals studying in the U.S. have been informed by American authorities about concerns regarding their visa status.

“We are aware that several Indian students have received communication from the U.S. government regarding their F-1 visa status, which happens to be the student visa. We are looking into the matter,” MEA spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal said during the ministry’s weekly press conference.

He further added, “Our Embassy and Consulates are in touch with the students to provide support.” This statement represents a notable evolution in the MEA’s stance. Until recently, the ministry primarily focused on advising Indian citizens abroad to adhere to local laws, rather than directly intervening in immigration matters. However, with growing concerns surrounding the nature of some of these visa revocations, Indian authorities have stepped in to play a more proactive role.

The statement marks a shift from the MEA’s earlier position that primarily advised Indian nationals to comply with local laws. The Trump administration’s immigration enforcement has led to dozens of Indian students receiving notices, with some reportedly linked to protest activity or minor infractions such as traffic violations.

Among those affected is Chinmay Deore, a final-year student at Wayne State University in Michigan. Deore, along with three other international students, has submitted a formal appeal to U.S. authorities, requesting that their F-1 visa status be reinstated. The students are receiving assistance from the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) in pursuing legal recourse. Deore and his fellow students have maintained that none of them face any criminal charges, despite the visa cancellations.

Although the MEA has not specifically mentioned Deore’s case in its communications, it has indicated that legal support is being advised as the primary route for affected individuals. “Our Embassy and Consulates are in touch with the students to provide support,” reiterated Jaiswal, emphasizing the ministry’s growing role in helping students navigate the fallout.

In a related case earlier this week, a Wisconsin court issued a stay on the deportation order against Krish Isserdasani, an Indian student enrolled at the University of Madison-Wisconsin. The court ruling has provided temporary relief and may set a precedent for other students facing similar legal challenges.

At the same time, recent data released by U.S. authorities has highlighted a sharp decline in the number of student visas issued to Indian nationals. In February 2025, the number of F-1 visas granted at American diplomatic missions in India fell by nearly 30 percent compared to the same month the previous year. This decline raises concerns over the broader implications for educational and people-to-people ties between the two countries.

As these immigration challenges unfold, bilateral diplomatic engagement remains active. The MEA also addressed questions about the upcoming official visit of U.S. Vice President JD Vance to India. During this visit, Vance is expected to meet with Prime Minister Narendra Modi and other top Indian leaders.

“With the United States of America, we have a Comprehensive Strategic Global Partnership. So, when you have that level of partnership with any country, obviously you will discuss all relevant issues,” Jaiswal told reporters. He noted that discussions during the visit are likely to cover a wide range of topics, including bilateral cooperation, regional matters, and Indo-Pacific security.

New Delhi is optimistic that the Vice President’s visit will contribute positively to strengthening the already close ties between India and the United States. Both countries have been working on multiple fronts, from defense and technology collaborations to strategic alignment in the Indo-Pacific. Vance’s trip is expected to reinforce these initiatives and address emerging concerns such as student mobility, immigration policy, and cross-border education.

India has long viewed education as a cornerstone of its relationship with the United States. Each year, tens of thousands of Indian students pursue higher education in American universities, contributing to academic research, economic growth, and innovation. The recent visa issues, however, have cast a shadow over these traditionally robust exchanges. Indian authorities are therefore keen to resolve the situation promptly and diplomatically, hoping to maintain the positive trajectory of educational cooperation.

The MEA’s active involvement in the cases of affected students signals a broader policy approach where the Indian government is willing to step in when citizens abroad face difficulties, especially in contexts that involve perceived administrative overreach or legal ambiguity. The support extended to students is likely to be welcomed by the Indian diaspora and educational community, both of which have been expressing concern over the sudden visa actions.

While the final outcomes of the ongoing legal cases remain to be seen, Indian officials have reaffirmed their commitment to safeguarding the interests of students abroad. With U.S. Vice President JD Vance’s visit on the horizon, there is an opportunity for both countries to address the visa concerns within the broader framework of their strategic partnership.

The MEA, meanwhile, continues to monitor the situation closely and remains engaged with U.S. authorities. “Our Embassy and Consulates are in touch with the students to provide support,” Jaiswal emphasized once again, underscoring that India will remain involved as the cases proceed.

At a time when global mobility and international education are facing unprecedented challenges, both governments may need to collaborate more closely to ensure that legitimate students are not caught in the crossfire of policy enforcement or political shifts. India is expected to raise these issues during the upcoming diplomatic engagements, seeking clarity and fairness in visa processes while reaffirming its commitment to international norms and mutual respect.

As Indian students await clarity and legal resolutions, the outcome of these efforts will likely influence not just current visa applicants but the broader landscape of U.S.-India educational ties for years to come.

Government Tightens Passport Rules with New Requirements and Privacy Enhancements

In a major policy overhaul, the central government has introduced stricter rules for passport applications, revising documentation standards and streamlining procedures. These changes, which came into effect from October 1, 2023, are aimed at enhancing security, improving efficiency, and protecting citizens’ personal information. The revised regulations include mandatory documentation updates, the introduction of new privacy features, and infrastructural expansion plans. Below are the five most important aspects of the new passport rules.

One of the most significant changes is the mandatory requirement of a birth certificate for certain applicants. As per the new regulation, individuals born on or after October 1, 2023, must provide a birth certificate as the exclusive official document to prove their date of birth. The certificate must be issued by the Municipal Corporation, the Registrar of Births and Deaths, or any other authority empowered under the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969. This measure intends to bring uniformity and clarity to the documentation process for new applicants.

For applicants born before this cutoff date, the government has maintained flexibility by allowing them to use alternative documents. These may include extracts from service records, a PAN card, a driving licence, a school leaving certificate, or a matriculation certificate. This distinction between new and existing applicants ensures that older individuals are not burdened with the task of obtaining new documents, while enforcing stricter standards for those born from the designated date onward.

The second major change pertains to how residential addresses are recorded and displayed in passports. In a move intended to enhance security and preserve privacy, residential addresses will no longer be printed on the last page of passports. Instead, a digital barcode will store this information. Immigration officials will be able to scan the barcode to retrieve the applicant’s address details when needed.

This digital shift aligns with global trends in passport modernization, where sensitive information is increasingly stored in machine-readable formats rather than being openly displayed. By embedding the residential address in a barcode, the government hopes to reduce the misuse of personal data while ensuring that officials can still access the required information quickly and efficiently. This update represents a clear move toward making Indian passports both more secure and technologically advanced.

In an effort to make passport types more identifiable and systematic, the government has also introduced a new colour-coding system. According to the revised framework, different types of passports will now be distinguished by their colour. White passports will be issued to government officials, red passports will be designated for diplomats, and blue passports will continue to be used for ordinary citizens.

This classification aims to make it easier for immigration authorities and officials to quickly identify the nature of a passport holder’s role or purpose of travel. The system brings India in line with several other countries that already use passport colours to indicate various categories of travelers. While the blue passport remains the standard for the general population, the new white and red passports will make distinctions clearer for those representing the country in an official capacity.

Another noteworthy change in the passport format involves the removal of parents’ names from the last page. The government has decided to do away with the earlier practice of including the names of the passport holder’s mother and father on the document. This change is largely driven by privacy considerations and the aim to create a more inclusive system for individuals from diverse family backgrounds.

For people from single-parent households or those who are estranged from one or both parents, the earlier requirement often led to discomfort and administrative complications. By removing this condition, the government is hoping to provide a more equitable experience for all citizens. This move has been widely welcomed by privacy advocates and individuals from non-traditional family structures.

The final key reform is the planned expansion of passport services through the increase in the number of Post Office Passport Seva Kendras (POPSKs). Currently, there are 442 such centres across the country. As part of the new policy, the government intends to raise this number to 600 over the next five years. This expansion is expected to significantly improve the accessibility of passport-related services, especially in semi-urban and rural regions.

To facilitate this development, the Department of Posts and the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) have renewed their existing Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) for another five years. This continued partnership ensures that the necessary infrastructure and operational support will be available for the proposed growth. By expanding the POPSK network, the government aims to bring passport services closer to people’s homes, reducing travel time and making the entire process more convenient.

According to officials, these changes are part of a broader effort to create a passport application system that is not only more secure but also faster and easier for citizens to navigate. By introducing stricter documentation for future applicants, digitizing personal data, and simplifying passport formats, the government is taking steps to minimize bureaucratic hurdles while enhancing the integrity of the process.

“The new rules are meant to streamline the passport issuance process and strengthen data security,” a senior government official explained. “We believe these changes will result in a safer and more citizen-friendly experience.”

Overall, the revised passport rules reflect a clear push toward modernization and standardization. The use of digital tools to store sensitive information such as residential addresses, the removal of potentially intrusive personal details, and the differentiation of passport types through colour-coding are all steps in the direction of improving both functionality and privacy.

In summary, the central government’s new passport regulations, which took effect from October 1, 2023, introduce a mandatory birth certificate requirement for newer applicants, digitize address storage using barcodes, implement a passport colour-coding system, eliminate the need to print parents’ names, and plan for the expansion of passport service centers. Each of these changes is designed to make the process of applying for a passport more efficient, secure, and inclusive for Indian citizens.

Indian Students in U.S. Face Visa Revocations, Deportation Threats, and Legal Battles

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has acknowledged that a number of Indian students in the United States have received notices from the U.S. government about their F-1 visa status. MEA spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal addressed the issue during a press conference in New Delhi, stating that the Indian embassy and consulates are actively engaged with the affected students.

“We are aware that several Indian students have received communication from the US government regarding their F-1 visa status. We are looking into the matter. Our Embassy and consulate are in touch with the students,” said Jaiswal.

The situation has sparked legal action from some international students. Chinmay Deore, an Indian student in the U.S., joined three other foreign nationals in filing a lawsuit on Friday against the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and immigration officials. The lawsuit, reported by PTI, claims that their immigration status was unfairly and unlawfully terminated.

Deore filed the case alongside Xiangyun Bu and Qiuyi Yang from China and Yogesh Joshi from Nepal. All four are students at public universities in Michigan. According to their legal petition, their student status in the Student and Exchange Visitor Information System (SEVIS) was terminated without proper notice or explanation. The lawsuit emphasizes that this termination was both abrupt and illegal, putting them at risk of deportation despite having valid student credentials.

The impact of these federal actions has been significant, placing hundreds of international students in a precarious legal position. According to an investigation by the Associated Press that reviewed statements from universities and officials, at least 901 students from 128 educational institutions have seen their visas revoked or their immigration status terminated since mid-March. These institutions include a mix of prestigious private universities like Harvard and Stanford, major public schools such as the University of Maryland and Ohio State University, and smaller liberal arts colleges.

In one notable case, a U.S. federal judge intervened to temporarily halt the deportation of Krish Lal Isserdasani, a 21-year-old Indian undergraduate student at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. Isserdasani, who has held an F-1 visa since 2021, is in his final semester pursuing a degree in computer engineering.

According to court filings, “having maintained full-time enrollment and good academic standing, Isserdasani is now in the final semester of his senior year with less than 30 days remaining until an expected graduation on May 10, 2025.” The documents also noted that Isserdasani received no prior communication from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, his university, or the State Department about any changes to his visa status. His deportation, if carried out, would have prevented him from completing his degree and applying for Optional Practical Training (OPT), a post-study work program permitted under the F-1 visa rules.

The growing number of deportations is concerning. Since January, the United States has deported 682 Indians. Although many of these individuals entered the country unlawfully, there has also been a noticeable trend of student visa revocations. Some of these revocations are reportedly linked to student involvement in political protests, particularly those related to the Israel-Palestine conflict.

In many cases, students were informed via email by their school’s Designated School Officials (DSOs) that their records in SEVIS had been terminated. This cancellation invalidated their Form I-20, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), and legal student status in the U.S. The reasons cited for visa revocation ranged from relatively minor infractions like traffic violations—including speeding, driving without a licensed supervisor while on a learner’s permit, and failing to stop at a red light—to more serious but previously resolved issues such as shoplifting and alcohol-related offenses.

There have also been instances where students opted to self-deport after losing their visa status. One such case involves Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian scholar who left the U.S. in March 2025. According to the Department of Homeland Security, Srinivasan self-deported after participating in a pro-Palestinian demonstration at Columbia University.

Another high-profile incident involved Badar Khan Suri, an Indian researcher in conflict studies at Georgetown University. He was detained on March 17 following allegations of antisemitic speech and alleged links to Hamas. Suri, however, refuted the accusations and claimed he was being targeted due to his wife’s Palestinian heritage. He is currently being held at an immigration detention center in Louisiana.

The U.S. government has recently intensified its scrutiny of international students, especially those involved in campus activism. The Department of State (DOS) has been asking students to self-deport, citing concerns over their political engagement. The crackdown is partly driven by social media reviews conducted by the DOS, which now extend to new visa applicants as well.

Even individuals applying for F (academic study), M (vocational training), or J (exchange visitor) visas may be affected by this social media screening. Based on their online activity, applicants can be denied a visa or asked to leave the country.

Understanding the student visa process is key to grasping the implications of these developments. To obtain a U.S. student visa—commonly an F-1 visa—students must first gain admission to a recognized school or university in the country. Following that, they must undergo an application and interview process at a U.S. embassy or consulate in their home country.

A major requirement for the F-1 visa is proof of adequate financial support to cover the costs of education and living expenses. While enrolled, students must maintain full-time academic status and typically face restrictions on off-campus employment. Although the State Department manages entry visas, the Student and Exchange Visitor Program, under the DHS, oversees the students’ legal status after they arrive in the U.S.

The current wave of visa revocations, student lawsuits, and legal interventions underscores a growing unease among international students in the United States. As the U.S. tightens its immigration oversight—especially for those participating in political expression—the future remains uncertain for hundreds of students caught in the crossfire of policy enforcement and academic aspiration.

Kamalesh (KP) Patel Chosen as Chairman of AAHOA

NEW ORLEANS, April 17, 2025 – The Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA), the world’s largest hotel owners association, proudly announces the appointment of Kamalesh (KP) Patel as its 35th Chairman of the Board for the 2025–2026 term.

Patel officially assumed the role at the conclusion of AAHOACON25, the association’s annual Convention & Trade Show, which took place April 15-17 at the Ernest N. Morial Convention Center in New Orleans.

A second-generation hotelier from Santa Cruz, California, Patel grew up immersed in the hospitality business, working alongside his family and now managing properties with his wife, Krishna. He follows in the footsteps of his father, Suresh (SP) Patel, a respected industry leader and former AAHOA Board Member and North Pacific Regional Director.

“It’s an incredible honor to serve as Chairman of AAHOA,” said Patel. “This association has been the backbone of support for hotel owners like myself. As we navigate an ever-changing industry, I’m committed to strengthening our foundation, empowering membership, and ensuring AAHOA continues to be the voice, the resource, and the community that hotel owners rely on.”

Prior to his appointment, Patel served as AAHOA’s North Pacific Regional Director and was a Premier Ambassador for several years. He was elected Secretary in 2022, beginning a leadership journey that now culminates with his Chairmanship.

Patel’s platform centers on the theme of “Strengthening AAHOA Through Member Empowerment.” His vision includes eight key priorities:

  1. Profitability First: Prioritizing member ROI in every initiative
  2. Stronger Advocacy: Amplifying our voice at every level of government
  3. Member Engagement: Creating more ways for you to get involved
  4. Open Dialogue: Tackling tough conversations with brands and policymakers
  5. One Team, One Vision: Driving unity across AAHOA leadership
  6. Investing in the Future: Elevating next-gen and leadership programs
  7. Transparency & Accountability: Keeping members informed and empowered
  8. Giving Back: Mobilizing through the AAHOA Charitable Foundation

“AAHOA isn’t just an association – it’s a family,” Patel added. “This community shaped my career, and now, it’s my turn to serve. If AAHOA isn’t delivering value, creating opportunities, and strengthening this industry, then we’re not doing our job. I want every member to know their voice matters and that this association belongs to them.”

“On behalf of AAHOA, we congratulate KP on his new role as Chairman,” said AAHOA President & CEO Laura Lee Blake. He brings a deep commitment to our mission and a clear vision for the future. We are excited to work together to advance AAHOA’s advocacy, expand our impact, and continue building an association that reflects the strength and spirit of America’s hotel owners.”

About AAHOA

AAHOA is the largest hotel owners association in the nation, with Member-owned properties representing a significant part of the U.S. economy. AAHOA’s 20,000 members own 60% of the hotels in the United States and are responsible for 1.4% of the nation’s GDP. More than 1 million employees work at AAHOA member-owned hotels, earning $51.3 billion annually, and member-owned hotels support 4.2 million U.S. jobs across all sectors of the hospitality industry. AAHOA’s mission is to advance and protect the business interests of hotel owners through advocacy, industry leadership, professional development, member benefits, and community engagement.

US Vice President J D Vance Set to Visit India from April 21 to 24

United States Vice President J D Vance is scheduled to embark on his first official trip to India from April 21 to April 24, as confirmed by the Indian government. Accompanying him on this significant diplomatic journey will be Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and key senior officials from the Trump administration. The visit marks a continuation of the strong strategic partnership between India and the United States, following recent high-level exchanges between the two countries.

The Indian government announced in an official statement that Vance will hold a meeting with Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21, a central component of his three-day visit. “The Vice President and his delegation will have other engagements in Delhi and are also scheduled to visit Jaipur and Agra before departing for Washington DC on April 24,” the statement noted. The visit is being viewed as a valuable opportunity for both nations to assess the current status of their bilateral relations and evaluate the implementation of the key outcomes outlined in the joint statement released on February 13 during Prime Minister Modi’s trip to the United States.

During his time in India, Vice President Vance is expected to engage in wide-ranging discussions with Indian leaders, covering important regional and global developments. These discussions are aimed at deepening mutual understanding and coordination on issues of shared concern. According to the Indian government, “The visit will provide an opportunity for both sides to review progress in bilateral relations and implementation of the outcomes of the India-US joint statement issued on Feb 13 during Modi’s visit.”

The U.S. side has also issued a formal announcement confirming the visit and underlining its cultural and diplomatic importance. The statement emphasized that Vice President Vance and his family will take part in cultural engagements during their stay in India. “Vance and family will participate in engagements at cultural sites in India,” it noted. These cultural activities are expected to underscore the strong people-to-people ties that form an essential pillar of the India-U.S. relationship.

The choice of cities for the Vice President’s itinerary reflects a mix of political and cultural interests. While the official meetings and diplomatic exchanges will be conducted in New Delhi, the delegation’s visits to Jaipur and Agra will allow them to experience India’s rich cultural heritage firsthand. Jaipur, known as the Pink City, is famous for its architectural marvels and vibrant local culture, while Agra is home to the iconic Taj Mahal, one of the most visited landmarks in the world and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

The timing of the visit is significant as it comes at a moment when both nations are keen to expand their cooperation across several sectors, including defense, technology, trade, and climate. The February 13 joint statement, which will be a reference point for many of the discussions during Vance’s trip, outlined a comprehensive framework for advancing shared priorities. This includes enhanced defense collaboration, promotion of clean energy initiatives, facilitation of critical and emerging technologies, and bolstering economic exchanges.

Both governments appear eager to maintain the momentum that was established during earlier high-level engagements, and this upcoming visit by Vice President Vance provides a platform to reinforce those commitments. Given the strategic convergence between India and the United States in the Indo-Pacific and beyond, it is expected that the two sides will use the opportunity to exchange views on pressing regional security concerns and align their positions on global matters of mutual interest.

Observers believe that the presence of Second Lady Usha Vance and their children on this trip adds a personal touch to the diplomatic visit and signifies the importance of strengthening interpersonal and cultural dimensions of the bilateral relationship. It is common for leaders and their families to engage in such symbolic gestures, which often resonate positively with the public and media on both sides.

As this is Vance’s inaugural trip to India, it also carries symbolic weight and serves as a message about the priorities of the Trump administration in its approach to foreign policy, particularly in relation to South Asia. His engagement with Indian leaders, cultural figures, and civil society will be closely watched as a measure of how Washington aims to frame its ties with New Delhi in the coming years.

The visit is also likely to involve discussions on major global developments, including geopolitical tensions, economic recovery post-pandemic, and cooperation in international forums. With India playing an increasingly influential role on the world stage, both nations are looking to align their diplomatic efforts and maximize their shared interests through frequent and high-level engagements.

Throughout the three-day visit, Vice President Vance and his delegation are expected to participate in a series of official meetings, policy discussions, and cultural programs. His interactions in New Delhi are likely to include sessions with Indian cabinet ministers and senior officials to deepen collaboration across various sectors. In Jaipur and Agra, the delegation will engage in site visits that not only highlight India’s historical and architectural treasures but also reflect the broader cultural diplomacy goals of the visit.

While specific details about the cultural engagements have not been released, it is expected that the Vance family’s participation will focus on showcasing appreciation for India’s heritage, further enhancing the warmth of the bilateral ties. Such cultural interactions have often been used as a tool to emphasize common values and build lasting goodwill between nations.

The government of India has stated that this visit will help advance the implementation of previously agreed-upon measures and identify new areas of cooperation. By reviewing the deliverables from the February 13 joint statement, both countries hope to chart a forward-looking roadmap for deeper cooperation. The government noted, “The two sides will exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest.”

This visit marks yet another chapter in the continuing evolution of India-U.S. ties, which have steadily grown stronger over the past two decades. With regular exchanges at the highest levels, both nations have worked to build a strategic partnership rooted in democratic values, mutual trust, and shared aspirations for peace and prosperity.

As Vice President Vance concludes his trip on April 24, analysts will be watching closely for the outcomes and signals emerging from this diplomatic engagement. The visit not only underscores the importance of the bilateral relationship but also sets the stage for further collaboration as both nations navigate complex global challenges and opportunities together.

Trump Administration Enforces Old Immigration Rule, Mandates Legal Status Proof for All Non-Citizens

Non-citizens residing in the United States, whether they are on H-1B work visas, F-1 student visas, or other legal permits, are now required to carry proof of their legal immigration status at all times. This requirement comes under a new directive from the Donald Trump administration, which became effective on April 11. The directive is part of a broader executive order titled ‘Protecting the American People Against Invasion’ and is intended to intensify immigration enforcement efforts, with the potential for deportation targeting individuals lacking legal status.

This latest move is essentially a stricter application of a pre-existing law. The foundation of the policy lies in the Alien Registration Act of 1940, a law that required immigrants to register with the U.S. government. Although it existed for decades, the rule was not enforced consistently. The new directive revives this old requirement under what is now being called the Alien Registration Requirement (ARR), implementing clearer timelines and harsher penalties for non-compliance.

Under the updated regulation, all non-citizens who are 14 years or older and have been living in the U.S. for over 30 days must register using Form G-325R. For children under 14, parents are responsible for registering them. Additionally, new immigrants must complete registration within 30 days of entering the U.S. Failure to comply could lead to penalties such as fines, jail sentences, or a combination of both. Any change in residential address must be reported to the authorities within 10 days. Furthermore, children who turn 14 must re-register and submit their fingerprints within 30 days.

This rule is particularly significant for Indian nationals and other legal immigrants living in the United States. There are approximately 5.4 million Indians in the country, among whom around 220,000 are believed to be undocumented. Legal residents such as H-1B visa holders and international students are not required to fill out the registration form again since they are already officially registered. However, they are still expected to carry documents that confirm their legal status.

“This measure intends to enhance national security by ensuring that all individuals in the country are properly documented,” said Aurelia Menezes, a partner at King Stubb & Kasiva, Advocates and Attorneys, in a statement to Business Standard. She also noted, “It also seeks to prevent fraudulent activities and improve the enforcement of immigration laws.”

Non-compliance with this rule carries serious consequences. Individuals who fail to carry or produce their immigration documents when required could face a fine or even a jail term of up to six months. Importantly, registration alone does not shield individuals from deportation. If a person’s immigration documents are missing, expired, or otherwise deemed invalid, they may still be subject to removal from the country.

“All non-citizens 18 and older must carry this documentation (registration proof) at all times,” said Kristi Noem, Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security. “The administration has directed the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to prioritise enforcement. There will be no sanctuary for noncompliance.”

To reduce the risk of legal troubles, Menezes advised Indian immigrants and other non-citizens to take several precautionary steps. These include ensuring that all immigration documents are valid, storing the originals in a safe place, and carrying either clear or notarised copies. She also recommended that if immigration officers attempt to take original documents, individuals should ask for proper identification and request a written explanation detailing who took the documents and why. If necessary, they should ask for a lawyer.

Further guidance on handling encounters with U.S. immigration officers has been provided by Abhisha Parikh, a U.S.-based immigration attorney. In a recent social media post, she listed several key actions for individuals to remember if stopped by immigration enforcement officials:

  1. Remain calm and avoid fleeing the scene.
  2. Inquire whether you are free to leave, and if permitted, walk away.
  3. Request to see a badge, since ICE agents may wear uniforms labeled “police.”
  4. Exercise your right to remain silent.
  5. Do not resist or attempt to grab personal belongings without permission.
  6. Refuse to consent to any searches unless the agents present a valid judicial warrant.
  7. You are not obligated to answer questions about your immigration status.
  8. S. citizens are not required to carry proof of citizenship.
  9. Undocumented immigrants have the right to request a lawyer and decline to answer questions.
  10. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents cannot detain anyone based solely on race or ethnicity.
  11. Create an emergency plan with family members in case of arrest or detention.
  12. Never sign any documents without consulting a legal expert.

In the unfortunate event that an individual is arrested, they should ask for a lawyer immediately. It is vital to remain silent and avoid making any statements until legal counsel is present.

This new enforcement drive reflects the Trump administration’s broader stance on immigration, one that aims to tighten rules and enhance scrutiny of non-citizens living in the U.S. Even though the registration requirements themselves are not new, the emphasis on enforcement and the increased consequences for non-compliance signal a more aggressive approach.

Legal experts believe the directive may add pressure and confusion among immigrant communities, particularly those who have lived in the U.S. for years under valid status. Even individuals who are fully compliant with visa and registration requirements now face the added burden of carrying documentation with them wherever they go.

Despite concerns over the potential for racial profiling and civil liberties violations, administration officials argue that the measure is necessary for national security and law enforcement purposes. While undocumented immigrants remain the primary target, the rule’s broader application means that all non-citizens, including those lawfully present in the country, must be cautious.

In summary, the newly enforced Alien Registration Requirement is a stark reminder that even longstanding immigration laws can be brought back into action under changing political priorities. Legal immigrants are advised to remain vigilant, prepared, and informed to avoid unnecessary complications under the evolving regulatory environment.

Possible Signs of Life Detected on Distant Planet K2-18b, Say Cambridge Scientists

In a development that could reshape our understanding of life beyond Earth, scientists at the University of Cambridge have identified preliminary but compelling evidence suggesting that a distant exoplanet, K2-18b, might harbor life. Using NASA’s powerful James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), the team detected molecular signatures in the planet’s atmosphere that, on Earth, are only produced by living organisms.

K2-18b, located about 700 trillion miles from Earth, is more than twice the size of our planet. It orbits a small, cool red dwarf star, and it has long intrigued scientists due to its position in the so-called habitable zone, where temperatures might support liquid water. What makes this new finding stand out is the apparent presence of two life-related molecules: dimethyl sulphide (DMS) and dimethyl disulphide (DMDS). Both are known on Earth to be byproducts of marine phytoplankton and certain bacteria.

This marks the second time such life-associated chemicals have been identified in the atmosphere of K2-18b by JWST, but the latest detection is considerably more promising, according to the researchers. The Cambridge team, led by Professor Nikku Madhusudhan at the university’s Institute of Astronomy, stresses that further observations are necessary before drawing firm conclusions. Still, Madhusudhan expressed cautious optimism.

“This is the strongest evidence yet there is possibly life out there,” he said. “I can realistically say that we can confirm this signal within one to two years.”

The James Webb Space Telescope, launched in 2021, is capable of analyzing the atmospheric composition of distant worlds by studying starlight that passes through their atmospheres. This allows scientists to identify the presence of various chemicals based on how the light is absorbed or altered.

According to Madhusudhan, the amount of DMS potentially found in K2-18b’s atmosphere during a single observation was unexpectedly high.

“The amount we estimate of this gas in the atmosphere is thousands of times higher than what we have on Earth,” he explained. “So, if the association with life is real, then this planet will be teeming with life.”

He went even further to suggest a broader implication: “If we confirm that there is life on K2-18b, it should basically confirm that life is very common in the galaxy.”

Despite the excitement, the scientific community remains cautious. The detection, while promising, has not yet reached the level of statistical confidence required for a formal discovery. Scientists typically require a five sigma result—equivalent to 99.99999% certainty—to claim a discovery. So far, the K2-18b finding stands at three sigma, or about 99.7% certainty. Although that is a significant improvement over the one sigma result of 68% obtained 18 months ago, it is still short of the rigorous threshold demanded in the field.

Independent experts echo this cautious stance. Professor Catherine Heymans of the University of Edinburgh, who also serves as Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, emphasized the complexity of interpreting such findings.

“Even with that certainty, there is still the question of what is the origin of this gas,” she told BBC News. “On Earth it is produced by microorganisms in the ocean, but even with perfect data we can’t say for sure that this is of a biological origin on an alien world because loads of strange things happen in the Universe and we don’t know what other geological activity could be happening on this planet that might produce the molecules.”

The Cambridge scientists are aligned with this view and are collaborating with other researchers to determine whether DMS and DMDS can be synthesized through non-biological processes in laboratory settings. These experiments aim to explore whether alternative, abiotic pathways could account for the detected molecules.

Some other research teams have already proposed non-biological explanations for the data obtained from JWST. One point of debate involves the absence of ammonia in K2-18b’s atmosphere. Some scientists argue that this suggests the presence of a vast liquid ocean capable of absorbing the ammonia, potentially creating a suitable environment for life. However, an equally plausible explanation is that the planet could have a molten rock ocean, which would be inhospitable to life.

“Everything we know about planets orbiting other stars comes from the tiny amounts of light that glance off their atmospheres,” said Professor Oliver Shorttle, also of Cambridge University. “So it is an incredibly tenuous signal that we are having to read, not only for signs of life, but everything else. With K2-18b part of the scientific debate is still about the structure of the planet.”

Meanwhile, Dr. Nicolas Wogan at NASA’s Ames Research Center has published research that interprets the data differently. According to his study, K2-18b might not be an ocean world at all but rather a mini gas giant with no solid surface, which would make the presence of life even more unlikely.

However, these alternate theories are not without their own challenges. Critics argue that some of the alternative models do not align with the JWST data. This has fueled an ongoing and vibrant scientific debate around the nature of K2-18b, its atmospheric composition, and its potential to support life.

Despite these uncertainties, Professor Madhusudhan remains hopeful and confident in his team’s approach.

“Decades from now, we may look back at this point in time and recognise it was when the living universe came within reach,” he said. “This could be the tipping point, where suddenly the fundamental question of whether we’re alone in the universe is one we’re capable of answering.”

The findings from the Cambridge team have been formally published in The Astrophysical Journal Letters, marking a significant milestone in the search for extraterrestrial life. While definitive proof remains elusive, the data from K2-18b brings scientists a step closer to understanding whether we are truly alone in the cosmos.

Republican Lawmakers Hope Supreme Court Will Address Trump’s Trade War

Republican lawmakers are quietly hoping that the U.S. Supreme Court will intervene in President Trump’s ongoing trade war, which has increasingly become a political burden for the GOP. Even though the president has suspended many of his tariffs, the trade dispute continues to be a contentious issue.

While the Supreme Court has generally ruled in favor of Trump in several cases during his first few months in office, it dealt the administration a setback last week by ruling that it must facilitate the return of a Maryland man who had been wrongfully deported to El Salvador.

Trump’s broad “reciprocal” tariffs, which affect over 180 countries, now face new legal challenges. Several businesses have filed lawsuits against the administration in both the U.S. Court of International Trade and a federal district court in Florida.

At present, most of these tariffs are on hold for a 90-day period to allow affected countries to negotiate with the Trump administration. However, China remains a major exception, with tariffs on many Chinese goods now reaching as high as 145 percent.

Some Republican lawmakers, who privately oppose Trump’s tariffs but are reluctant to publicly criticize the president, are hopeful that the Supreme Court will eventually limit the president’s tariff powers.

“Members would love to have the courts bail them out and basically step in and assert the authority under the Constitution that taxes are supposed to originate in the House of Representatives,” said Brian Darling, a GOP strategist and former Senate GOP aide.

“Senators and House members would like the courts to give them some cover, because I’m sure many of them are nervous about getting reelected if these tariffs last for a long time. They’re looking at the poll numbers and see that tariffs are not popular,” Darling explained.

He added, “They’re not going to be outwardly opposing the president, because that comes with a huge downside.”

Jeffrey M. Schwab, senior counsel for the Liberty Justice Center, which has filed a lawsuit challenging Trump’s “Liberation Day” tariffs on behalf of U.S. businesses that import goods from countries targeted by the tariffs, said the case is likely to reach the Supreme Court unless Trump reverses course.

“IEEPA [the International Emergency Economic Powers Act] just doesn’t authorize this action to impose these tariffs, and even if IEEPA does authorize some tariffs, which is a question that I think is questionable, they certainly authorize worldwide, across-the-board tariffs,” Schwab stated in an interview with The Hill.

Schwab continued by questioning the Trump administration’s rationale for imposing such sweeping tariffs, saying that using trade deficits as a justification for the tariffs does not meet the standards of an unusual or extraordinary emergency.

“The trade deficit is not an emergency. It’s not unusual nor is it extraordinary. Even if you accept that IEEPA could authorize the president’s tariffs as a general rule, it doesn’t authorize them under the justification they gave,” Schwab argued.

Schwab, who is leading the case, emphasized the urgency of moving the case forward due to the potentially wide-reaching consequences of the tariffs.

“It’s certainly the kind of case that the Supreme Court would be interested in because the consequences are so far-reaching and you’d want an authoritative decision on it. You definitely don’t want a circuit split on it,” Schwab said.

“We’re going to try to move it quickly,” he added, explaining that his team plans to seek a preliminary injunction against the “reciprocal” tariffs within the week.

The New Civil Liberties Alliance, a conservative legal group, has also filed a separate lawsuit in Florida to block Trump’s tariffs on China. Andrew Morris, senior litigation counsel for the group, argued that the tariffs are a violation of the Constitution, particularly undermining Congress’s exclusive authority to regulate taxes.

“Trump’s tariffs against China have usurped Congress’s right to control tariffs, and upset the Constitution’s separation of powers,” Morris said.

Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) has expressed concerns about the constitutional validity of the tariffs, emphasizing that tariffs are essentially taxes imposed on American consumers. He pointed out that the Constitution explicitly grants Congress, not the executive branch, the power to levy taxes.

“The Constitution says taxes originate to Congress,” Paul stated. “That to me isn’t a pointless argument. It’s an incredibly important argument, whether taxes can be levied under one person.”

Paul also highlighted that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), which was designed for use in emergencies, makes no reference to tariffs.

“There are many people who believe that the power under IEEPA doesn’t even exist. So Congress needs to grow a spine, and Congress needs to stand up for its prerogatives regardless of party, regardless even of the economic issue,” Paul said.

“The Constitution gives Congress the authority to regulate interstate and foreign commerce,” Paul continued. “Should we be a country ruled by emergency edict or are we going to be a country ruled by the democratic actions and voting of Congress? I think it’s incredibly important.”

In light of these concerns, Paul is co-sponsoring a resolution with Senator Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) to roll back Trump’s “reciprocal” tariffs. The pair plans to bring the resolution to the Senate floor for a vote after the two-week Easter recess.

Some of Trump’s most ardent supporters, such as Senator Ted Cruz (R-Texas), have also expressed reservations about the tariffs, particularly their impact on American consumers. Cruz called tariffs “a tax,” and noted, “I’m not a fan of raising taxes on millions of American consumers.”

Senator Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) questioned the Trump administration’s long-term strategy for the trade war, cautioning that tariffs are “a double-edged sword” and a “pretty blunt instrument.” Johnson, who had previously kept his concerns about the tariffs subdued, expressed skepticism about their effectiveness.

Four Republicans, including Senators Rand Paul, Susan Collins (Maine), Lisa Murkowski (Alaska), and Mitch McConnell (Ky.), voted earlier this month to undo Trump’s 25 percent tariff on Canada. Although the Senate passed the resolution by a 51-48 vote, it is unlikely to be taken up in the House.

“If the courts run interference on any of Trump’s tariffs, that plays well for Republicans on Capitol Hill that don’t agree with them,” said a second Republican strategist who requested anonymity. This strategist explained that many GOP lawmakers believe Trump’s decision to impose hefty tariffs on Mexico and Canada, two of America’s largest trading partners, was too aggressive.

“The concern is pretty broad,” the strategist added, noting that many Republicans are particularly worried about the potential consequences for their reelection prospects if the economy suffers a downturn.

The strategist also predicted that the Supreme Court would likely get involved, with some tariffs potentially being struck down. “Some of them could get struck down when they get to the Supreme Court,” the strategist added.

In response to concerns about the long-term impact of the tariffs, seven Senate Republicans have co-sponsored the Trade Review Act of 2025, spearheaded by Senators Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) and Maria Cantwell (D-Wash.). This legislation would require that new tariffs or tariff increases expire after 60 days unless Congress passes a joint resolution of approval, allowing Congress to more easily remove tariffs.

“Congress needs to assert its prerogative over tariffs,” Grassley said, underscoring the importance of maintaining a balance of power.

While the Trade Review Act is still in its early stages, it reflects growing Republican discontent with the current state of the trade war. Several Republican senators have voiced their concerns, fearing that Trump’s tariffs could become a permanent fixture unless the courts intervene or Congress takes action.

“There are a lot of people who don’t like the tariffs,” a Senate aide explained. “It’s an issue that splits our party.”

World Bank President Ajay Banga Highlights Jobs-Focused Strategy for 2025 Spring Meetings

Ajay Banga, the President of the World Bank Group, has announced that a “Jobs-Focused Strategy” will be the central theme for the upcoming 2025 Spring Meetings of the World Bank Group (WBG) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), scheduled to take place from April 21 to 26, 2025, in Washington D.C. Banga stated that this strategy reflects the World Bank’s “urgency and conviction that development must lead to opportunity.”

Speaking at a virtual press conference on April 16, 2025, ahead of the meetings, Banga revealed that the World Bank is ready to expand its efforts in addressing job creation. He emphasized that more information would be shared during the Spring Meetings about the next phase of the private sector lab. “We’re going to expand its membership to include the sectors that we believe are most critical to job creation, and these are energy and infrastructure, agribusiness, healthcare, tourism, and manufacturing,” Banga explained.

The World Bank has also launched the High-Level Advisory Council on Jobs, co-chaired by Tharman Shanmugaratnam, President of the Republic of Singapore, and Michelle Bachelet, former President of the Republic of Chile. This Council, Banga noted, aims to create more employment opportunities and strengthen efforts to address the global jobs crisis.

Job creation, according to Banga, has become the cornerstone of the World Bank’s development agenda. He underscored that over the next decade, 1.2 billion young people are expected to enter the workforce in developing countries. However, current projections show that these economies are only expected to generate 420 million jobs, creating a significant gap in employment opportunities. “And that gap is not just an economic issue. I think it’s a global risk, because without opportunity, the forces of fragility, of illegal migration, of instability, these forces grow stronger,” Banga warned.

In response to questions about the potential impact of reciprocal tariffs under President Donald Trump’s administration, Banga expressed uncertainty. “I don’t know how to predict the timeline, because what I don’t know is how quickly you get to resolution on some of these specific country-by-country negotiations,” he said. Despite the uncertainty, Banga emphasized the importance of sustained dialogue and negotiation. He added that the quicker countries can resolve such issues, the better, and urged nations to continue engaging in regional and bilateral trade agreements with cooperative partners.

Banga acknowledged that the current geopolitical volatility and uncertainty are contributing to a more cautious investment environment. “I think that’s going to affect how governments and businesses make their investment decisions right now. But meanwhile, interestingly, developing economies are playing a far more central role in global trade than they did, say, two decades ago,” he noted.

He explained that countries dependent on export-led growth, especially those relying on commodities or manufactured goods, are particularly vulnerable to disruptions in global trade. However, Banga emphasized that these countries still have policy tools at their disposal to help navigate uncertainty and build long-term resilience. As an example, he pointed out that many developing countries maintain higher tariffs than their advanced counterparts, especially on key imports.

“I think that creates a real risk of reciprocal tariffs and, most importantly, lost competitiveness. So a broad-based liberalization, not just with favorite partners, can help offset these risks and actually expand market access,” Banga said. He also highlighted that trade among developing nations is on the rise, with nearly half of exports from these economies now going to other emerging markets. Banga noted that more efficient border processes, reduced trade costs, clearer rules of origin, and decreased friction can significantly boost trade volumes while fostering stable and diversified growth.

Despite acknowledging the uncertainty surrounding global economic growth, Banga expressed confidence in the World Bank’s ability to respond to challenges. He drew on the institution’s experience during past global crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and the 2008-09 financial crisis, to assure that the Bank, in collaboration with the IMF and regional partners, will continue to provide essential technical support, financing, and infrastructure assistance. These efforts, he said, will enhance productivity and promote trade in emerging markets.

Reflecting on the World Bank’s founding purpose, Banga reminded that the institution was established to foster a more stable and prosperous global economy, with the aim of avoiding conflicts. “This was a charity. It was a calculated investment in the global economic architecture, one that I believe has paid off many times over in these 80 years,” he said. He highlighted the significant work of the Bank’s five arms: the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), the International Development Association (IDA), the International Finance Corporation (IFC), the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA), and the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID).

“There’s no other institution that brings all of this together in one place, and that’s what makes the World Bank Group uniquely positioned to support countries and investors across the entire development journey,” Banga emphasized. He went on to assert that the World Bank Group remains a smart investment for governments, taxpayers, and the private sector alike. “We’re on the move. We’re trying to change things here and look to deploy proven tools to unlock growth, to reduce fragility, and generate returns for people, for businesses and for the global economy,” he said.

Reaffirming the World Bank’s commitment to creating meaningful and sustainable employment opportunities, Banga concluded, “The idea is to build a Bank that delivers what is demanded – jobs, because jobs are the best way to drive a nail in the coffin of poverty.”

Americans Turn to Unconventional Housing Amid Soaring Costs

As housing prices continue to surge across the United States, many Americans are finding themselves unable to afford traditional homes and are instead embracing alternative housing solutions. From living in tiny homes to converting barns into residences, and even forming shared living communities, these nontraditional methods are gaining traction among those looking for cost-effective and sustainable ways to live.

With conventional homeownership becoming increasingly inaccessible, some Americans are repurposing old commercial buildings or opting for prefabricated homes on purchased land. Others are choosing to share homes with strangers to minimize expenses. Here are three unconventional paths that are reshaping the American housing landscape.

Tiny Houses

When Elisa Boots and her husband Rick relocated from New York City to Seattle a decade ago, they arrived during a period of rapid population growth in the city. Data from the U.S. Census Bureau shows Seattle added about 60,000 new residents between 2010 and 2014, largely due to a surge in tech jobs and a flourishing economy. This influx of new residents drove up housing demand and home prices to levels the couple couldn’t afford, even in the surrounding suburbs.

Searching for affordable alternatives, they discovered the tiny house movement. These homes typically measure under 500 square feet and resemble miniature suburban homes, complete with bathrooms, kitchens, and bedrooms. Some tiny houses are built on permanent foundations, while others are mobile with wheels, allowing owners the flexibility to move as they please.

Interest in tiny homes spiked after the 2008 Great Recession, as Americans increasingly sought to downsize. By 2014, one small Texas town dubbed itself the first “tiny-house friendly town.” Since then, states like Kentucky, Missouri, Vermont, and Maine have become attractive destinations for tiny house living, either because of flexible zoning laws or the abundance of space to park the homes.

Tiny homes are praised for their mobility and energy efficiency, but their affordability is one of the most significant draws. According to Bankrate, a basic tiny home typically costs between $20,000 and $60,000, depending on size, building materials, and features.

Elisa Boots and her husband each own a tiny house, which they travel with by hitching them together. While Boots paid around $75,000 for hers, her husband’s custom-built unit exceeded $100,000. Still, the couple believes this approach is more cost-effective than purchasing a traditional home.

They pay approximately $650 each month for their space in an Oregon RV park near Mount Hood, plus another $100 each for utilities including electricity, water, and trash service. Combined, their monthly costs are well below Oregon’s average rent of $1,795 for a one-bedroom apartment, according to Zillow, and significantly less than the $2,000 they anticipated paying monthly on a standard mortgage outside Portland or Seattle.

“That has freed us up incredibly, to do a lot of the things that people dream about,” Boots said.

Barndominiums

Another growing trend is barndominiums, or “barndos,” which are structures resembling barns on the outside but offering the comforts of traditional homes on the inside, including kitchens, bedrooms, and living spaces. These homes have become especially popular in rural areas over the past decade. In fact, a national survey revealed that 7 percent of single-family home builders had completed a barndominium in the previous year.

Barndominiums typically come in two forms: repurposed barns converted into homes, or new metal post-framed structures designed to look like barns from the start. According to Paul Murphy, a home planning adviser with My Barndo Plans in Frisco, Texas, it is generally cheaper to build a new barndominium than to convert an existing barn, due to the high costs of retrofitting older structures for human habitation.

Murphy’s company constructs the barndominium frames and wall panels using red iron, which is a more affordable building material than wood. The firm also offers barndominium kits, which include precut frames that can significantly speed up the construction process.

“Having that time savings of getting the home up quicker is another benefit of a barndo,” Murphy said.

Barndominiums offer significant cost savings compared to traditional homes. Tony Golladay, owner of BuildMax — a company that sells barndo kits — told House Beautiful that the average cost for a barndominium ranges from $35 to $45 per square foot. In contrast, a conventional home typically costs between $100 and $155 per square foot, according to Bankrate.

Co-Housing

The third nontraditional housing option gaining momentum is co-housing, a community-focused living arrangement where individuals or families reside in private homes while sharing communal spaces. These communities typically consist of small private residences surrounding a larger common house that includes amenities like a communal kitchen, dining area, meeting rooms, and guest accommodations.

The concept isn’t new. Architect Katie McCamant introduced the co-housing idea to the U.S. in the early 1980s after studying the model in Denmark. Some also credit architect and author Charles Durrett for popularizing co-housing in America.

In recent years, co-housing has grown in popularity, driven by people seeking social connection, caregiving support, and environmentally conscious living. According to the Cohousing Association of the United States, the country currently has at least 165 co-housing communities, with another 140 in the planning stages.

Financially, co-housing can be beneficial, even if the upfront costs don’t always suggest so. Don Reinhardt, a member of Louisville Co-Housing, explained that many communities are formed by a group of interested individuals who collaborate to fund and construct their ideal living space.

“The cost of the common houses are usually offset adequately by the smaller footprint of the individual houses,” Reinhardt said.

With access to shared communal areas, residents don’t need large individual homes. Raines Cohen, a community organizer at the National Co-Housing Association and a resident of a co-housing community in Berkeley, California, noted, “You don’t need to have room for lots of people to come over or your own guest room.”

These smaller homes are more economical to build and also cheaper to maintain, heat, and cool. Additionally, co-housing promotes resource sharing and collaborative domestic responsibilities, which further reduces living costs. Residents may take turns mowing the lawn or jointly pay for landscaping services.

“Co-housing is very much about the long haul and what you can do together,” Reinhardt emphasized.

As housing prices remain a challenge for millions of Americans, nontraditional housing alternatives are becoming increasingly mainstream. Whether it’s living in a tiny mobile home, a customized barn-style residence, or a community that blends privacy with shared responsibility, these options are providing more flexible, affordable, and meaningful ways for people to create a home.

Canadian Travel Decline Could Cost U.S. Economy $6 Billion Amid Ongoing Tariff Dispute

The United States may face a potential economic loss of up to $6 billion due to a notable decrease in tourism from Canada, according to a recent analysis of travel data.

This trend has emerged as a result of rising trade tensions between the two countries, triggered by tariffs imposed during Donald Trump’s presidency. The imposition of tariffs on goods from Canada, Mexico, and China — including a 25 percent tariff on Canadian imports and a 10 percent tariff specifically targeting Canadian energy imports — has sparked fears of a full-scale trade conflict. These measures have not only strained political and economic relations but have also triggered consumer backlash across the border.

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded to the tariffs by urging citizens to support local products. His appeal to the public to “buy Canadian” encouraged a wave of boycotts against American goods, reinforcing national pride and strengthening domestic economic activity. This sentiment has now spilled over into the tourism sector.

In response to the U.S. tariffs, Canada introduced retaliatory tariffs valued at C$155 billion. The Canadian government also took specific action by excluding Tesla vehicles from eligibility for its electric vehicle rebate program, a move widely seen as a direct counter to the U.S. trade policies.

The effects of this strained economic relationship are now being reflected in travel trends. According to aviation analytics company OAG, forward bookings from Canadian travelers to the U.S. have plummeted by more than 70 percent for every month through the end of September, when compared to the same period the previous year. As Canadian tourism makes up a significant portion of U.S. travel-related income, this sharp decline poses a major threat to the American tourism industry.

Supporting this trend, Statistics Canada data reveals a dramatic decrease in Canadian travelers entering the U.S. by both road and air. Specifically, there was a 32 percent reduction in road trips from Canada to the United States in March 2025 compared to March 2024. Meanwhile, the number of air travelers from Canada fell by 13.5 percent over the same time period.

The potential consequences of this decline are substantial. The U.S. Travel Association (USTA) reported in February that a 10 percent drop in Canadian tourism could jeopardize around 140,000 jobs and lead to a loss of $2.1 billion in travel spending. According to Forbes, using this calculation, a 30 percent decline in Canadian tourists could amount to an estimated $6 billion blow to the U.S. economy.

Tourism from Canada has historically been a reliable economic contributor to the United States, and any disruption to this flow of visitors could result in a ripple effect on regional and national levels. In border towns and popular American tourist destinations, local businesses dependent on Canadian visitors are already feeling the strain.

Experts suggest the causes for the downturn in travel are multi-layered and deeply rooted in political and social tensions. Bryan S. R. Grimwood, a professor and associate chair in the department of recreation and leisure studies at the University of Waterloo, provided insight into the shift in travel habits. Speaking to Newsweek, Grimwood explained that Canadian travel to the U.S. is being impacted by a combination of evolving priorities and growing political discomfort.

“In my read of the situation, the decline in Canadian travel to the US is a function of three interrelated things: (1) an uncertainty about visiting the US due to potential safety concerns and inconvenience (e.g., at the border); (2) a refusal to spend travel dollars in the US as a response to the Trump administration’s intimidation tactics relating to trade, border security, and sovereignty; and (3) a rise in Canadian patriotism that is translating into a choice to support Canadian businesses, services, and products,” he said.

Grimwood further emphasized that while political actions have influenced Canadian choices, the overall sentiment toward American citizens remains positive. “I do think the decline in Canadian travel to the US is significant for relations between the two countries. My sense though is that Canadians continue to cherish and respect the American people – as our government leaders have consistently expressed – and that the current moment is a reaction specifically to the Trump administration’s approach,” he added.

Echoing this sentiment, Lana Payne, national president of Unifor, the largest private sector union in Canada, previously remarked on the damage done to U.S.-Canada relations due to President Trump’s policies. “Canada has always considered itself to be America’s best friend and closest ally, but that relationship has been severely damaged by the actions of President Trump,” she told Newsweek.

As tensions persist, the future of Canadian travel to the U.S. remains uncertain. While the economic implications are already beginning to unfold, it is unclear whether the decline in tourism is a temporary reaction to political circumstances or part of a longer-term shift in Canadian consumer behavior.

What happens next will likely depend on political developments, trade policy revisions, and the tone of cross-border diplomacy in the months ahead. The travel industry in the United States, especially sectors reliant on Canadian visitors, continues to watch closely, hoping for signs of recovery or at least stabilization.

The coming months will determine whether this informal travel boycott becomes a lasting trend and whether American businesses can adapt to mitigate the economic fallout. If the rift remains unresolved, the financial consequences for the U.S. could grow even steeper.

Travelers Over 18 Must Have REAL ID or Approved ID to Fly in U.S. Starting May 7, 2025

Starting May 7, 2025, every adult aged 18 and above planning to fly within the United States must present a specific form of identification to board a commercial aircraft. The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has announced that travelers will need a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license, instruction permit, state-issued identification card, or another approved form of identification. Those who do not have these documents risk being delayed or denied entry at TSA security checkpoints.

With this mandate taking effect in less than a month, TSA officials are urging travelers to check whether their identification complies with REAL ID standards. If it doesn’t, they should make arrangements to update their documents or bring an alternate form of acceptable identification when traveling.

According to the TSA, delays at airport security are likely for travelers who fail to present proper ID. The extent of the delays will depend on how many others are also without compliant documents. Officials are warning that even minimal noncompliance could lead to significant hold-ups during the identity verification process.

TSA Federal Security Director Kc Wurtsbaugh emphasized the importance of being ready for the upcoming requirement. “With the upcoming federal enforcement of REAL ID exactly four weeks away, I can’t stress enough the importance of travelers being prepared. Take a few minutes now to determine what form of photo identification you will use to verify your identity the next time you travel by air,” he said.

Wurtsbaugh further advised travelers in Montana and other states where REAL ID cards are available to take immediate steps to obtain the correct identification. “If you need to apply for a REAL ID from the state of Montana, make plans to do so now. Even if you don’t have plans to travel by air now, your plans could change. Now is the time to make a plan,” he added.

Brian Sprenger, President and CEO of Bozeman Yellowstone International Airport (BZN), also highlighted the importance of proper ID for air travel. “On behalf of Bozeman Yellowstone International Airport (BZN), we would like to remind all travelers that possessing proper identification is essential for ensuring a smooth and efficient travel experience. We strongly encourage travelers to verify they have a valid form of ID ahead of time. This simple step will help ensure a seamless journey,” Sprenger said.

To avoid any travel disruptions, passengers must ensure their ID is REAL ID-compliant or be prepared with another document that TSA accepts for identity verification. A comprehensive list of acceptable identification forms is available on the TSA’s official website, and it includes several alternatives beyond state-issued driver’s licenses or ID cards.

Some of these alternatives include a valid U.S. passport or passport card, any government-issued passport, and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Trusted Traveler cards such as Global Entry and SENTRI cards. Military personnel and their dependents can use active duty or retired military IDs. Identification cards issued by federally-recognized tribes, as well as the Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC), are also accepted.

The need for stricter ID verification stems from the REAL ID Act, which Congress passed in 2005 following recommendations by the 9/11 Commission. The Act was designed to establish minimum security standards for state-issued identification and to prevent federal agencies from accepting IDs that fall short of those standards. This move was made in response to vulnerabilities identified after the September 11 attacks.

REAL ID aims to enhance the accuracy and reliability of identification documents and to prevent individuals, including potential terrorists, from using fraudulent identification to avoid detection. As part of the nationwide effort to increase security in air travel, airport signs are already in place reminding passengers that beginning May 7, 2025, a REAL ID-compliant license or another approved ID will be mandatory for commercial flights.

TSA officials remind all adult travelers—those 18 and older—that they must present valid identification at airport checkpoints to be permitted through security and onto a flight.

Acceptable forms of ID under the new regulation include the following:

  • State-issued driver’s license or photo ID card from the Department of Motor Vehicles (or its equivalent), as long as it is REAL ID compliant
  • State-issued Enhanced Driver’s License
  • Valid U.S. passport
  • S. passport card
  • DHS Trusted Traveler cards, such as Global Entry, NEXUS, SENTRI, and FAST
  • S. Department of Defense ID, including IDs issued to military dependents
  • Permanent Resident Card
  • Border Crossing Card
  • Federally recognized Tribal Nation-issued photo ID, including Enhanced Tribal Cards (ETCs)
  • HSPD-12 PIV card (Personal Identity Verification)
  • Foreign government-issued passport
  • Canadian provincial driver’s license or an Indian and Northern Affairs Canada card
  • Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC)
  • S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Employment Authorization Card (Form I-766)
  • S. Merchant Mariner Credential
  • Veteran Health Identification Card (VHIC)

If travelers are unsure whether their current ID meets REAL ID requirements, TSA recommends contacting their state’s Department of Motor Vehicles to verify. If the ID is not REAL ID-compliant, it will not be accepted for boarding a domestic flight after the May deadline.

The REAL ID Act has been a long-anticipated change in U.S. travel policy, repeatedly delayed in previous years, but is now confirmed to take effect on May 7, 2025. The goal is to enhance security at all entry points, particularly airports, by eliminating weak points in identity verification.

For those who may not currently have plans to travel, Wurtsbaugh and other officials urge taking action anyway, as travel needs can arise unexpectedly. Being prepared now can prevent complications later.

More information, including detailed guidance and answers to frequently asked questions, is available through the TSA’s REAL ID webpage at www.tsa.gov/real-id. There, travelers can find updates on compliance, state participation, and how to obtain a REAL ID if they haven’t already.

By ensuring they have one of the approved forms of identification in hand well before reaching the airport, travelers can help guarantee their trip begins smoothly and stays on schedule. Failure to do so could mean missed flights, long waits, or even being denied boarding altogether. The TSA’s message is clear: check your ID status now and be ready for the changes coming May 7.

Indian Student Visa Approvals Drop Sharply Across Canada, US, and UK for the First Time in Four Years

For the first time in four years, there has been a simultaneous decline in the number of Indian students receiving study visas to Canada, the United States, and the United Kingdom, according to a detailed analysis of newly released visa statistics by The Indian Express.

The 2024 data reveals a notable decrease of at least 25% in the number of Indian students obtaining study permits across these top three education destinations. Canada experienced a significant 32% fall, with visa approvals dropping from 2.78 lakh in 2023 to 1.89 lakh in 2024, as reported by Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC). The United States registered an even steeper decline of 34%, with F1 student visas reducing from 1,31,000 in fiscal year 2023 to just 86,110 in 2024. Meanwhile, the UK recorded a 26% drop, with sponsored student visas granted to Indian nationals falling from 1,20,000 to 88,732, based on UK Home Office data.

This downward trend follows the introduction of stricter immigration rules, particularly by Canada and the UK, which have imposed limitations on student intake and dependent visas. These measures are largely seen as responses to growing concerns over housing shortages and the strain that large international student populations are placing on public services in these countries.

Canada, in particular, has enacted several major changes affecting Indian students. Among the most impactful is the cancellation of the Student Direct Stream program, which had previously fast-tracked applications. In addition, the Canadian government has introduced a cap on the number of study permits issued, resulting in a 35% drop in 2024 alone. It has also set a goal of reducing temporary residents to just 5% of the national population by 2026. Another 10% cut to study permit allocations has already been announced for 2025. These policy changes are being justified by officials as necessary to alleviate growing pressure on housing, healthcare, and other public systems.

Reflecting the consequences of these policies, the number of Indian students receiving study permits in Canada declined by 32% — from 2.78 lakh in 2023 to 1.89 lakh in 2024. In contrast, the decline in Chinese student permits was far less severe, dipping only slightly from 58,080 in 2023 to 56,465 in 2024 — a decrease of just 3%.

The UK has also rolled out new visa rules in 2024, with a strong focus on limiting foreign students from bringing family members. The UK Home Office acknowledged that the policy change may have “partly impacted the number of main applicant visas granted.”

Unlike the United States and Canada, where Indian student numbers were climbing until 2023, the UK had already experienced a drop in Indian student visa grants beginning in 2023. That year saw a 13% decline, with the number falling from 1,38,980 to 1,19,738. This was followed by a sharper 26% decrease in 2024.

The current decline marks a dramatic reversal from the decade-long boom in Indian student enrollments in these countries. Over the past ten years, Indian students had experienced substantial increases in visa approvals and had even surpassed their Chinese counterparts in all three destinations.

Canada had emerged as the leading choice for Indian students, with the number of visas granted rising from just 31,920 in 2015 to 2,78,160 in 2023 — nearly an eightfold increase. The UK saw an even steeper surge, with Indian student visa approvals rising more than tenfold — from 10,418 in 2015 to 1,19,738 in 2023. Meanwhile, the US saw its number of F1 visas issued to Indian students almost double, from 74,831 in fiscal 2015 to 1,30,730 in 2023.

This trend enabled Indian students to overtake their Chinese counterparts in all three nations. Even in 2024, despite the fall in total numbers, Indian students continued to outnumber Chinese students in both Canada and the United States. In the UK, Indians held the lead in 2022 and 2023, but their numbers dropped below the Chinese cohort again in 2024.

There are also distinct patterns in the academic preferences and enrollment trends of Indian students across these three countries. In Canada, a majority of Indian students tend to pursue college-level programs that offer shorter, employment-focused diplomas and certificate courses instead of traditional university degrees. In 2023, undergraduate programs slightly edged out postgraduate ones at Canadian universities, with about 16,000 study permits issued for bachelor’s programs, compared to roughly 15,640 for master’s degrees.

In the United States, the academic landscape for Indian students has changed over the years. Data from the Open Doors report shows that while engineering remained the most popular subject until the 2017–18 academic year, mathematics and computer science have since become the top fields of interest. In the most recent data, 37.5% of Indian students were pursuing studies in math and computer science, compared to 35.4% in engineering. Indian students in the US have consistently leaned toward postgraduate studies more than undergraduate education.

The UK reflects similar patterns. A large portion of Indian students in the UK pursue postgraduate degrees, with the UK Home Office noting that “four out of five Indian students — or 80% — were enrolled at the master’s level.” This postgraduate preference has intensified over time. According to the Higher Education Statistics Agency, the share of Indian undergraduates in the UK has significantly dropped — from around 50% in 2014 to just 20% in 2024.

In summary, the steep fall in Indian student visa approvals in 2024 across Canada, the US, and the UK ends a decade of consistent growth and signals a major shift in global education mobility trends. The tightening of immigration policies, especially in Canada and the UK, appears to be the central reason behind the decline. While Chinese student numbers have largely remained stable, Indian students have been disproportionately affected by these changes. Whether this trend continues in the coming years will likely depend on how these destination countries balance their policy goals with the demand for international education and talent.

Namaste Cannes: Celebrating India’s Cinematic Journey on the Global Stage

Cannes, the iconic French Riviera destination, is where cinematic dreams come alive in a breathtaking display of films, glamour, celebration, and opportunity. The Cannes Film Festival, since its inception in 1946, has evolved into a dazzling spectacle of international cinema and culture. Over the decades, it has also become a vibrant reflection of India’s growing soft power and cultural influence on the global stage. With his extensive experience at the festival, Bhuvan Lall captures this essence in his new book Namaste Cannes, offering readers an intimate journey through the history and grandeur of the event while highlighting India’s significant role in this global cinematic celebration.

Through Namaste Cannes, Lall offers a front-row seat to the most celebrated film festival in the world. He transports readers to the heart of Cannes, where the Indian film industry has not only participated but thrived—bringing its rich storytelling traditions, vibrant performances, and technical excellence to a global audience. This book is more than just a chronicle; it is a tribute to the filmmakers, artists, and visionaries who have carried India’s cinematic legacy to new heights at Cannes.

With first-hand insights and stories gathered over many years, Lall shares an insider’s perspective on India’s evolving presence at the festival. He reflects on the early milestones and pivotal moments when Indian cinema received worldwide recognition, recounting instances when Indian films earned standing ovations and prestigious awards on the international stage. These moments not only brought glory to the Indian film industry but also redefined the global perception of Indian storytelling and creativity.

One of the key themes of Namaste Cannes is the homage it pays to legendary filmmaker Satyajit Ray. The book honors Ray’s enduring legacy and the foundation he laid for Indian cinema’s global success. His pioneering work continues to influence filmmakers around the world, and Namaste Cannes pays respect to this legacy while also spotlighting the contemporary visionaries who have followed in his footsteps. These trailblazers have pushed creative boundaries and opened new doors for Indian cinema in international markets.

The book also focuses on the behind-the-scenes figures—producers and distributors—who have been instrumental in expanding the reach of Indian films across the globe. At Cannes’ bustling Marché du Film, these professionals have forged important connections, negotiated global deals, and positioned Indian cinema in the global entertainment ecosystem. Their contributions, though often away from the limelight, are crucial in shaping India’s success at Cannes.

In a particularly captivating part of the book, Lall recounts exclusive anecdotes involving Indian film stars who have left a lasting impression at the festival. These stories bring a human element to the narrative, offering readers a glimpse into the real-life experiences of celebrities and their impact on the global audience. From red carpet appearances to emotional reactions from international viewers, these moments reflect the pride and admiration that Indian cinema continues to evoke worldwide.

Through these recollections, Lall taps into a deep sense of patriotism and cultural pride. As Indian films find appreciation on the global stage, the book reminds readers of the powerful role that cinema plays in shaping national identity and projecting it to the world. Indian storytellers are no longer confined by geographical boundaries; their voices are now resonating in theaters, festivals, and living rooms across continents.

As India steps confidently into its next chapter in the global entertainment landscape, Namaste Cannes serves as a source of inspiration. It uplifts aspiring filmmakers, writers, producers, and cinema lovers, encouraging them to dream bigger and believe in the power of their stories. The book not only looks back at the triumphs of the past but also ignites hope for a future where Indian cinema continues to influence and inspire audiences around the world.

Namaste Cannes inspires optimism and energizes dreamers, storytellers, and achievers,” writes Lall, underscoring the book’s central message of hope and ambition. His passion for cinema and dedication to India’s cultural narrative shine through in every page, offering readers a powerful mix of nostalgia, pride, and aspiration.

The excitement surrounding the book is set to culminate at the 79th edition of the Cannes Film Festival, where a star-studded global launch of Namaste Cannes will take place in the South of France next month. This grand event promises to be a fitting tribute to the themes of the book and the spirit of Indian cinema’s ongoing journey.

“An invitation for the star-studded Global Launch of Namaste Cannes at the 79th Cannes Film Festival in the South of France next month will follow,” announces Lall, hinting at what will surely be one of the major highlights of this year’s festival.

In addition to the upcoming launch, the book will also soon be available for pre-order on Amazon worldwide. Cinema lovers and readers interested in the history of Indian cinema’s international rise will be able to secure their copy and delve into the fascinating narrative crafted by Lall.

Namaste Cannes will soon be available for pre-order on Amazon worldwide,” he confirms, signaling the book’s broad accessibility to a global audience.

In a warm and personal note, Lall concludes his message by expressing his anticipation of meeting fellow cinema enthusiasts in Cannes, reinforcing the festival’s role as a global gathering of storytellers and dreamers.

“Looking forward to seeing you in Cannes!” he writes, inviting readers to be part of the celebration.

And with a heartfelt salute, he ends on a patriotic note that echoes the spirit of the book and the journey it represents:

“Jai Hind ”

Bhuvan Lall

Through Namaste Cannes, Bhuvan Lall delivers more than just a book—it is a cinematic tribute, a cultural chronicle, and a celebration of India’s artistic triumphs on one of the world’s most prestigious platforms. It reminds us that storytelling knows no borders and that the spirit of cinema can unite hearts across the globe.

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance Set for First Official Visit to India, Aims to Strengthen Bilateral Ties

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance will undertake his first official trip to India from April 21 to 24, marking a significant moment in the ongoing development of India-U.S. relations. The Indian Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has highlighted this upcoming visit as an important occasion to examine how far both nations have come in fulfilling the commitments made during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s February visit to Washington.

Joining Vice President Vance will be his wife, Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and several senior officials from the U.S. administration. Their itinerary covers a mix of official meetings and cultural experiences, with planned stops in New Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra. The delegation is scheduled to return to Washington on April 24, following the conclusion of the four-day visit.

The Indian government sees the visit as an essential checkpoint in evaluating the current status of bilateral cooperation. In a statement released on Wednesday evening, the MEA noted, “This visit will allow both sides to review the advancement of India-U.S. relations and evaluate the implementation of the outcomes of the India-U.S. Joint Statement issued on February 13, 2025.” The statement also added that “the two sides will also exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest,” indicating that broader geopolitical topics will be on the agenda as well.

This trip forms the second segment of Vice President Vance’s two-nation tour. Prior to arriving in India, he is expected to visit Italy. The journey represents a historic milestone, as it is the first visit to India by a sitting U.S. Vice President in more than ten years. The last time a Vice President visited India was in 2013, when Joe Biden made the trip during his tenure in the Obama administration.

In India, Vice President Vance is set to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21. The meeting is expected to include discussions on strategic cooperation, economic ties, and regional security. Alongside his official duties, Vance will also participate in cultural activities with his family, highlighting the people-to-people dimension of India-U.S. relations.

There has been speculation about a possible visit by National Security Advisor Mike Waltz during the same period, though the White House has not confirmed these details. If Waltz does make the trip, he would become the third high-ranking Trump administration official to visit India in 2025. Vice President Vance and Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard are the other two officials who have either visited or are scheduled to do so this year.

Vice President Vance and Prime Minister Modi are not strangers to each other. They previously met in Paris during the AI Summit in February, a meeting that included Second Lady Usha Vance and the couple’s two sons. This earlier engagement served as a preliminary interaction ahead of the more formal bilateral meeting scheduled in New Delhi.

Since joining President Donald Trump’s administration, J.D. Vance has taken on a highly visible role in foreign policy. He has been part of several high-profile diplomatic events and frequently joins the President in meetings with international leaders. On occasion, Trump has even invited Vance to speak during official White House functions. One particularly prominent moment came when Vance participated in an Oval Office meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky, further solidifying his standing within the administration.

The personal dimension of this visit adds another layer of significance. Second Lady Usha Vance brings a unique cultural connection to India. Born as Usha Bala Chilukuri in San Diego, she is of Indian descent, with her parents originally from the southern Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. Her Indian background has drawn comparisons to former Vice President Kamala Harris, whose mother hailed from Tamil Nadu. However, despite her Indian heritage, Harris never made an official visit to India during her time as Vice President.

Similarly, former Vice President Mike Pence had shown an interest in visiting India during the Trump administration’s first term, but the trip never materialized. In contrast, Vance’s visit will mark a significant moment in the Trump administration’s outreach to India, with his presence symbolizing a renewed commitment to strengthening diplomatic, economic, and cultural ties between the two nations.

The timing of this trip is also critical, coming just months after the February 2025 summit in Washington, where a comprehensive India-U.S. Joint Statement was issued. That statement outlined key areas of collaboration, including defense, clean energy, technology sharing, and trade. Both governments now have a chance to assess how effectively those plans are being implemented.

The inclusion of stops in Jaipur and Agra, in addition to New Delhi, underlines the importance of cultural diplomacy in this visit. While official discussions in the capital will focus on statecraft and policy matters, the time spent in Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh is expected to offer a softer engagement through heritage tourism and public interaction. These elements play a vital role in enhancing mutual understanding and fostering goodwill between the people of both countries.

The trip also serves to highlight the growing strategic partnership between India and the United States, one that extends beyond government corridors to touch on technology, education, climate change, and defense cooperation. In recent years, both countries have placed increasing importance on working together in areas such as the Indo-Pacific region, where shared security interests have driven deeper collaboration.

Vice President Vance’s visit is likely to reinforce this trajectory, particularly as global events demand tighter coordination between democratic nations. With rising tensions in various parts of the world and an ever-evolving geopolitical landscape, India and the United States are positioning themselves as key partners in maintaining stability and advancing democratic values.

The upcoming meetings and public appearances are also expected to project a positive image of bilateral ties to domestic audiences in both countries. For the U.S., it sends a message of continued engagement with one of its most important allies in Asia. For India, it showcases the strength of its relationship with Washington under the leadership of Prime Minister Modi.

As the visit draws near, anticipation is building around the kind of agreements and understandings that may emerge from Vice President Vance’s time in India. Whether it leads to new announcements or serves primarily as a follow-up to the February summit, the visit holds the promise of further solidifying a partnership that has grown steadily over the past two decades.

With a packed schedule and significant expectations, Vice President Vance’s trip to India will not only be closely watched by diplomats and analysts but also by the general public in both nations. The outcome may very well shape the next phase of cooperation between two of the world’s largest democracies.

Rohit Sharma Sees England Tour as Key Test Challenge After IPL 2025

India’s captain for Test and One-Day Internationals, Rohit Sharma, is looking forward to the national team’s upcoming tour of England, which he views as a significant and demanding challenge following the conclusion of the 2025 Indian Premier League (IPL) season. The Indian team is scheduled to face England in a five-match Test series, beginning on June 20 at Headingley. This tour holds importance for the team, as India will attempt to secure its first Test series win on English soil since 2007.

Speaking about the highly anticipated tour, Rohit expressed optimism during a conversation with former Australian captain Michael Clarke on the Beyond23 Cricket Podcast. “Absolutely. The last time we played them, the series ended 2-2,” he recalled, referring to India’s previous Test series against England. Rohit emphasized the importance of player fitness for the upcoming series, adding, “We need some of our guys to be 100% fit. If that happens, we’ll have a great series. I know the kind of cricket they’ve been playing lately — it’ll definitely be a good challenge for us.”

Rohit will likely face significant scrutiny during the tour, particularly because of his underwhelming performance in India’s most recent Test series — the 2024–25 Border-Gavaskar Trophy against Australia. In that series, he managed to score only 31 runs over four matches. He did not participate in the opening Test and later withdrew from the fifth and final Test, citing concerns about his own form and his inability to contribute effectively with the bat.

Discussing his absence from that decisive match, Rohit explained that the choice to sit out stemmed from a desire to prioritize the team’s success rather than merely occupying a spot in the playing XI. “I had to be honest with myself — I wasn’t hitting the ball well, and I didn’t want to play just for the sake of it,” he said, highlighting the internal deliberation that led to his decision. Rohit also spoke about the struggles of other players and the opportunity to bring in younger talent, particularly Shubman Gill, who had missed the prior Test.

“Others were struggling too, and we really wanted Gill to play. He’s such a talented player and had missed the previous Test, so we felt he deserved the opportunity,” Rohit explained. Recognizing the need to put the team’s interests above personal ambition, he emphasized the value of honest self-assessment. “I thought, ‘If I’m not in form, there’s no point forcing it.’ I spoke with the coach and the selector who was on tour. They were somewhat in agreement, somewhat not,” he admitted.

Despite differences in opinion with team management, Rohit reiterated that his decision was motivated by the larger objective of helping the team win. “At the end of the day, you try to put the team first, consider what’s needed, and make a call. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn’t. There’s no guarantee a decision will be right — you just go with what feels best for the team,” he said. His comments reveal the difficult choices players and captains must make during high-pressure series and the importance of making team-oriented decisions even when they may be personally challenging.

The tour of England is more than just a bilateral contest; it holds major implications for the ongoing World Test Championship cycle. With both India and England competing for valuable points, the series is set to be a critical part of each team’s campaign to qualify for the WTC final. The high-stakes nature of the competition adds further weight to Rohit’s assessment that the England tour will be a true test of character and ability for the Indian side.

India’s last Test series in England, which ended in a 2-2 draw, remains fresh in memory and serves as a reminder of the competitive nature of the two sides. While England’s playing style has evolved significantly in recent years — especially under the leadership of coach Brendon McCullum and captain Ben Stokes — India will be eager to prove their credentials away from home, particularly in testing English conditions.

For Rohit Sharma personally, the tour represents a chance for redemption. After a disappointing outing in the Border-Gavaskar Trophy, critics and fans alike will be watching his performances closely. Leading a young and dynamic side into a challenging overseas series, he will need to balance his responsibilities as a captain with the expectations placed on him as a senior batter.

The importance of fitness, as Rohit mentioned, will be critical. Injuries have historically played a major role in determining the outcome of lengthy Test series, and India’s depth will be tested. Several key players, including fast bowlers and top-order batters, will need to maintain peak condition to help India stay competitive throughout the five matches.

If India manages to field a fully fit squad and capitalize on early momentum, the team could have a real shot at ending its long-standing drought in England. The last time India won a Test series there was under Rahul Dravid’s captaincy in 2007 — a memory that still resonates with Indian cricket fans. Repeating or surpassing that achievement would not only add to Rohit’s legacy as captain but also strengthen India’s position in the World Test Championship standings.

In the lead-up to the tour, much attention will also be on how India manages player workloads, especially after a demanding IPL season. With the IPL set to wrap up shortly before the Test series begins, the Indian management will need to ensure a smooth transition from the fast-paced T20 format to the endurance-based demands of Test cricket.

The scheduling of the series so soon after the IPL could pose a unique challenge. Players will have limited time to adjust to red-ball cricket and the conditions in England, which are starkly different from Indian pitches and the T20 setup. Preparation and acclimatization will therefore play a vital role in determining the outcome of the early Tests.

As Rohit leads the team into one of its most crucial tours in recent years, the expectations are high, but so is the belief within the squad. With a mix of experienced players and emerging talents, India will hope to bring a balanced and competitive side to England. Their performance in the series could set the tone not only for the rest of their WTC campaign but also for the broader future of Indian Test cricket under Rohit’s leadership.

By acknowledging his own shortcomings and choosing to prioritize team performance over personal milestones, Rohit has set an example of responsible leadership. Now, as the team prepares for its next big challenge, all eyes will be on how India fares against a resurgent English side in their own backyard.

NASA Removes Neela Rajendra as Head of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Initiatives Following Trump’s Executive Order

NASA has dismissed Neela Rajendra, an Indian-origin leader who headed the agency’s Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) initiatives, in response to a sweeping executive order issued by President Donald Trump. This order aimed to eliminate DEI programs across federal agencies, marking a significant shift in the U.S. government’s approach to these initiatives.

Rajendra’s termination comes after weeks of internal efforts at NASA to retain her, despite the pressure from the executive order. In March, the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL), where Rajendra worked, attempted to navigate around the order by reassigning her to a newly created role. This move led to the formation of the “Office of Team Excellence and Employee Success,” a rebranding seen by many as an effort to maintain Rajendra’s responsibilities while appearing to comply with the new mandate.

Even though her title was altered, Rajendra remained responsible for overseeing employee support programs and managing various affinity groups. Among her duties was leading the “Black Excellence Strategic Team,” a key initiative aimed at promoting racial diversity and excellence within NASA. However, despite these efforts to shield her position, the administration’s renewed focus on enforcing the executive order earlier this month ultimately led to her departure from the agency.

JPL officially confirmed Rajendra’s departure through an internal email sent last week. The email, reportedly written by JPL Director Laurie Leshin, expressed gratitude for Rajendra’s contributions to the organization: “Neela Rajendra is no longer working at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. We are incredibly grateful for the lasting impact she made to our organization. We wish her the very best,” it stated.

During her tenure at NASA, Rajendra held various roles and was pivotal in launching initiatives such as the “Space Workforce 2030” pledge. This initiative sought to create more opportunities for women and underrepresented minorities within NASA’s workforce, aligning with broader efforts to foster diversity within the space agency.

Rajendra’s dismissal is part of a larger trend where federal agencies are scaling back or eliminating DEI programs. The Trump administration has framed this move as necessary to curb divisiveness, reduce wasteful spending, and address what it characterizes as discriminatory outcomes associated with such programs. As a result, hundreds of positions tied to diversity and inclusion efforts across the federal government have been cut.

With her departure, NASA joins a growing list of agencies that have fully shut down their DEI offices in response to the executive order, reflecting the broader shift in federal policy toward diversity programs.

Historic Street Naming Honors Thích Nhất Hạnh’s Legacy in New York City

On a cold and rainy Friday, April 11, a group of Buddhist monks and lay followers gathered on the bustling Upper West Side of New York City to witness the unveiling of a street sign honoring the late Vietnamese Buddhist monk, Thích Nhất Hạnh. The street, now named Thích Nhất Hạnh Way, sits at the intersection of Broadway and West 109th Streets, marking a significant tribute to the influential Zen master who passed away in 2022 at the age of 95.

New York City Councilmember Shaun Abreu addressed the crowd, which included both robed monks and city residents, highlighting the significance of the moment. “New Yorkers are not necessarily known for peace,” he remarked. “We live with a lot of noise, a lot of stress. But Thích Nhất Hạnh had a message for people like us. He knew that we can’t build a better world if we’re angry all the time, or if we lose sight of each other’s humanity. By putting his name right here, we’re creating a moment of pause and of breath.”

Thích Nhất Hạnh, regarded as the father of mindfulness, spent part of his early life in New York during the 1960s while studying comparative religion and teaching Buddhism at Union Theological Seminary and Columbia University. His exile from Vietnam was due to his opposition to the Vietnam War and his stance of neutrality, which led to a nomination for the Nobel Peace Prize in 1967 by peace activist Martin Luther King Jr.

The street naming serves as a way to honor Hạnh’s far-reaching influence on both Eastern and Western mindfulness communities. Followers of the monk, many of whom belong to his Plum Village tradition, gathered in solemn silence, creating a contrast to the usual city sounds of car alarms and police sirens. Using American Sign Language to show their appreciation—referred to as “showing their flowers”—the group added a unique touch to the ceremony. Monastics from Hạnh’s various monasteries, including Deer Park in California and Blue Cliff in upstate New York, traveled to attend the event. They sang Hạnh’s poems, pausing to take synchronized breaths in unison.

One of the central practices shared by the group was walking meditation, a method that Hạnh himself championed. After the street naming, the group engaged in a walking meditation from 109th Street to the Buddhist seminary at 121st Street. “Thay’s teaching encourages (us) to return to our breath, to find tranquility amid chaos and to cultivate compassion in our heart,” said Brother Pháp Không, a monk from Blue Cliff Monastery. “This practice of walking meditation, where each step is taken mindfully and each breath is the same, reminds us that peace is not a distant goal. He’s shown us that peace begins within ourselves.”

Brother Pháp Lưu, the eldest non-Vietnamese American monk in the Plum Village tradition, reflected on the profound impact of Hạnh’s teachings. Ordained as a novice by Hạnh in 2003, Lưu shared that he considers himself part of a fortunate generation that traveled with Hạnh as an aspiring young practitioner. “You can almost say we were reborn from the teacher’s mouth,” Lưu told RNS.

Lưu recalled his first encounter with Thích Nhất Hạnh during a visit to Plum Village in 2002. “We were outside in an outdoor amphitheater, and suddenly, Thay just manifested in the middle of a crowd of monks and nuns,” he said. “I didn’t see where he came from. It seemed like he just appeared.” Lưu explained that this experience encapsulated the essence of Hạnh’s teachings. “That vision of Thay amidst the monastic sangha, that is the essence of Thay. You cannot see him as an individual, as this separate person, but rather as the body of collective mindfulness practice that he has generated out of the Buddhist community in Vietnam, and then being exiled and recreating that community here in the West.”

Lưu spent the final years of Hạnh’s life at Deer Park Monastery. Reflecting on the leader’s teachings, Lưu emphasized that Hạnh did not designate a formal successor. Instead, Hạnh’s legacy was rooted in the values of loving speech and deep listening. “He trained us how to use loving speech and deep listening to understand each other when there’s misunderstandings, to open our hearts to always be willing to reconcile, rather than hold resentment in our hearts.”

This message of reconciliation remains particularly pertinent today, according to followers. Jonathan Gold, a 24-year-old master’s student at the Manhattan School of Music, spoke of how Thích Nhất Hạnh’s teachings helped him navigate the complexities of modern life. Gold, who was raised Jewish, discovered Zen Buddhism through his studies of sacred music and Hạnh’s books. “I think the heart of everything is through every day, every conversation, every action you take, having it be rooted in radical non-violence, radical non-harm,” Gold explained. “Any time we’re having discussions with people or talking to our parents — that’s a big one — changing the language we use so that we’re approaching things with compassion and understanding rather than aggression or antagonizing.”

For 15-year-old Fiona Falco, who practices with her mother, Buddhist teachings have been a source of comfort amidst the pressures of adolescence. “It’s just calming, and it’s fun to do it with my mom,” Falco said. Her mother, Elaina Cardo, a teacher in the Green Island Sangha of Plum Village, explained that the simplicity of Hạnh’s teachings makes mindfulness accessible to all. “It’s not a certain time that you have to practice it, it’s in everything you do—whether it’s eating or walking,” Cardo said. She also works with Plum Village’s Wake Up Schools program, which integrates mindfulness practices into primary and secondary education.

Joan Arenstein, 76, a long-time Upper West Side resident, discovered Hạnh’s meditation techniques during the COVID-19 pandemic. She finds resonance between Hạnh’s mindfulness practices and her Jewish faith, particularly in the areas of spirituality, ritual, and love for all humankind. Arenstein expressed her gratitude for the new street sign, stating that it adds a meaningful element to her daily walks. “Without the mud, there is no lotus. There is suffering, but there’s beauty, and we all need to stick together, (to) take care of each other,” she shared, quoting one of Thích Nhất Hạnh’s most cherished teachings.

The street naming of Thích Nhất Hạnh Way serves as a lasting tribute to a man who reshaped the practice of mindfulness, blending Eastern and Western traditions. For those who follow his teachings, it stands as a reminder to practice peace, compassion, and mindful living in all aspects of life.

Trump’s Tariff Fluctuations Leave Tech Industry Reeling Amid Trade War Uncertainty

The Trump administration’s shifting stance on tariffs for technology products has sparked widespread confusion in an industry deeply entangled in global supply chains. While tech companies initially welcomed a temporary reprieve from tariffs, the White House quickly signaled that many of those products might still be targeted, leaving businesses scrambling to adapt.

On Friday, the technology sector appeared to catch a break when the Trump administration announced that electronic goods would be exempt from the “reciprocal” tariffs. However, by Sunday, President Trump indicated that many of these same products could still be affected by the upcoming sector-specific tariffs.

These abrupt changes have created significant instability for technology companies, which now must make critical decisions about manufacturing and logistics under rapidly shifting policy conditions.

“It’s creating an awful lot of chaos at the moment. A lot of uncertainty,” said Rob Handfield, a supply chain management professor at North Carolina State University.

Over the past month, the course of Trump’s trade war has shifted several times, but the last two weeks have brought the most notable changes for tech firms. On a single Wednesday, the administration introduced steep tariff increases on nearly all U.S. trading partners. Later that same day, Trump implemented a 90-day delay on these increases after global market shares took a nosedive, reverting most tariff rates to a baseline of 10 percent.

Yet China, central to the ongoing trade conflict, was excluded from this pause. This exclusion was particularly troubling for tech companies dependent on Chinese factories and materials. As a result, the U.S. imposed a steep 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, prompting China to retaliate with a 125 percent tariff on U.S. products.

Amid this tit-for-tat escalation, the Customs and Border Protection agency posted new guidance last Friday exempting about 20 tech-related products from tariffs. This list included essential consumer electronics like smartphones, computers, routers, and semiconductor chips. The move was met with applause from tech firms and consumers relieved to avoid higher electronics prices.

However, that optimism was short-lived. Two days later, Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick clarified that the exemption was not permanent. “This is not like a permanent sort of exemption,” Lutnick said on ABC News’s “This Week.” “[Trump’s] just clarifying that these are not available to be negotiated away by countries. These are things that are national security, that we need to be made in America.”

President Trump echoed this sentiment later on Sunday, revealing plans to introduce tariffs specifically on semiconductors—a category that would likely encompass many of the products temporarily exempted.

When questioned on Monday about whether Apple products might receive exemptions, Trump didn’t offer a clear answer but instead emphasized his adaptable approach to the tariff situation. “Look, I’m a very flexible person. I don’t change my mind, but I’m flexible. And you have to be. You just can’t have a wall, and you’ll only go — no, sometimes you have to go around it, under it or above it,” Trump explained.

He also noted his ongoing discussions with Apple CEO Tim Cook. “There’ll be maybe things coming up. I speak to Tim Cook; I helped Tim Cook recently, and that whole business. I don’t want to hurt anybody,” Trump added.

The White House also confirmed plans to launch a Section 232 investigation into electronics imports, laying the legal groundwork for semiconductor tariffs. A Section 232 probe allows the Commerce Department to evaluate the national security risks posed by imported goods.

Defending the administration’s approach on Monday, White House spokesperson Kush Desai stated, “By implementing a historic 125 percent reciprocal tariff on China while pursuing a Section 232 investigation on electronics imports, President Trump is taking a nuanced, strategic approach to combat China’s unfair trade practices and reshore the high-tech manufacturing that is critical to our national and economic security.”

Desai added that this approach would bolster ongoing efforts to drive domestic investment in electronics and semiconductors. “This approach will build on the hundreds of billions of dollars’ worth of electronics and semiconductor investment commitments that the administration has secured without letting China exploit loopholes to keep undermining American industries and workers,” he said.

For companies caught in the crosshairs of this tariff conflict, the lack of clarity has made planning extremely difficult. “Companies cherish stability, predictability, certainty in the business environment and that applies not just to trade policy, but institutionally, programmatically, regulatorily, etc.,” said Stephen Ezell, vice president for global innovation policy at the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation.

While most firms have remained quiet about their contingency plans, some have made their adjustments public. Nintendo, for instance, moved part of its manufacturing out of China and recently announced a delay in preorders for its upcoming Switch 2 console. The company said it was evaluating “the potential impact of tariffs and evolving market conditions.”

Tesla, Elon Musk’s electric vehicle company, also suspended sales of some models in China following the imposition of retaliatory tariffs, although it did not officially confirm that trade tensions were the cause.

Ezell believes that many companies will proceed cautiously until the final shape of the tariffs and trade deals is clear. “Until there is more clarity on the final contours of the tariffs and trade relationship,” he noted, companies are likely to remain in a holding pattern.

Handfield, who also serves as the executive director of the Supply Chain Resource Cooperative, said that firms are engaging in scenario planning. “What if tariffs go to X? What if they go to Y? What if we move this facility over here?” he said. “So they’re starting to look at the potential impacts, they’re not going to make any major decisions until things stabilize a little bit.”

According to experts, more stable trade negotiations and concrete outcomes would prompt companies to invest again. “Are you going to make an investment until you know what the outcome of the negotiation is? Probably not,” Ezell explained. “The more this is unclear, the more this is open, that this is prone to change, it will have a dampening effect on investment.”

Still, he acknowledged that some artificial intelligence companies may act quickly when opportunities arise. “That said, AI companies are always evaluating the day-to-day environments and if they see a strategic opportunity to make a move, they probably will,” he said.

Chipmaker Nvidia offered a rare example of decisive action in the current climate. On Monday, the company announced plans to produce up to $500 billion worth of AI chips and supercomputers in the U.S. over the next four years. Trump celebrated the move, saying, “without tariffs, they wouldn’t be doing it,” although Ezell pointed out Nvidia’s financial strength made it uniquely positioned to take such a step.

In the broader business world, however, the unpredictability of the administration’s policies has led to open frustration. DHL Group CEO Tobias Meyer remarked during a Bloomberg Television interview, “They don’t know, even if something is announced, whether two days later it’s not changed again. You really see some fatigue of decision makers in manufacturing and also in the distribution sector.”

Kevin O’Leary, an investor and Trump ally known for his role on “Shark Tank,” also criticized the administration’s inconsistent messaging. “It’s a little chaotic from the point of view that you don’t get a consistent message out of the administration. I admit that’s a problem,” O’Leary told Fox Business Network on Monday.

Scientists Investigate India’s Slower Warming Amid Global Heat Surge

At a recent climate change conference in India, scientists presented a striking visual. A global map displayed how 2024 temperatures diverged from historical norms, with deep red hues indicating temperature increases of 1°C to 2°C across many regions. Yet, amid this sea of red, India appeared as a conspicuous pale spot—suggesting significantly less warming.

Despite enduring back-to-back years of blistering heat and record-breaking temperatures, India has experienced a smaller increase in average annual temperatures than much of the world. Since 1901, the country’s mean temperature has risen by less than 0.7°C, which is about half of the global average. This finding may come as a surprise to many Indians bracing for another scorching summer.

The reasons behind this slower rate of warming remain unclear. The climate change conference, jointly hosted by the Indian Ministry of Environment and Harvard University, showcased various hypotheses but underscored that the phenomenon is still not fully understood. Although it’s known that tropical regions generally warm at a slower pace than the poles, other India-specific factors may be at play, such as air pollution and extensive irrigation. “I don’t think this is yet sufficiently settled,” said Peter Huybers, a climate scientist at Harvard. He emphasized that gaining clarity on this issue could greatly benefit India’s future climate planning.

One leading theory centers on air pollution. The Indo-Gangetic Plain, stretching from Pakistan through northern India to Bangladesh, is one of the most densely populated regions in the world. It suffers from severe air pollution due to a combination of industrial activities, traffic emissions, dust, cooking methods, and agricultural fires. This pollution includes aerosols that reflect sunlight, which could be contributing to regional cooling. Worldwide, similar pollution has been credited with partially offsetting the warming effects of greenhouse gases throughout the 20th century.

Recent studies suggest that as pollution levels decline, warming may accelerate. A 2024 study supported this idea, and another found that pollution reduction efforts in China raised average temperatures by 0.1°C between 2013 and 2019. These findings highlight a paradox: while India desperately needs to improve its air quality to prevent the over 1 million pollution-linked deaths annually, such cleanup efforts might inadvertently speed up the pace of warming.

During the conference, American climate experts drew attention when they predicted that India could warm twice as quickly in the coming decades. However, not all scientists are convinced that pollution is the primary factor behind India’s slower warming. Aerosol pollution in India includes high levels of soot, which, unlike other particles that reflect sunlight, actually absorb it and contribute to warming. Raghu Murtugudde, a professor emeritus at the University of Maryland now based in Mumbai, explained that the overall effect of aerosols remains ambiguous. “It’s not yet clear whether the net impact of aerosols is cooling or warming,” he noted. While satellite data point to a net cooling effect, ground-level observations haven’t confirmed this trend.

Moreover, Murtugudde pointed out a seasonal discrepancy that complicates the pollution theory. The winter months in India—when aerosol levels peak—have also witnessed the most significant warming. “Aerosols don’t seem to explain the seasonal pattern,” he said.

Murtugudde suggests that changes in wind patterns may offer another explanation. In a 2023 study, he and colleagues observed that accelerated warming over the Middle East has pulled monsoon winds northward over the Arabian Sea. This shift has been linked to increased rainfall and flooding in regions like Pakistan and northwestern India, which are traditionally dry. He is now exploring whether similar wind changes during other seasons might contribute to India’s relatively muted warming trend.

Another factor that may be influencing India’s climate is the large-scale expansion of irrigation in the northern part of the country. Irrigation increases evapotranspiration—the combined process of water evaporating from soil and transpiring from plants—which absorbs heat and cools the air. A 2016 study co-authored by Huybers found that this mechanism had cooled peak summer temperatures in the U.S. Midwest. A 2020 study reached a similar conclusion globally, emphasizing that irrigation particularly dampened warming over South Asia.

Still, the irrigation hypothesis is not universally accepted. Some Indian scientists argue that estimates based on satellite imagery and global datasets may be exaggerating the amount of water used for irrigation in northern India, particularly during summer when ground-based measurements show lower irrigation levels. This discrepancy raises doubts about whether irrigation can fully explain the observed temperature trends.

Govindasamy Bala, a professor at the Centre for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences at the Indian Institute of Science, remains skeptical of all these theories. According to Bala, there is no mystery. He believes India’s slower warming is simply a function of its geographic location in the humid tropics and natural variability within the climate system. While pollution and irrigation might have local effects, he argues, they are not significant at the national scale. “They could also be just noise,” Bala said.

To unravel the underlying causes, more targeted research is needed. “Untangling these factors will require a focused study to understand how they interact and evolve over time,” said Huybers. Murtugudde added that the reason the slower warming seems puzzling is “only because we haven’t paid attention.”

Indeed, scientific efforts have largely concentrated on the extremes of India’s climate—such as the increasingly deadly summer heat waves. Last summer alone, heat waves claimed more than 700 lives, according to one estimate. There is no doubt among experts that future summers will be even more dangerous.

However, better understanding of the historical climate trend in India could lead to more accurate projections and improved preparation. Even if India has warmed less than other nations so far, the trajectory may shift rapidly as environmental policies evolve and natural systems adjust.

In a world grappling with rising temperatures, India’s anomalously slow warming pattern offers both a mystery and a potential guide. By deciphering this phenomenon, scientists hope to equip the country—and perhaps others in similar climatic zones—with the tools to navigate an uncertain future.

Small Businesses Sue Trump Over New Tariffs, Claim Illegal Use of Emergency Powers

Five small businesses from different parts of the United States have filed a lawsuit against President Donald Trump, challenging the legality of the new tariffs he recently imposed on foreign imports. The lawsuit, filed on Monday in the U.S. Court of International Trade, argues that Trump exceeded his presidential authority by declaring an economic emergency based on trade deficits and unilaterally levying tariffs without Congressional approval.

The complaint contends that the administration’s reasoning lacks any constitutional or legislative backing. According to the suit, “Congress has not delegated any such power. The statute the President invokes — the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (‘IEEPA’) — does not authorize the President to unilaterally issue across-the-board worldwide tariffs.” This legal move marks a significant challenge to Trump’s trade policy, which the plaintiffs argue is both economically damaging and legally unsound.

Representing the businesses in the lawsuit is the Liberty Justice Center, a legal advocacy organization that has taken up the case on behalf of the small companies. These businesses, the center claims, are suffering due to the tariffs, which impose at least a 10 percent increase on most foreign imports and even higher rates on products from numerous countries. The Liberty Justice Center emphasizes that the burden of these tariffs falls most heavily on small, owner-operated companies that lack the financial resources to absorb such added costs.

“His claimed emergency is a figment of his own imagination: trade deficits, which have persisted for decades without causing economic harm, are not an emergency,” the lawsuit states. This quote underscores the plaintiffs’ argument that Trump’s justification lacks substance and historical precedent. The suit goes on to explain that the idea of a trade deficit being an “unusual and extraordinary threat” — as required under the IEEPA for such presidential action — simply does not hold up to scrutiny.

Another major point raised in the complaint is the inconsistency of the tariff policy. The plaintiffs note that the Trump administration did not limit the tariffs to countries with which the U.S. runs trade deficits. Instead, they imposed tariffs on nations even where no such deficit exists. This, they argue, further undermines the legitimacy of the emergency claim and the rationale for the tariffs. “The Liberty Justice Center noted that the Trump administration imposed tariffs even on countries with which the United States does not have a trade deficit, ‘further undermining the administration’s justification.’”

According to the plaintiffs, this is not only a policy misstep but a violation of constitutional principles. “This Court should declare the President’s unprecedented power grab illegal, enjoin the operation of the executive actions that purport to impose these tariffs under the IEEPA and reaffirm this country’s core founding principle: there shall be no taxation without representation,” the suit declares. This echoes the foundational American belief that taxing authority rests with elected representatives in Congress, not the executive branch acting alone.

The businesses taking legal action are diverse in nature and located in different states, but all share a common problem: the added financial pressure from the tariffs threatens their viability. Among the plaintiffs is VOS Selections, a New York-based importer and distributor of small-production wines, spirits, and sakes. Also included is FishUSA, a Pennsylvania company that operates a retail and wholesale e-commerce business specializing in sportfishing gear and accessories.

Utah-based Genova Pipe, which manufactures plastic piping and related materials used in plumbing, electrical, and irrigation systems, has also joined the suit. MicroKits LLC, located in Virginia, makes educational electronic kits and musical instruments and claims the tariffs are undercutting their profitability. Finally, Terry Precision Cycling, a Vermont-based producer of women’s cycling apparel, is another plaintiff that has reportedly already felt the sting of Trump’s tariff policy.

The lawsuit provides a detailed account of how these tariffs have affected Terry Precision Cycling financially. “Terry Cycling has already paid $25,000 in unplanned tariffs this year for goods for which Terry was the importer of record, and Terry projects that the tariffs will cost the company approximately $250,000 by the end of 2025,” it states. This figure represents a significant cost for a small business and indicates the scale of disruption that the policy is inflicting.

Looking ahead, the outlook is even more alarming for the company. “Terry Cycling in 2026 expects to face an estimated $1.2 million in tariff costs — an amount that is simply not survivable for a business of its size,” the lawsuit continues. The owners argue that such a financial burden is disproportionate and potentially fatal for a small enterprise, and they are seeking judicial relief to avoid a scenario in which they are forced out of business.

The lawsuit aims to not only reverse the tariffs but also to challenge the broader principle of presidential overreach. The plaintiffs and their legal team assert that Trump’s invocation of emergency powers is unjustified and could set a dangerous precedent if left unchecked. They are calling on the court to invalidate the executive orders and restore the constitutional balance of power between Congress and the president.

As of now, the White House has not commented on the lawsuit. CNBC has reportedly reached out for a statement, but no response has been given. The silence leaves open the question of how the current administration will respond to a legal case that centers on actions taken by Trump during his time in office.

This case could have significant implications for future trade policy and the use of emergency powers by presidents. If the court sides with the plaintiffs, it could place new limits on how far executive authority can go in matters of economic policy. Conversely, a ruling in favor of Trump’s actions could reinforce the expanding role of the presidency in areas traditionally governed by Congress.

In the meantime, the five small businesses continue to struggle with the immediate impact of the tariffs. Their hope is that the legal system will provide the relief they need to survive and that the lawsuit will prompt a broader discussion about the balance of power in American government. Whether or not the court agrees, the outcome of this case is likely to influence the boundaries of executive power for years to come.

Kunchacko Boban Reflects on Career Milestone with Officer on Duty and Embraces New Horizons

Kunchacko Boban is relishing the success of his latest film Officer on Duty, which turned profitable within just three days of its release. This swift success, he believes, marks a pivotal moment in his long and diverse career. Although the actor, known affectionately as Chackochan, has acted in over 100 Malayalam films, he openly admits that he often looks back on his performances thinking he could have done better. However, his portrayal of CI Harishankar in Officer on Duty might be one of the rare instances where he feels a sense of true accomplishment, especially considering the widespread praise he has received for the role.

Reflecting on his approach to acting, Kunchacko Boban shared in an interview with Hindustan Times that continuous growth is a key part of his journey. “I’m constantly learning and honing my craft. You try to take up different movies or different characters which might not be in your league or zone, in which you have to put in extra effort and take risks, both emotionally and physically. I’m still trying to learn the trade, the basics and try out different combinations, different characters and novel ideas which come my way. I’m charged up to work in such exciting movies and willing to support new creators,” he explained.

The actor’s commitment to evolving his artistry has led him to embrace roles outside his comfort zone. He is particularly enthusiastic about venturing into characters that challenge him, not only as a performer but also as a person. According to him, roles like Harishankar are rare but rewarding, and they fuel his desire to explore further in the world of cinema.

Interestingly, despite his popularity in Malayalam cinema, Kunchacko Boban has not ventured into Tamil or Telugu films like many of his peers. When asked why, he offered a compelling explanation. “I think content-wise, the Malayalam film industry is in its golden phase right now. Other industries are actually envying us because of the kind of unique films we have been churning out – be it the quality, theme or story. Our films, even though locally rooted, are going pan-Indian and global because of their content and with OTT coming in, the language barrier is blurred too,” he said.

He added that the Malayalam industry is currently offering him some of the most exciting characters and stories, which leaves him content. However, he is not ruling out opportunities in other languages. “But I am open to other languages, especially Tamil because I want to dub for myself. If an exciting character or movie comes my way in other languages, I will give it a try. I’m waiting for that,” he added with optimism.

Throughout his 27-year journey in the film industry, Kunchacko Boban has showcased his range in a variety of roles. Films like How Old Are You?, Take Off, Traffic, Bougainvillea, Nizhal, Virus, 2018, Nna Thaan Case Kodu, Anjaam Pathiraa, Nayattu, and Ariyippu have each demonstrated different facets of his acting abilities. These performances helped him move away from his earlier ‘chocolate boy’ image and establish himself as a serious, versatile actor. Yet, the journey has not been without its setbacks.

Despite experiencing both success and failure, Chackochan maintains a pragmatic outlook on his career. He believes that mistakes are valuable lessons and that growth comes from perseverance. “Basically, no regrets,” he said when asked about any past disappointments. “I don’t analyse the negative side of my life too much, and I don’t brood over it. I always tried to find positivity in my career – when I was stuck doing formulaic films and characters, I just took a break from cinema and returned to do different kinds of roles.”

He acknowledged that many people question why he didn’t make that shift sooner, but he believes everything happened at the right time. “People ask me now why it took me so long to make that change when I could have done it long ago. But I believe this was the right time to make that attempt – if you fall, just pick yourself up and keep moving. You should always move a step forward, even if you crawl,” he said.

Kunchacko Boban also attributes his journey to a higher power and to the vision of filmmakers who have shaped his path. “I always believe in God’s plan. I’m just a tool in God’s hands and a tool in the hands of great creators in the film world,” he added, underscoring his faith in divine timing and creative collaboration.

The actor’s openness to working with fresh talent has also been a notable part of his evolution. He frequently reiterates his willingness to collaborate with new filmmakers, especially if the script and role are fresh and stimulating. “I’m open to any character, role or movie that can portray me in an unthinkable way and is beyond my imagination. I’m welcoming every director and scriptwriter – experienced or newcomer – to create enticing and exciting roles. I’m waiting for them as an actor,” Kunchacko Boban concluded.

With Officer on Duty reinforcing his credibility and reaffirming his place in the industry, Kunchacko Boban stands at a promising juncture in his career. As he continues to embrace roles that defy typecasting and encourage artistic risks, the actor is more energized than ever to contribute to the evolving narrative of Malayalam cinema. Whether exploring challenging characters, supporting new talent, or venturing into other language films, his journey forward promises to be one of creative exploration and continual reinvention.

Melinda French Gates Reflects on Her Divorce and Life Beyond Bill Gates

Melinda French Gates has opened up about the moment she realized she needed to end her marriage to Bill Gates, a decision that came after nearly three decades of partnership. The 60-year-old philanthropist and the 69-year-old Microsoft co-founder shocked the public when they revealed in May 2021 that they were parting ways after 27 years of marriage.

Speaking candidly during an appearance on The Late Show with Stephen Colbert on Monday, April 14, Melinda discussed the circumstances surrounding the divorce and the personal growth that followed. She was promoting her memoir, The Next Day, which delves into her journey through the separation and the strength she found during that period.

Melinda addressed the core issue that led her to walk away from the marriage. She emphasized the importance of mutual honesty in a partnership. “To have a trusted relationship, which is what I wanted in marriage, that means that both partners have to be honest with one another,” she told Colbert. Reflecting on her own experience, she added, “And if you can’t, you can’t have intimacy and you can’t have trust. So in the end, I had to go.”

Her memoir, The Next Day, details how she chose to respond to the challenges in her marriage. In it, she writes about her effort to “respond to the betrayals in my marriage without betraying myself in return.” She credits years of therapy with helping her maintain her integrity through the difficult process. The book also reveals that the decision to end the marriage was not made overnight, and the separation itself was kept private for over a year before the public announcement.

In an earlier interview with PEOPLE magazine, Melinda echoed a central theme of her book — the importance of staying true to oneself. “You have to stay true to yourself always, right?” she said. For her, being authentic was essential, and she hopes her experience can help others who might be navigating similar transitions. “It was important for me to be real,” she added. “Hopefully it might be helpful to someone else.”

On the same Late Show appearance, Melinda shared a brief but positive update on her personal life. While she did not share details on the show itself, she did confirm that she is currently in a “pretty great” relationship. In her interview with PEOPLE, she revealed that she was dating and felt “very, very happy.” Last fall, she was seen holding hands with businessman Philip Vaughn, suggesting that she has indeed found happiness again.

As she promotes her new book, Melinda is also reflecting on her philanthropic legacy, particularly her efforts to empower women and girls through charitable giving. Alongside discussing her charitable initiatives, she is openly talking about the events that led to her divorce and other pivotal experiences in her life.

During a recent interview on Good Morning America, Melinda described her decision to leave Bill as a profoundly painful experience. “I ended up learning some lessons and there was some growth in there, too,” she shared. Despite the hardship, she found valuable insights and emerged stronger.

In The Next Day, she recounts having haunting dreams about her family before making the decision to leave. One vivid nightmare involved her falling off a cliff — a symbolic representation of her emotional state at the time. “As dramatic as it sounds,” she writes, “I knew, in that moment, that I was going to have to make a decision—and that I was going to have to make it by myself.”

After the divorce, Melinda took time to rediscover herself and embrace a new chapter. She told PEOPLE about a “freedom tour” she took with friends to Mexico. The trip was symbolic of her transition into single life and self-reinvention. “Transitions can be scary, exhilarating or both,” she said. “But anything’s possible. And when you get to the other side, you’re going to be okay.”

Bill Gates has also reflected publicly on the end of their marriage. In an interview with the U.K. Times in January, he acknowledged the emotional toll of the divorce. He called it “tough” and referred to it as “the mistake I most regret.” His remarks underscored the depth of their shared history and the difficulty of moving on from such a long-standing partnership.

However, Bill clarified his sentiments during a subsequent appearance on the Today show. He said that his regret did not lie in the marriage itself, but rather in how it ended. “Despite the fact that the divorce wasn’t great, having those three kids, the work we were able to do together — even if I knew that it [wouldn’t] last forever, I would still do it again,” he said. His statement acknowledged the value of their family and shared philanthropic efforts, even if the romantic relationship could not be sustained.

When asked about Bill’s remarks during an interview with Elle in March, Melinda offered her own perspective. She expressed hope that people would recognize her personal growth and strength post-divorce. “I hope people saw that I was thriving on the other side of a divorce,” she said.

Melinda’s recent media appearances, her memoir, and her continued dedication to philanthropic work reveal a woman who has come through personal upheaval with clarity, resolve, and optimism for the future. Her story is one of resilience, authenticity, and transformation, and she hopes her journey can serve as a beacon for others facing difficult decisions in their personal lives.

Indian Consulate and IMNA Host Joyous Eid Celebration in New York, Uniting Communities and Leaders

The Consulate General of India in New York joined hands with the Indian American Muslims of North America (IMNA) to host a colorful and heartfelt Eid celebration that drew together a diverse gathering of community members, spiritual leaders, dignitaries, and elected officials. The event marked the conclusion of the holy month of Ramadan and celebrated the shared values of unity, reflection, and joy among the Indian diaspora.

The celebration opened with a spiritual recitation from the Holy Quran by Qari Hafiz Faizan Mohammed Khan. Zoha Fatima Ahmed followed with the English translation of the verses, helping set a serene and contemplative mood for the evening. This spiritual beginning underscored the core themes of the night: harmony, celebration, and cultural reflection.

Among the evening’s speakers was young Nimra Fatima, who delivered an emotional talk on her experiences growing up as a Muslim in America. She spoke about how Ramadan had a profound impact on her identity and connection to her cultural and religious roots. According to organizers, her speech struck a chord with the audience and highlighted the importance of nurturing the younger generation’s involvement in cultural and religious traditions.

Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, the Consul General of India in New York, delivered the keynote address. Reflecting on his childhood Eid experiences in India, he commended the diaspora community for keeping the spirit of Eid alive while adapting to life in America. He expressed his gratitude to all those present and especially thanked IMNA Chairman Ilayas Quraishi and Co-chair Ahmed Shakir for organizing the celebration. He acknowledged the importance of such gatherings in strengthening communal bonds.

Ahmed Shakir, one of the key organizers, welcomed attendees warmly and extended his appreciation to everyone who contributed to the event. He emphasized the collaborative spirit behind the event and the importance of shared cultural experiences.

IMNA President Imtiaz Siamwalla also addressed the gathering, underlining the value of community solidarity. He expressed his ongoing support for cultural initiatives that promote unity and mutual understanding.

IMNA Chairman Ilayas Quraishi gave an impassioned speech encouraging families to become more involved in community activities. He placed particular emphasis on engaging youth and fostering future leaders. “You heard from my daughter, Nimra Fatima, earlier as she beautifully described the spirit of Ramadan. I’m proud of her and of all our youth stepping forward,” he said. “Every year, we aim to bring in the younger generation. I urge you all to bring your children, let them speak, let them lead. Each of you is an ambassador of our rich culture and heritage. India is our Janmabhoomi, and America is our Karmabhoomi. We must not only join events representing India — we must lead them.”

A number of prominent figures from various walks of life graced the celebration. Among them was Abdelkader Jamoussi, Consul General of the Kingdom of Morocco, who lauded the Indian diaspora for hosting such an inclusive and meaningful event. His presence underscored the international nature of the celebration and its message of interfaith unity.

New York State Senator Robert Jackson also attended, stating that participating in the Eid celebration had become a valued yearly tradition for him. NYC Public Advocate Jumaane Williams offered Eid greetings and praised the event for its role in strengthening community ties. He reiterated his continued support for advocacy and empowerment within the Muslim and South Asian communities.

Deputy Public Advocate Kashif Hussain participated as a special guest, showing solidarity with the South Asian and Muslim communities. New York State Assembly Member Zohran Mamdani also addressed the audience. Identifying himself as an Indian Muslim, he shared his family’s history of migrating from India nearly two centuries ago. He spoke passionately about how his heritage continues to inspire his identity and work in public life.

From the New York City Mayor’s Office for International Affairs, Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan expressed his dedication to supporting initiatives that build community and cultural bridges. A representative from the office of NYC Councilman Salam Yousef was also in attendance, commending the celebration’s spirit of inclusion and diversity.

In recognition of the sustained contributions of IMNA to cultural and interfaith harmony, the Office of NYC Mayor Eric Adams presented a special citation to the organization. This honor highlighted IMNA’s commitment to fostering unity and shared cultural values among the Indian American diaspora.

Adding a national dimension to the event, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer sent a heartfelt video message to extend Eid greetings to the Muslim community. In his message, he acknowledged the Indian American Muslim community’s efforts to promote multicultural harmony and strengthen social ties.

The evening also included a segment to honor individuals and organizations that have made notable contributions to community service and the arts. Khaliq Ahmed received a plaque for his exceptional service to the community. The Care and Share Foundation was also recognized for its contributions to public service.

Community leader Jagdish Sewhani was honored as a respected figure for his continued involvement in community building. Dr. Mohammed Abdul Muneer received an award for his excellence in science and research, a testament to the wide range of accomplishments represented within the diaspora.

Celebrating the artistic side of the community, Indian American artist Noureen Sultana received special recognition. She had flown in from Boston to participate in the event and showcase her work, highlighting the importance of artistic expression in cultural gatherings.

The event ended on a soulful note with a ghazal performance by Suman Laskar, accompanied by Arindam Chakraborty on tabla. Their performance brought the evening to a close with a harmonious blend of music and tradition, leaving attendees with a sense of warmth and shared cultural pride.

This Eid celebration not only marked the end of Ramadan but also showcased the strength, unity, and resilience of the Indian American Muslim community in New York. Through speeches, performances, and recognitions, the event served as a powerful reminder of the richness of India’s cultural heritage and the dynamic role it continues to play in American society.

Indian Consulate in New York Marks Baisakhi with Joyous Celebration of Punjabi Heritage

On April 11, 2025, the Indian Consulate in New York commemorated the festival of Baisakhi with an event that brought together community leaders, elected officials, and members of the Indian diaspora. The celebration, co-hosted by the news outlet Indian Panorama, was described by the Consulate as “a joyous celebration honoring the spirit of Baisakhi and Punjab’s rich cultural heritage.”

Baisakhi, an important festival in the Sikh and Punjabi calendar, marks the beginning of the harvest season in Punjab and also commemorates the founding of the Khalsa by Guru Gobind Singh in 1699. The New York event was a cultural tribute to these twin significances, reflecting both spiritual depth and vibrant tradition.

The Indian Consulate shared a detailed account of the evening on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter. In its post, the Consulate described how the program commenced with a “soulful” Shabad, a devotional hymn rooted in Sikh spiritual tradition. The evening concluded with a “lively” Bhangra performance, capturing the infectious energy and joy associated with Punjabi folk dance.

The event saw the participation of notable figures from both the community and local government. Among the attendees were New York State Assemblyman Ed Braunstein and North Hempstead Town Clerk Ragini Srivastava, who joined community leaders in celebrating the occasion.

During the event, the Consul General of India in New York, Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, spoke about the values embodied by the Sikh faith and the legacy of its spiritual leaders. He emphasized the enduring relevance of the teachings of the Sikh gurus, particularly their messages of compassion, harmony, selfless service, and equality. As noted in the Consulate’s X post, CG Pradhan also acknowledged the significant contributions of the Punjabi community to the larger process of India’s nation-building.

“The teachings of Sikh gurus—centered on compassion, harmony, service, and equality—are timeless,” Pradhan stated. He further expressed pride in the Punjabi community’s enduring role in shaping India’s development and identity. “The Punjabi community has contributed immensely to India’s nation-building,” the X post quoted him as saying.

In addition to the official remarks, the event featured reflections from prominent members of the diaspora. Gurcharanjit Singh Lamba, a respected scholar and author, spoke about the historic founding of the Khalsa. He offered insights into the transformative significance of this moment in Sikh history and its continued resonance today. Lamba’s reflections reminded the audience of the deep philosophical and spiritual dimensions of Baisakhi, beyond its festive aspects.

Adding a personal and emotional dimension to the evening, attorney Ravi Batra shared his experience visiting Sri Harmandir Sahib, commonly known as the Golden Temple. His account touched many in the audience, highlighting the profound impact of the holy site on those who visit it. Batra’s words served as a bridge between the spiritual roots of the celebration and the present-day experiences of the Indian diaspora.

The event successfully blended cultural expression, spiritual reflection, and community recognition. The Consulate’s efforts, supported by Indian Panorama, created a space where traditions could be honored and community ties strengthened. Through music, dance, and thoughtful speeches, the celebration conveyed the enduring relevance of Baisakhi in contemporary times.

With the combination of devotional Shabad singing and high-energy Bhangra, the evening moved from introspective spirituality to collective celebration. This balance reflected the essence of Baisakhi—a festival that celebrates both divine inspiration and earthly joy.

Elected officials who participated in the event also acknowledged the importance of such cultural gatherings in fostering inclusivity and community understanding. Their presence highlighted the value of the Indian-American community’s cultural contributions in the broader social fabric of New York.

The Consulate’s post also reaffirmed its commitment to celebrating India’s diverse cultural traditions. By spotlighting Punjab’s rich heritage through the Baisakhi celebration, the Indian Consulate in New York once again emphasized its role as not just a diplomatic entity but also a cultural ambassador.

The inclusion of voices like that of Gurcharanjit Singh Lamba and Ravi Batra further enriched the evening’s significance. Lamba’s scholarly interpretation of the Khalsa’s founding encouraged a deeper engagement with Sikh history, while Batra’s heartfelt narrative connected attendees with the spiritual core of the celebration. Their contributions helped ground the event in both history and lived experience.

The celebration of Baisakhi in New York stands as a testament to the vibrancy and resilience of Indian traditions abroad. Events like these allow communities to stay connected to their roots, share their stories with the wider public, and foster a sense of belonging. As the Consulate noted, the festival was not just about celebration—it was about honoring heritage, remembering history, and embracing unity.

The phrase used by the Consulate to sum up the event—“a joyous celebration honoring the spirit of Baisakhi and Punjab’s rich cultural heritage”—perfectly captured the evening’s tone. From the solemn opening Shabad to the exuberant finale of Bhangra, each element reflected the festival’s diverse expressions.

The Consulate’s use of the word “soulful” for the Shabad and “lively” for the Bhangra in its X post highlighted the deliberate contrast between the spiritual and festive aspects of the evening. This juxtaposition is central to understanding Baisakhi itself—a day that is both a religious milestone and a cultural festivity.

CG Binaya Srikanta Pradhan’s remarks served as a reminder of the ethical teachings that underpin Sikh philosophy. His emphasis on compassion, harmony, service, and equality resonates beyond religious lines, offering values that are universally relevant.

Assemblyman Ed Braunstein and Clerk Ragini Srivastava’s participation underlined the acceptance and celebration of multiculturalism in American civic life. Their attendance showed that cultural events organized by diaspora communities not only preserve heritage but also contribute to intercultural dialogue.

Ultimately, the 2025 Baisakhi celebration hosted by the Indian Consulate in New York, with the support of Indian Panorama, was more than a festive gathering—it was a reaffirmation of identity, history, and community. By honoring the past and celebrating the present, the event exemplified how tradition and modernity can coexist harmoniously.

In a world often marked by division, such cultural gatherings remind people of the power of unity and the shared joy of celebrating heritage. Through thoughtful speeches, vibrant performances, and meaningful reflection, the Baisakhi event in New York brought together the diaspora in a spirit of pride, reverence, and festivity.

-+=